Marine investigations in South Africa

CAPE OF GOOD HOPE

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE.

MARINE INVESTIGATIONS

IX

SOUTH AFRICA.

VOLUME II.

WITH FOllTY I'LATKS.

CAPE TOWX ;
THE CAPE TIMES, LIMITED, GOVERNMENT PRINTERS.

1904

D6150.

CONTENTS.

South African Crustacea. Part II. Bv the Rev.
Thomas R. R. Stebbing, M.A., F.R.S., P\L.S.,
F.Z.S. mth Plnfcs V.-XVI. ... ... 1-92

MoHusca of South Africa. Bv G. B. Sowerhv,

P\L.S. With Plate U. ... ' ... ... 93-100

South African P^ishes. Bv J. D. F. Gilchrist, M.A.,

B.Sc, Ph.D. With Plates y.-X. ... ... 101-113

South African Corals of the Genus Flahellum, with
an account of their Anatomv and Development.
By J. Stanley Gardiner, M.A^ 117/// Plates I.-IV. 1 15-154

Currents on the South African Coast, as indicated bv

the course of drift bottles. 117/// a Chart ... 155-165

Descriptions of two new Deep-Sea Fishes from South
Africa. By G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S. 1177// Plates
XI. and XII. ... ... ... 167-169

Descriptions of South African Sponges. Part II. Bv

R. Kirkpatrick, F.Z.S. WithPhiteW. .'.. 171-180

The Development of South African Fishes. Part I.
By J. D. F. Gilchrist, M.A., B.Sc, Ph.D. If 77//
Plates \.-\\\ ... ... ... 181-201

Descriptions of New South African Fishes. By |. D.
F. Gilchrist, M.A., B.Sc, Ph.D. 1177// Plates
XIII.-XVIII. ... ... ... 20S-211

Mollusca of South Africa. Bv G. B. Sowerby,
F.L.S. 1177// Plates III.-V.

21 ^— 2^2

Descriptions oi South African Sponges. Part III.

By R. Kirkpatrick, F.Z.S. With Plate \\ ... 233-264

3710

SOUTH AFRICAN CRUSTACEA,

PARI II.

Rev. THOMAS R. R. STEBBING,

M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

During the last two or three years Dr. Gilchrist's '" ^larine-
Investigations " have produced a very copious supply of crus-
taceans, and for the very highly satisfactory state in which the
specimens have reached England he wishes me to recognize the
valuable assistance he has received from Captain Turbyne. In
this second instalment of my report several species are figured
and described which claim the interest of being new to science.
Others have been treated with more or less fuhiess of detail in
order to establish or discuss their identity with forms already
named by earlier authorities. This treatment seems especially
requisite whenever a species is assigned to a locality distant from
its previously known range. It certainly involves much
repetition in the literature of natural history^ but without it
questions of distribution may be completely confused by the list
of a local fauna. All depends on the sometimes shadowy
guarantee of the compiler's credit- In the present report the
point which has the best right to engage attention is, I venture
to think, the rapidly accumulating evidence that, at least in regard
to Crustacea, the marine fauna of South Africa stretches forth its
hands both to the east and to the west, or rather, swings them
round to ail points of the compass. Those species which it claims
for its own make often a very close approach to oriental and
occidental forms which in some cases have hitherto been knovrn
onlv from distant localities. In some instances a South African
form is to all appearance quite indistinguishable from a European
or other far-off species, but future research may show that the
interval is bridged by many intermediate stations. That some
forms vary considerably in the captures of a single dredging,
while others seem to remain constant over a vast range, adds
considerably to the responsibility of specific determination. This
difference of conditions, however, may be explained as more
apparent than real. Species that are gregarious and so get taken
in large family groups, display conspicuously the variations of
A 1847. ' S

f-ex and age, which court little attention in others that from their
great size or their habits of life are, as a rule, taken one by one-

CRUSTACEA MALACOS IRACA.

BRACHVURA GKXUIXA.

1S41. Bracliynra, de Haan, Crustacea Japonica, decas quinta^ p.

112.
1880. Bracliynra ^i^cniiiiia. Boas, Studier over Decapodernes

Slaegtskabforhold. p. 138.
1899. Bracliynra gcniiiiia, A. Alilne-Edwards and Bouvier, Crust,

Decap. Hirondelle et Princesse-Alice, Monaco, fasc. 13,

PP- 3. 15-

1899. Bracliynra irra, Alcock, Deep-sea Brachyura R.I.M.S.S.

Investigator, p. 39.

1900. Bracliynra gennina, A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, Crust.

Dec- du Travailleur et du Talisman, p. 21.
The genuine Brachyura as distinguished from the Brachyura
Anomala include four divisions — the Oxyrrhyncha, Cyclometopa,
Catometopa, and Oxystomata — the family Raninidae being in-
cluded in the last of the four.

oxyrrhyncha.
Fam. : Maiidae.

1895. Maiidae, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 64, pt. 2,

p- 160.
1899- Maiidae, Alcock, Deep-sea Brachyura Investigator, p. 39.
1900. Maiidie, M. J. Rathbun, The American Naturalist, vol.

34. P- 504-
This family is sometimes sub-divided into the Inachidae, the
Maiidae, and the Periceridae. Of the two genera here noticed,
Alcock places Platymaia in a sub-family Inachinae, and Scyra-
viathia in a .sub-family Pi.sinae. Since J^isa, J^each, is a
synonym of the same author's Blashts, Pit>inae, if upheld,
would become Blastinae, or, as a famih', Blastidae.

Gen.: Platymaia, Miers.

l88<J- Platymaia, Miers, Challenger Brachyura, Reports, vol. 17,

p. 12.
1893. Platymaia. Stcbbing. History of Crustacea, Intcrnat. Sci.

Ser., vol. 74, p. no-

i895- Platyviaia, Alcock. Jo"i"n. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 64, pt

2, p. 180.
1899. Platymaia, Alcpck, Deep-sea Brachyura of RI.M.S.S.

Investigator, p. 45.
Carapace suborbicular. Rostrum tridentate. No preocular
spine, but a post-ocular spine against which the eye is retractile,
but which affords no concealment to the eye. Eyes large, with
short eye-stalks. Epitome small, transverse. Basal antennal
joint short, cylindrical, free : the flagellum and part of the
peduncle visible from above. Third maxillipeds with the fourth
joint narrow, and bearing the next joint at its summit- Chelipeds
in the adult male long, with a long inflated club-shaped palm ; in
the female, short and slender. Amindatory legs long, some of
them spiny, fingers of the hinder pairs compressed. Pleon in
both sexes with all the segments separate.

The above definition is borrowed from Alcock, with some
modifications to suit the new species here described. The account
of the cheHpeds in the adult male still, however, rests only on
the type species, Platymaia wyvillethomsoni, Miers, of which a
magnificent male specimen is figured by Alcock and Anderson,
in the Illustrations of the Zoology of the R.I.M.S.S- Investigator,
Crustacea, pi. 16, 1896. In that species both sexes have the
penultimate joint in the last three pairs of legs somewhat dilated
and compressed, but there is no dilatation worthy o* remark in
the corresponding part of the new species.

Platymaia turbynei, n. sp.
Plate 5.

The type species of the genus was dredged by the "Challenger"
noith of the Admiralty Islands, and by the " Investigator " in the
Andaman Sea. More recently the " \aldivia " procured it rather
plentifully at the Xicobar Islands (Chun, Aus den Tiefen des Welt-
meeres. pp- 396, 370, fig. in text). Accordingly, notwithstanding
the differences between the sexes and between the younger and
older stages pointed out by !Major Alcock, the figures by several
mdependent observers show that its general configuration is fairly
constant. The new African species agrees with it in too man}-
points to admit of generic separation, though specifically it is very
obviously distinct.

The distinguishing marks are the prolongation of the ccnt'/al
spine of the depressed and then upward turned rostrum much in
advance of the two lateral spines ; the shape of the carapace,
which has the hind margin much more broadly rounded ; the pro-
portion of the ambulatory legs to one another, the proportions of
their joints, and the shape of the penultimate jioint in the hinder
limbs.

B 2

The middle spine of the rosLniin forms a eonsiderable angle-
below with the inter-antennulary septum. The most conspicu-
ous spines of the carapace in dorsal view . beside those of the
rostrum and the pair that Hank the eyes, are three spaced about
the middle of each side and two longitudinallv ])laced at about
the middle of the back. These have a ])air transversely placed
behind them and three pairs strongly diverging- from before
backward on either side of them. Behind the rostrum six small
spines stretch across the carapace in a shallow curve. There are
others round the hind margin, and a few minute prickles occur in
various parts. The sternal plastron has rather conspicuot;&
prickles across the centre in the three middle divisions. The
first segment of the pleon is square, wnth concave sides, the next
two are the widest, the fourth narrows to the fifth, which is the
same width as the longer sixth and almost semi-circular seventh.
From the shape of the narrow pleon and the small size of the
chelipcds it may be surmised that the si)ecimcns at present at
command are young males-

The eyes in formalin are reddish brown.

The second antennae readily fold back. The slender fiagellum
is longer than the peduncle.

The third maxillipeds agree with Alcock's description of those
in the other species- The third joint is greatly broader than the
fourth, the seventh is longer than either tlie fifth or the sixth. All
these joints are spinose, the third and fourth having on the sur-
face and at the outer margin rows of denticles in addition to their
numerous slender spines.

The chelipcds are much shorter, but not (as in female and
young male of P. ivyviUcthomsoni) more slender than the other
legs. They are very spinose, having the fifth joint short, the
sixth rather long, with the trunk subequal in length to the finger,
w Inch fits closely over the thumb, their finely denticulate margins
fitting one into the other. The second legs are between two and
three times as long as the chelipcds, with the spinose finger which
should perhaps be included among- the characters of the genus.
The penultimate joint has the long spines on the inner margin,
which are also characteristic in both species. This joint is com-
pressed and somewhat dilated, though not at the two extremities.
Like the two preceding joints, it is spiny on both margins. It is
about three-fourths of the length of the fourth joint, which is
about twice as long as the finger- The third pair of legs are much
longer but far less spiny, with similar ])roj)Ortions l^etween the
joints, except that the sixth, which widens a little distally, rather
more nearly approaches the length of the fourth. The fourth
pair have the spiny armature inconspicuous, but arc furnished
with two rows of long plumose setae on the inner margin of the
fifth and sixth joints, and for some way along the finger. They

arc longer than the third pair by reason of having- their fifth joint
as long as the fourth. The fifth pair are scarcely at all spiny, but
setose like the fourth, and in length subequal to the third, having
their fourth and fifth joints slightly shorter and the sixth a little
longer than the corresponding joints in that pair.

The limbs, as preserved, are pale, with broad orange bands.
Size: The specimen figured in dorsal view measures 31 mm. from
tip of rostrum to hind margin, with a breadth of 26.5 mm. just
below the lowest of the three lateral spines- The second speci-
men figured was rather smaller. A third is a little larger.

Locality: Cape Xatal X. by E. (approx.) 24 miles. Depth,
440 fathoms. Bottom, mud.

The specific name is given in token of regard for Captain
Turbyne, whose valuable services, first on board the " Medusa,"
then at the r\Iarine Station, Granton, Edinburgh, subsequently at
the Millport Marine Station, and of late years at the Cape, have
been highly appreciated by all concerned with marine zoology-

Gen. : Scyramathia, A. ]^Iilne-Edwards.

1880. ScyrainafJiia, A. !\Iilne-Edwards^ Bull. ^NIus. Comp. Zool.

Harvard^ vol. 8. p. 311.

1881. :>cyraMfi//n'n, A. Mihiid-Edwurds, C. R. Acad. Sci , 5

dec. 1881.

1885. Scyrainalliia. Sars, Xorwegian X'orth-Atlantic Exp., Crus-
tacea, pt. 1, p. 6.

1887. Aiianialhia, (part) S. L Smith, Rep. U.S. Fish. Comm. for
1885, p. 625 (21).

1889. Aiianuiihia, Pocock, Ann. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, vol. 4, p. 425.

1893. Scyramathia, Stebbing, History of Crustacea, Internat.

Sci. Ser., vol. 74, p. 119.

1894. ScyramatJiia, ]\Iilne-Edwards and Bouvier, Camp- Sci.

Prince de Monaco, fasc- 7, p. 12.

1894. Anamathia (part), M. J. Rathbun, Proc. U-S. Mus., vol.

17, p. 61.

1895. Anaiiiatiiia (part), Faxon, Mem. Mus. Comp Zool. Har-

vard, vol. 18, p. 8.
1895. Scyramathia, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Sec. Be:igal, vol. 64,

pt. 2, p. 200.
1899. Scyramathia, M. -Edwards and Bouvier, Camp. Sci-, Prince

de Monaco, fasc. 13, p. 43.
1899. Scyramathia, Alcock, Deep-sea Brachyura of Investigator,

P- 51-
1900- Scyramathia, ^L-Edwards and Bouvier, Exp. du Travail-
leur et du Talisman, Crust. Dec, pt. i, p. i.^i.
In their latest work, Milne-Edwards and Bouvier define the
genus as follows : —

*^As\nA)i(n/i(i//ii(n\\e rostral hornsaretwo; they arelongand
divergent, but at their base there is a supra-orbital spine which
in Anamalhia is wanting-, and the orbital region offers special
characters. The orbit is more complete than in the Crustacea of
the neighbouring groups, and the eye is retractile hiding in a
groove left between the carapace and a flattened projection
behind the orbit. The basal joint of the external antennae is un-
armed, and juts out a little so as to form a sort of orbital platform;
it is flattened below: the movable portion of the antennae at its
insertion is partially concealed under the rostrum, of which, being
short, it does not reach the apex. The carapace is piriform, and
its salient parts generally form flattened protuberances, which are
somewhat analogous to the fungiform productions of the body in
the genus Euryiwmc- The external maxillipeds are remarkable
for the rounded form of the antero-external angle of the fourth
joint, the opposite angle being truncate to receive the articulation
of the palp." The feet are long and strong, the fingers of the
chela are sharp. The first ambulatory foot reaches beyond the
others; its joints are cylindrical, and end in a finger slightly
curved and apically acute. The pleon has seven segments, and is
without spines ; in the male the seventh segment is narrow and
attenuate at the end ; in the female it is very broad. The
branchlce and the appendages are of the normal oxyrrhynchal
type.

The authors of this definition assign to the genus only Scyra-
viathia carpcntcri (Norman) and Scyraiiialhia occidciitalis (Faxon).
They do not agree with Faxon in placing these species in
Anarnathia, because the type of the latter, A. rissoaiia (Roux), 'is
well characterized by its small orbits, with upper margin i:ntire,
and without pre-orbital and post-orbital spines. They remark that
the American species of Anamathia. A- hystrix (Stimpson), A.
crassa, A. M.-Edw. (including A- agassizi, S. I- Smith). A.
tanneri. Smith, and A. modcsia (Stimpson), all have orbital spines,
and might thus be distinguished from A- rissoaiia, forming a
gradual transition to Scyrajiialliia. But at all events, they con-
clude, the latter is distinguished from the former ' by the external
widening which the basal joint of the second antenna? forms
under the orbit, by the absence of spines upon that joint, and,
lastly, by the transformation of certain dorsal spines of Aiiamalh.ia
into low tubercles, ordinarily truncate at the extremity.' Scyra
umbonata, Stimpson. which A- Milne-Edwards had transferred
to Scyrainafhia, is indirectly withdrawn trriu ii by the joint
authors. After alluding to the suspicion entertained by Sars that
Stinrpson's species might even prove to be identical with Scyra-
malliia carpcntcri. they say, " it is easy to determine the profound
dift'erences which separate these two crustaceans, not only in

* The authors use the expression " tigclle mobile " to designate the last three
joints of the third maxillipeds, and also the niovab'e pait of ihc second antennae,
including stem joints and flagellum.

regard to the ornamentation of the carapace and to the form of
the rostrum, but also to the relative length of the feet^ thick and
short in the American species, long and slender in the Euro-
pean."

It is unfortunate that Alilne-Edwards and Bouvier seem to be
unaware, not only of Alcock's work in 1899, but also of his earlier
work in 1895 and 1898, so that they give no direct opinion with
respect to the species which he includes in the genus Scyramathia.
These are 5". pulchra (Aliers), of which AiiamalJiia liverniorii,.
Wood-Mason, is nuidt^ a>ynonyin ; S rj7'<7's-tf//dtrso/n, Alcockr
S. beauchampi (Alcock & Anderson) ; 5"- globulifcra (Wood-
Mason); S. veliiiina (Miers). It may, however, be inferred that
the French authors would not accept these species, for the recep-
tion of which Alcock's definition of the genus is framed at various
points differently from theirs. He speaks of the carapace as
" armed either with tubercles, or with long spines much like
those of Anamathia in their uniform size and definite arrange-
ment/' but the French definition is explained to require that some
of the spines should be low tubercles, generally truncate at their
extremity, as a matter of fact the low tubercles belonging to S.
occidentalis (Faxon) and the flattened protuberances to S. carpen-
teri (Norman). That the palms of the chelipeds in the adult male
are '' broadened " is applicable to some of Alcock's species, but
not to 5". carpeuicri, and whereas, according to Alcock, the
mobile portion of the second antennae is " freely exposed on
either side of the rostrum." in the French definition, as we have
seen, it is partially concealed.

The species about to be described is so closely allied to S-
carpenteri that there can be no hesitation about placing it in the
same genus.

Scyramathia hertwigi, Doflein.

1900. Scyramathia Hertwigi, DoWein, in Chun's Aus den Tiefen
des Weltmeeres, fig. on p. 497.

Plate 6.

The rostral horns are only one-fourth of the total length of the
carapace, being therefore much shorter than in 5- carpenteri, with
which the dorsal ornamentation shows much in common. Down
the centre are placed at intervals a minute spine, a long, narrow
tabular elevation, connected by a ver\- faint carina with a longer
and much broader table, widest in front, and lastly a rugosity on
the peak of the dorsal margin. The minute spine is flanked by a
pair of ridge-like tubercles, the narrow table by two broad ear-
shaped tables, the broad tables bv two small oval tables, a strong

curved forward-pointing tabular tooth projecting on either side
of the carapace from l)et\vocn the hirge and small sub-lateral
tables. The sternal plastron has (Icc}) triangular pits opposite the
insertions of the legs. Of the pleon the second and third seg-
ments are much wider than the others ; the third narrows distally,
the sixth distally widening a little.
The second antennae do not reach the ends of the rostral horns.

The chelipeds are very nearly as long as the first ambulatory
legs, exceeding in size those of any other species attributed to
this genus. The arm has three tuberculate ridges; the short
wrist also has three crests; the hand is as long as the carapace
rostrum included, by these proportions dififering from other
species, the ends of the thumb and finger fit closely together, the
inner margin of each being divided into six small teeth ; the basal
half of the finger has a small and a large prominence, the cavity
between them being filled by a tooth on the thumb, but the cavity
beyond the large prominence leaving a gap. In the
ambulatory ftet the arm is longer than the hand, and
th^^ linger is more than half as long as the hand, with
a little smooth nail, but otherwise thickly coated with
spines : the rest of the limb, though smoother in ap-
pearance, is cIo'^pIv invested with tlie tuberculiform apically
pointed cutaneous vesicles described by Sars, wdiich also occur
on the pleon, the mouth organs, and various parts of the body-
The presence of these remarkable objects is expressly noted for
S. carpcntcri and for 5. occidciifalis, and is perhaps intended by
the " short felty pubescence '' which Aliers describes as investing
Pngcttia I'clutina. It is not specified by Alcock either for that
species or for the others which he refers to Scyramathia.

Length of carapace, 55 mm., breadth. 33 mm., length of rost-
rum, 14 mm.; first ambulatory leg more tlian twice as long as the
(. arapnce.

Habitat. A single specimen, male, taken 28 miles off
Lion's Head, from a depth of 140 fathoms.

The discussion of the genus, and the description of the present
species with the figure of it were completed before I had had an
opportunity of consulting Professor Chun's volume, but on seeing
there Doflein's figure of S. Jicrtwigi, though it is unaccompanied
by any description, I could not resist the conviction that it repre-
sented the very species I had been studying.

Cycloi^ietop.x.

FaM. : PoKTl"X[DAK.

1899. Poriiinidac, Alcock, Journ- Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 68, pt.
2, p. 4.

Ofthe thrpe g-ptiera l'er<^ noticed, Charyhdis and A/z/c? are as-
signed by Alcock to a sub-family I.upinae, and Ovalipes to a
sub-family Portuninae.

Gen. : CiiARYnois, de Haan,
1833. Charyhdis, de Haan, Crustacea Japonica, decas prima, p.

TO.

1834 Thalaiiilta ipart), IT. Mihie-F.dwards, Hist. Nat. Crustaces,

vol. 1, p. 462.
1838. Charylnlis, ArLeay. Illustrations Zool. South Africa

(Smith). Invertebrates, p. 61.
1843- Charyhdis, Krauss, Die Siidafrik. Crustaceen, p. 24.
1852. Charyhdis, Dana. U.S- Expl. Exp., vol. 13, p. 285.
i860. Goniosoma (preocc), A. Alilne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat.,

ser- 4, vol. 14, p. 263.
1886. Goniosoma, Miers, Challenger Brachyura, Reports, vol. 17,

p. 189.
1893. Charyhdis, Stebbing, Elistory of Crustacea, p. 69.
1897- Charyhdis, Rathbun, Proc- Biol. Soc, Washington, vol- 11^

p. 161.
(1 899. Cliarybilis {Goiiiosoiim], Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc.

Bengal, vol- 68, pt. 2, p. 47.
The genns Fortnniis was divided by de Plaan into many sub-
genera. To one of these he gave the preoccupied name Occaims,
assigning to it the ;ingle species Cancer cruciatus Herbat. This
has been transferred to de Haan's next subgenus Charyhdis.
Fault was found with this name because of its resemblance to the
earlier Charybdea or Coryhdca of Peron and Lesueur. On this in-
adequate ground Goniosoma was substituted, which by the irony
-of fate was itself really preoccupied.

ClIARVBDIS (,'KLCIATUS (Hcrbst).

1794. Cancer crucialus, Herbst, Krabben und Krebse, vol. 2, pt-

5, p. 155, pi. 8, fig. 53, pi. 38, fig. I.
1798- Portunus cruciier, Fabricius, Suppl. Ent. Syst., p. 364.
1833. Porlnnns (Oeeanns) crucifcr, de Haan, Crustacea Japonica,

decas prima, p. 10.
1834- Thalaniita cnicifera, H. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crus-

taces, vol. i, p- 462.
■i^35- Porfnnns {Oceanus) crncifer, de Haan. Crustacea Japonica,

decas secunda, p. 40.
1852. Charyhdis crucifera, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp-, vol. 13, p.

286, pi. 17, fig- II.

i86i. Goinosoma crucifcrmn, A. Milne-Edwards, Arch. Mus.
Hist. \at., vol. JO, p. 3/1.

1886. Goniosoma cnicifenim, JNIiers, Challenger Brachyura, Re-

ports, vol. i"/, p. 191.

1887. Coiiiosoiua cnicifernm, de Alan, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lon-

don, vol 22, p. 79, pi. 5, fig I.

1893. Charybdis crnciatus, Stebbing, History of Crustacea, p. 70.

1899. Charybdis {Goniosoma) crncifera, Alcock, Jotu-n. Asiat. Soc.
Bengal, vol- 68, pt. 2. p. 5T.

1902. Goniosoma critcifenim, Lonchestcr, Proc. Zool, Soc. Lon-
don, p. 545.

In 1783, Herbst, Krabben iind Krebse, pts, 2-5, p. 153, pi. 7,
fig. 52, pi. 8, fig. 53, described a species under the name Canctr
sexdentatiLS. In 1794 he recognised that the carapace repre-
sented on pi. 7, fie. .^2, belonged to a distinct species from that
represented on pi. 8, fig. 53, and pi. 38, fig i. Milne-Edwards,.
Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. i, p. 462, 1834, introduces some contusion
into the synoii) my by reterring to Herbst'b L.sexdt"ntaius^Y)\. 7,
fig- 52, as a possible synonym of his C cruciatus, without noticing
pi. 8, fig. 53, which really belongs to that species. On p. 463 he
gives " Cancer scxdcniatns. Forsk " as a synonym of TJialaniita
annnlata (Fabricius), thus leading to the supposition that Herbst's
C. sexdcntatus was a name preoccupied by Forskal in 1775. But
I cannot find that Forskal ever used the name in question,
though he described a species Cancer serratus, with " f route
sexdentatay Caiicf-r fcriatus, Linn., 1 758, is based on fie. P. ot
pi. 6 in Rumph's Amboinsche Rariteitkamer, 1705, and Herbst
identities his C. .s-^Av/d'wA////^ with the. -ametigure. liut he claims,
on the ground of the description given by Linnaeus, that C.
feriatus cannot be the same species. There can, however, be
little doubt that Linnaeus drew up his description in a rough
and ready and inadequate fashion from the figure in Rumph's
volume, and it is rather difficult to avoid the conclusion that this
figure reprebeiii.~> C. cruciatus. it iliat were admiited, the
Linnean name would have to be restored But tlie matter
is too vague for such a decision.

A dried female specimen of this beautiful species from the Cape
shows the characteristic cross on the carapace, pale on a niarc)ou
ground. The carapace meastired between the tips of the lowest
lateral spines was 122 mm., or nearly 5 inches broad; the length
from the apex of a submedian tooth to the hind margin is 80
mm., or 3 inches and a fifth. The fifth segment of the pleon is
55 mm. across, the triangular seventh segment is 17 mm. broad
at the base.

Locality : — Port Alfred.

1 1

Ge.v. : LuPA, Leach.

1813. Lupa, Lcach^ Edinburgh Encyclopsedia, vol. 7, p. 390,

Art. Crustaceology.
1825- Lupa, Deamarest, Consid. gen. Crustaces, p. 97.

1833. Neptuiins. de Haan, Crustacea Japonica, decas i, p. 7.

1834. Lnpca, Alihie-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. i, p- 445.
Date? L]ipa, Milne-Edwards, Regne Animal Cuvier, Ed. Fortin

and Masson, Crustaces, p. 46.
l886- Nepiunus, Miers, Challenger Brachyura, Reports, vol. 17,

p. 172.
1897- Portwius, Rathbun, Proc. Biol. Soc. \\ ashington, vol 11,

P- 155-
1900. Portuniis, Rathbun. The American Naturalist, vol. 34,
p. 140.
IScptunus, de Haan, is a subgenus of Portituus, Fabricius.
Neptumis, Miers, is a subgenus of Neptiuius, de Haan. Porlitnus,
Rathbun, is a subgenus of Portnnns, Latreille. iliss Rathbun
points out that those who do not accept what she supposes to be
Latreille's restriction of Portmius, Fabricius^ must use Lupa in
place of de Haan's Neptiinus, the latter being clearly a synonym
of the former. In the valuable key which Miss Rathbun supplies
in 1900 to tlie families, genera, and species of the Cyclometopa,
the character shown for distinguishing Callinccics, Stimpson, from
the genus Lupa of Leach is that in the former the pleon of the
male is T-shaped, but in the latter triangular.

Lupa saxguixolenta, Herbst.

1783. Cancer saiiguiiwlcntus, Herbst, vol. i, pts. 2-5, p. 161, pi. 8,

f^^gs. 56. 57-
1798. Portiniiis saitgiiniolciiliis, labricius, Supplementum Ent.

Syst., p. 367.
1833. Portunus {NefAumis) sangiiiiwiciitiis. de Haan, Crust.

Japonica, decas i, p. 8.
i8;j4. Lnpca sangninolenta, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust.,

vol. I, p. 451.
Date ? Lupa sanguinolenta, Milne-Edwards. Regne Animal

Cuvier, pi. 10, ^g. i, i a-c.
1861. Ncptnnus sangninolcntus, A. ]\Iilne-Edwards, Arch. !Mus.

Hist. Nat-, vol. 10, p. 319.
1886. Neptnnns {Keptunus) sangninolcntus, Miers, Challenger

Brachyura. Reports, vol. 17. p. 174.
1899. Ncpfunus sangninolcnfus. Alcock. Journ. Asiat. Soc-

Bengal, vol 68. pt. 2, p. 32-
As Miers observes, the three large ])rightly-coloured. equidis-
tant and irregularly oval spots on the hinder part of the carapace

.are very constant and characteristic of this sjiecics- There is also
to be noticed a cherry red spot on the hand of the chelipeds. close
to the base of the movable finger. This is shown in Herbst's
figure, and in the South African specimen (preserved in formalin)
this spot still retains its colour, while the three on the carapace
have so faded as to require close inspection before they can be
discerned. The penultimate segment of the pleon is not very
broad, and widens a little from the base before narrowing to its
distal extremity, so that the shape of the pleon makes some
approach to that of CaUincctcs.

Localit}-: — Two-and-a-half miles off Cape vSt. Elaize.

Gen.: Ovalipes, Rathbun.

1825. PlafyouicJius preocc. T.atreille, Enc)cl. Meth Entom.,

vol. 10, p. 151.
1853. Anlsopns (preocc.) de Haan, Crustacea Japonica. decas i,

p. 12.
1834. PlafyouicJius, ]\Iilne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust-, vol. i, p.

435-
1838. Ar//rv^M'Leay, Illustrations Zool. South Africa (.Smith),

[ Invertebrates, p. 62.

I 1843. Anisopus, Krauss, Die siidafrik. Crustaccen, p. 27.
ii8S6. Plaiyonychns, Micrs, Challenger Brachyura, Reports, vol.
17, p. 201.

1897. Xaiza, Rathbun, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol- 11, p.

158.

1898. Ovalipes, Rathbun, Proc- U.S. Mus., vol. 21. p. 597.
Platyonichus, Latreille, 1818, as explained by Bell and Miss M.

J. Rathbun, is a synonym of Porhunnus, Leach, 1813, and is dis-
tinct from Platyonichus, Latreille, 1825, which must, therefore,
lapse as preoccupied. The same fate befalls .Inisopus, de Haan,
the name having been already used in 1803. ATLeay retains de
Haan's Anisopus, and beside it establishes a new subgenus Xaiva,
not easily distinguishable from it, so that the latter name seemed
available for the species previously known as Platyonichus
ociUaius fllerbst) and its allies. These allies, in the Challenger
Brachj'ura by Mier.s, are named " Plaiyonyc/ms bipiisfii-
lafus, ]\Iilne -Edwards, and /'*. in'descens, n. sp." In
i8g8 Miss Rathbun withdrew the suggestion that
Xavia could be used as their generic name, and
writes : — " It has since been brought to my attention
that the type of Xaiva, X. pulchclla, ]\IacLeay, is more nearly re-
lated to Portnmmis than it is to the species occllatus and hipns-
tnlatus" Eor these last, therefore, I am obliged to propose a new
name. Ozalipcs differs from Portumnus and Xaii'a in having the

'3

last joint of the fifth pair of feet broadly oval, rounded at the
exi-remity, instead of lanceolate and acute ; the basal joint of the
antennulse advanced and visible in a dorsal view between the
frontal teeth; the chclipeds elongate; the abdoniui of the male
oblong instead of narrow trianj;ular.

OVAI.IPES TRIMACULATLS (dc Haau).

1833. Aiiisopiis triiiiaciilaia, de Haan, Crust- Japonica, decas i,.

P- 13

1834. Platyoiiicliiis bipiistiilafiis. ]\Iilne-Edwards, Hist. Xat,

Crust., vol. I, p. 437, pi- 17, tig. 7-10.
1838. Anisopus irhnacukiius, M'Leay, Illustrations Zool. South

Africa, p. 62.
1843. Anisopus trunaculatus, Krauss, die siidafrik. Crustaceen,

p. 27.
The Anisopus of de Haan was instituted as a subgenus of
Corystes, and to it he assigned in 1833 his own species punctata
and trimaculata, with the addition of occllaia, Herbst, doubtfully.
To the name friviaciilatan sp. he subjoined "(Seba f. xviii,fig.
9), Dr. Horstoka littore Promontorii Bonae Spei." That the
specimen forwarded to me from the Cape belongs to de Haan's
species trimaculata is beyond question, but the proper name for it
may be debated. In 1834 Milne-Edwards described his Platyoni-
chns bipusfulatus. from the Indian Ocean, and the fie-ure of this in
hi'- (undated) At'as shows it to be identical with de Haan's tri-
maculafa. In iS35deHaan,decas 2,p 44fpl.2,tig. i,t describes
Corystes (Anisopus) punctata, n. sp-, and adds a note that Platyoni-
chus bipustulatus, Milne-Edwards, appears to agree with the other
species of this subgenus, which Horstok had procured at the Cape,
and which was distinguished from C. punctata by shorter frontal
and blunter lateral teeth, by having the thorax marked behind
with two blood-red spots, the hands reddening on the inner side^
the thorax and chelae yellow scarcely rubro-punctate or granu-
late. That he speaks of only two spots on the carapace of his
trimaculate species is due to the fact that the arcuate middle spot
is common both to this and punctata. In his index, ;p. 233, he
mentions//^;/^i;'rt/rt;alone, not naming- either trimaculata or bipus-
tulatus. Miersin i876and i886gives as synonyms of P. byptistu-
laius, Anisopus puncfatus, de Haan, Platyonychus purpureus, Dana,
and Portunus cafharus. White. Haswell, in his Catalogu'e of
Australian Malacostraca, 1882, does the same, except that he
does not give the reference to \\ hite- It may be questioned
whether the distinctions drawn by de Haan. depending chiefly on
colour markings, are of specific value. It may also be questioned
whether the character implied in the specific name, apart from

the reference to Seba. would give his si)ecific name priority over
that used by Alihie-Echvards. The description by the latter
author does not suffice to distinguish between the two forms re-
corded by de Haan. Milne-Edwards says nothing about th'e
colour, and his coloured figure was proijably not published till
some years later. On the other hand, Seba's pi. i8, f. 9, shows
three frontal teeth instead of four, is devoid of the three spots^
which are not alluded to in the description, vol. 3, p. 44, " Color
ab onmi parte idem dilute flavus, splendens-' But if bipiistulatus
is identified with puiiclatiis, the priority cannot reasonably be re-
fused to the latter name, since in 1833 it was assigned to a well-
defined genus, quite as good for its identification as the specific
description given by Milne-Edwards in the following year. In
the generic definition de Haan calls attention to the peculiar
structure of the seventh joint in the second pair of trunk legs.
This finger in the adult male is falciform, dilated, and on the hind
margin deeply grooved. The fissurrng begins a little way from
the base, and then the edges spread out, so as to give a somewhat
flattened aj^pearance to the back of the fing-er viewed from above.
In the specific account he mentions that the femora of these samie
feet have a transverse membranaceous crest on the superior apex,
which Micrs also notices, saying, " above the articulation the
margin of the thigh is raised, and forms a crest." All that I can
perceive is a transverse ridge on the distal margin of the fourth
joint, which is commonly called the arm. not the thigh. Krauss,
who remarks the three spots on the carapace, says that fnmacit-
lotus is scarcely distinct from punclatus, though he upholds its
name and reduces hipushilaius to a synonym- He says it is very
common in Table Bay, and prefers sandy, sheltered wastes, suit-
able to its thin, brittle shell, and in harmony with its colouring,
which in the ground work is yellow, though sprinkled with blood-
red dots, in addition to the half-moon shaped median and the two
postero-latcral spots.
Localitv : — False Bav.

Catometopa.

jyoo. Caloiiiclopa, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. r.cngal, vol. 69,
pt 2, p. 281.
Alcock says. "" The Catoiiidopa may l>c divided into 9 families.
One of these, the Goiioplacidac. so closely ai:)proaches the Cyclo-
inetope family Xiuilhidac that such Xanthoid forms as Gcryon and
Camptoplax have by some authors been included in it, while, on
the other hand, some of its constituent genera, such as Goiioplax
.and Caninoplax, have been ranged among the Cyclometopes."

/C^y:^ 'Vfc.*-^ >\^1

I LU i L I B R A R Y

FaM. : GOXEPLACIDAE.

1900. Gonoplacidae, Alcock, Journ. Asiat, Soc- Bengal, vol. 69,
pt, 2, pp. 283, 297.
The following definition is given by Alcock: — " Marine Cato-
inetopes closely resembling Cyclonietopes. The palp of the ex-
ternal maxillipeds articulates at or near the antero-internal angle
of the merns [fourth joint], never at the antero-external angle or
at the middle of the anterior border; the exognath of the external
maxillipeds is of normal size and is not concealed. The inter-
antennular septum is a thin plate. The division of the orbit into
two fossae is not accented,"

Gen- : Goneplax, Leach.

1813-1814. Goneplax, J.each, Edinb. Encyl.,vol. 7. p. 430. Art.
Crustaceology.

1815. Goneplax, Leach, Trans. Linn- Soc. London, vol. 11, p.

1816. GonoHax, Leach, Encycl. Brit., p. 413, Art. Annulosa.
1837. Gonoplax, Milne-Edwards, Hist. iVat- Crust, vol. 2. p. 60.
1853. Gonoplax, Bell, British Stalk-eyed Crustacea, p. 129.
1886. Gonoplax, Miers, Challenger Brachyura, Reports, vol. 17,

P- 245-
1873. Gonoplax, Stebbing, History of Crustacea, p. 91.
1900- Gonoplax, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 69, pt. 2,

p. 316.
Several other references might be given, but they can be easily
traced Thenamefirstappears in the form 6rc?//'(^/'/^?/at page 393
of Leach's Crustaceology, but he then gives Ocypode angulala las
the sixth species of Ocypode, though appending the following
paragraph : — " Cancer angulatus of Linne, Fabricius, and
Pennant ; Ocypode bisponosa of Lamarck ; Goiitplat bisponosa-y
Leach, MSS. Vtdc Goneplat in Index."

I cannot regard this as an institution of the genus Goncplaf,
while its only species is retained under Ocypode. In the Index
the name given is not Goneplat, but Goneplax, with a reference to
page 432, although it is on page 430 that Goneplax is in fact de-
fined. The reference to Linne is also misleading, since Cancer,
angidatns is a species dating from Pennant in 1777, and is subse-
quently mentioned, not by Linnzeus, but in Gmelin's edition of
the Systema Naturae.

GoEPLAX AxcuLATA (Pennant).

1777. Cancer mtgulafus, Pennant, British Zoology, vol. 4, p. 7,
pi. 5, fig. 10. ij :! j

I6

17S2. Cancer aii^uladts, Hcrhsl, l\ral)lK'n uiul Krebse, vol. i,.

p. 85. pi. I. fig-. 13.
1788. Cancer aiigulatits, Gmelin's Syst. Xat.. vol i, ])• 2971.
1793. Cancer aJigiilatus, Fabricius. Ent. Syst.. vol. 2, p. 449.
1802. Ocypoda angnlata, Bosc, Hist- Xat. Crust., ^ol. \, p. 198.
1813, Ocyp(>(ie angnlata. Leach, lidinb. Encycl., vol. 7, p 393.
1813-14. Goiiepla.v angnlata, Leach. Edinb- Encycl.. vol. 7, p. 430..

1815. Goncplax bispinosa, Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol.

II. p. 323-.

1816. Goiwplnx bispfliiosa,\.ei\.Q\\ Encycl. l^rit., p. 413, Art.

Annulosa.
181 7. Goriop/ax bisp07wsa,l^ea.ch, Malacostrara Podophthal-

mata Britanniae. text to pi. 13
1829. Goiwplax angnlatns, Latreille, Regne iVninial, vol. 4, p- 43.
1837. Gonoplax angnlata, Milne-Edv.ard.s. Hist. Xat. Crust.^ vol.

2, p. 61.
1853. Gonoplax angnlata, Bell, Brit. Stalk-eyed Crust., p. 131,

fig. in text.
1893. Gonoplax rJwniboides. Stebbing. History of Crustacea, p- 92.
The South African specimen completely agrees with Bell's
description of this well-known species- It has the two pairs of
lateral spines of the carapace well developed and very acute: the
arm or fourth joint of the chelipedhas the small spine near the
middle of its upper side, and a similar spine on the inner margin of
the fifth joint; the chelipeds are nearly alike, but that on the right
side shows a cavity between the fingers in their proximal half, while
that on the left side has the fingers close together in their whode
length. The colouring, as in English specimens, is more red-
dened across the upper half of the carapace, and paler, yellowish
on the lower half- Latreille and Alilne-P^ldwards were disposed
to unite this species with the earlier Cancer rhoniboidcs, Linn.,,
which is distinguished from it by having no lower lateral spine
on the carapace, or at most, a little tubercle in its place. It must
be admitted that the distinction, though marked, is not by itself
highlv important. Yet there is some convenience in retaining-
both specific names, as is done by Milne-Edwards, Carus, and
others.

Locality: — Trawled 11 miles of¥ Cape St. Blaize.

0XVST0M.\TA.

i8g6. Oxvsfoviii or Leucosoidae, Alcock, Journ. Asiat, Soc.

Bencfai. \ol 65. pt. 2. p. 135.
1900. Oxystoniala, M. J- Rathbun. The American Xaturalist. vol.

34- P-5I5- ' . . . .,

An account of this tribe as now including the Raninidae, with

'7

the principal references to de Haan, Miers, Ortmann^ etc., will
be found in Alcock's work above cited.

Fam.: LEUcosiiDAii:.

For an account of this family, and several sub-divisions of it or
" alliances/' the same work (p. 164) may be consulted.

Gex, : Philyra, Leach-

1817. Philyra, Leach, Zool. Miscell, vol. 3. p. 18.
1837. Philyra, Milne-Edwards, Hist- Nat. Crust., vol. 2, p. 131.
1855. Philyra, Bell, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 21, p. 299.
1877- Philyra, Targioni Tozzetti, Crost. Brachyuri e Anomouri,

Magenta, p. 196.
1886. Philyra, Miers, Challenger Brachyura, Reports, vol. 17,

p. 320.
1892. Philyra, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb-, vol. 6, p. 582.
1896. Philyra, .Mcock, Journ. Asiat, Soc. Bengal, vol. 65, pt. 2,

p'237-
1900. Philyra, ]\L J. Rathbun, The American Naturalist, vol. 34,

P- 517-
Alcock observes that Philyra can be at once distinguished from
Leucosia by the absence of a thoracic sinus, and under Leiuosia
explains that the lateral epibranchial angles of the carapace form
on either side a distinct lobe, which is bent downwards towards)
the base of the chellipeds to form the eave of a deep sinuous de-t
pression in the side w"all of the carapace, known as the thoracic
sinus. Bell points out that the extraordinary dilatation of the
exopod in the third maxillipeds, which had been regarded as the
essential characteristic of Philyra. varies greatly in degree in the
several spccies-

Philyra punctata. Bell.

1855. Philyra punctata. Bell, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 21,

p. 291, pi. 33, fig. 2.

In agreement with Bell's description, the carapace is nearly

orbicular, smooth, puiictate in every part. Except for a small

interval in front, the carapace is entirely surrounded by a beaded"

line, the little beads or projections showing in most part of the

circumference considerable inequality. Similar ornaments fringe

the fourth joint of the third maxillipeds and the hind margin or

a transverse ridge of the first and second pleon-segments. The

third maxillipeds in this species have the fourth joint very much

AISIT. C

]8

shorter than the third, the cxopod moderately expanded. In the
chelipeds the finger and thimib have three or four teeth at the
distal part of each inner margin, not large. l)ut more decidedly
developed than any on the earlier part of the margins. In the
male the third, fourth, and fifth segments of the pleon are
coalesced, in the female, these, together with the sixth.

Length of carapace in the male specimen, 11.25 "i"i- by a
breadth of 10 mm.

Locality: — Mossel Bay.

Bell's specimen, half an inch in length of carapace, was
dredged in Simon's Bay, between four and seven fathoms, on
sand.

BRACHYURA ANOMALA.

1839. />/-(?/;//^)'av?deHaan, Crustacea Japonica,decas quarta,p.

102.
i88o- Dromiaceae, Boas, Studier over Decapodernes Slaegtskab-

forhold, p. 138-
1893- Brachyura anoniala (part), Stebbing. History of Crustacea,

P- ^2,Z-
1899. Dromiaceae, A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, Crus,t.

De cap. de i'Hirondelle et de la Princesse Alice,
Monaco, fasc. 13, p. 8.
1899. Brachyura anoniala, Alcock, Deep-sea Ih-achyura

R.I.M.S.S. Investigator, p. 6.
1900- Dromiaceae, A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, Crust. Dee.

du Travailleur et du Talisman, p. 5.
1901. Droiriides or Dromiacca. Alcock, Catalogue of the Indian
Decapod Crustacea, fasc. i, p. 28.
The French authors above cited divide the Brachyura into
Dromiacae or Urachyures primitifs and Brachyura genuina.
The Dromiacca or Brachyura anoniala comprise three legions or
three families, Dromiidae, Homolida?, and Dynomenidae, in
accordance with Ortmann's arrangement of the Dromiidea in
1892. The authors who have taken the lead in re-establishing this
classification have fully recognized the claim of de Haan to its
origination. He included in liis Dromiacca the four genera
Dynomene, Homola, Drotnia, LatreiUia, remarking that " the
Dromiacea, wdth exclusion of Lithodidas. seem to be far removed
from the Anomoura, and especially from the Raninoidea and
Paguridea." .So circumscribed, he concludes that they ought not
to be separated from tlie lirachyura. Alcock, whose classification
is at once the most recent and the most fully and clearly ex-
plained, divides the Brachyura anoniala into two tribes, the
Dromiidea and Homolidea. the former includin<r the three

»9

families Homoldromiidse, Dromiidse, and Dynomenidse, the
latter embracing the Homolidae and Latreilliida.

Fam.: Dromiidae.

1899. DromiidQC, Alcock, Journ- Asiat. Soc. Bengal^ vol. 68, pt.

2, p. 135-
1901. Dromiidae, Alcock, Tatal. Indian Decapod Crustacea

Brachyura primigenia, p- 37.
The family, as recently restricted Ly Alcock, contains the
genera Dromia, Eudromia, Sphaerodromia, Conchoecetes, Hypo-
concha, Cryptodromia, Pctalomera, Pseudodromia, and Lasiodromia,
Drornidia, Stimpson, including Drotnidiopsis, Borradaile, is re-
garded as a sub-genus of Dromia. Lasiodromia is a new name
not unreasonably substituted for Homalodromia, Miers, which is
distinct from the earlier Homolodromia, A. Milne-Edwards, in a
different family; but Alcock remains uncertain whether Lasio-
dromia should be separated from Stimpson's Pseudodromia. He
is also doubtful whether Ascidiophihis, Richters, should be
allotted to this family.

Gen.: Conchoecetes, Stimpson.

1858. Conchoecetes, Stimpson, Proc. Acad- Phinlad., p. 226 (64).
1887. Conchoecetes, A. O. Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc- London,

vol. 20, pp. 108, 1 1 1.
Conchoecetes, Henderson, Challenger Anomura, Reports,

vol. 27, p. 17.
1893- Conchoecetes, Stebbing, History of Crustacea, p- 135.
1899- Conchoecetes, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 68,

p. 150. "

1901. Conchoecetes, Alcock, Catal. Indian Decap. Crust-,

Brachyura primigenia, p. 40.
In this genus the carapace is depressed, subpentagonal; the
fifth pair of legs, which are turned forwards along the sides of the
carapace, are short and slender, not subchelate, with the finger
minute; the preceding pair are not elongate, but robust, with a
strong hooked finger, folding round the edge of the mollasc-valve,
its grip upon which is aidtd by the obtuse process of the preced-
ing joint. I * ^

'Conchoecetes artificiosus (Fabricius).

1798. Dromia artificiosa, Fabricius, Supplementum Ent. Syst., p.

360-

C 2

1803. Cancer arlificiosa, llcr.bst, Krabben und Krebse, vol. 3, pt.

3. P- 54, pl- 58. fig. 7-
1837- Droinia artiRciosa, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol.

2, p. 176, foot-note to account of D. fallax, Lamarck.
1858. CoiicJioccctcs artiticiosiis, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Philad., p.

240 {ySy
1882. Dromia coiicliifcra, Haswell, Catal, Austral. Crust., p. 141,

pi. ^. fi^-. 4- (and Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S- Wales, vol- 6, p-

757)-
1887- C oiuiioicctcs coiichifera, A- O. Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc.

London, vol- 20, pp. 108, iii.
1S99. Conchoecetes artificiosus, Alcock, Journ. Asiat- Soc. Bengal,

vol- 68, p. 151.
1901- Conchoecetes arfificiosiis, Alcock, Catal- Indian Decap.

Crust., Brachyura primgenia, p. 41, pi. 3, fig- 16-
The short close pubescence which covers this species is said
by Haswell to be green. In formalin it is brown, wath perhaps a
greenish shade in it. I do not find the dimensions given by any
author except Haswell, who reports it from Port Dienison and
Port iSIolle, and gives length f^ in. ; breadth, f in. The speci-
men from South Africa has the carapace in the medium line 2 1.25
mm. long, and its greatest breadth 22.25 mm., the breadth, there-
fore, being a little greater than the length, instead of the reverse
as in the Australian specimen- But it must be remembered that
the median line is measured from the central tooth of the front,
which is smaller and less advanced than its two companions. A
line from either of these to the hind margin gives the carapace of
the African specimen a length of 22-50. The dorsal length
in the median line, including the three protruded segments of the
pleon, is 30 m m.

In forwarding the specimen from Cape Town, Dr. Gilchrist
informed me that the animal had been tied into its valve when
procured, in order to show how the shell is held, otherwise these
creatures, when brought on deck, speedily leave their covert-
The fourth pair of legs are, in fact, still grasping the shell valve
in a defiant manner, though they appear to have shaken off the
rest of the animal as a useless incumbrance, and by this detach-
ment facility of examination was considerably increased.

Locality: — Amatikulu' River N.W., distant 7^ miles fcoa.st
of Zululand), from 26 fathoms.

FaM. : HOMOLIDAE-

1888. Ilomlidae^ Henderson, Challenger Anomura, Reports,

vol. 27, p. 18.
1892. Ihniolidae, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb-. vol. 6, p. 540.

i893- iloniolidtu-, Stebbiag, ilistory of Crustacea, p. 137.

1899. Homolinac. jM.-Ed\\. and Bouvier, Crust. Hirondelle et

Princesse Alice, pp. 9, lO-
1899. Ihnwlidae, Alcock, Deep-sea Brach} ura Investigator, p- 6.

1899. Hoinulidae (restricted), Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal,

vol- 68, pt. 2, p. 154-

1900. Homolinac, M. -Edwards and Bouvier, Crust- Travailleur et

Talisman, p. lo-

1901. Homolidac (restricted), Alcock, Catal- Indian Decapod

Crustacea, p. 59.
In 1899 the French authors recognised in this family seven
genera, Paromola, Faromolopsis, and Hypsophrys, instituted by
Wood-Mason; Homologenus and Latrcillopsis, by Henderson;
Homola, Leach; and Latreillia, Roux- They remark that the
species of Paromola are the primitive forms of the group, and that
Latreillia is linked to it by the intravention of Latrcillopsis. Alcock
distinguishes three sub-genera of Homola, namely, Homola.
Homolax, and Paromola. This writer also, in the Journ- Asiat.
Soc. Bengal vol. 68, p. 155, 1899, separates Latrcillopsis and
Latreillia from the PIomoHdse, placing them in a new family
Latreillidae, in this respect following the lead of S. T. Smith, who
in 1883 distingfuished the Latreillidea from the Homolidea, al-
though with Alcock Homolidea is an over-group embracing the
two families, the Latreillidae (or rather Latreilliidie) being distin-
guished by very elongate eye-stalks, by having eight pairs of gill
plumes, and no epipods on the trunk legs, while in the Homolid?e
the eye-stalks are not so elongate, the gill plumes are in thirteen
or fourteen pairs, and there are epipods on the chelipeds and often
on the two following pairs of legs.

Gek.: Homola, Leach-

1S15. Homola, Leach, Trans. Linn- Soc. London, vol. 11-, p. 324.
1863. Llomola, Heller, Crust, des siidlichen Europa, p. 148-
1896. Llomola, Bouvier, Bulletin Soc Philomathique de Paris,

vol 8, p. 70 (37), etc.
1901. Homola, Alcock,. Indian Decapod Crustacea, fasc- i. p- 60.

The very numerous references to this genus can be traced from
tliose here" given for the family and the typical species. For
Homola as a subgenus, iVlcock names H. barbata as the type, for

»;;,.> o.v H. mcgalops, Alcock, and for Paromola, Wood-Mason,
H- cuvicri (Risso). For the sub genus Homola he gives the follow-
ing character; —

Carapace quadrate, its broadest part being in front, across the
middle of the gastric region ; the liucac anomuricac keep close to
the Literal borders, and are rather inconspicuous. Rostrum a

bitid tooth, with a small spine or tooth on either side of its base.
The last pair of legs reach to the end [of the carpus, i.e-, fifth
jointj •'■' of the preceding pair."

The species allotted to this subgenus are H. barbata (Fabricius),
U- vigil, A. Milne-Edwards; H- orienfalis, Henderson; and FL
andaiuanica, Alcock ; but the last is regarded as possibly a
synonym of Henderson's species, and probably only a variety ci
H. barbata-

HoMOLA BARBATA (Fabricius).

^7^)Z- Cancer barbatus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., vol- 2, p. 460, No-

76.
1796. Cancer barbatus, Herbst, Krabben und Krebse, vol. 2. pt.

6, p. 16^, pi. 42, fig. 3.
18 1 5. Homola spinifrous. Leach, Trans- Linn. Soc. London, vol.

II, p. 324.
1837. Homola spinifrons, Milne-Edwards, Hist- Nat. Crust., vol.

2, p 183, pi. 22, tig. 1-4, and in the undated R^gne

Animal (Ed. Fortin, Masson et Cie), pi. 39, fig. 2.
1847- Homola barbala, White, Crustacea in British Museupi, p.

,55-
1863. homola spinifrons, Heller, Crust- des siidlichen Europa, p.

149, pi. 4, figs.* 12, 13.
1884. Homola barbata, S- L Smith, Fishery Report for 1882, p.

351 (7).
1888. Homola barbaUu Henderson, Challenger Anomura,

Reports, vol. 27, p. 18.

1899. Homola barbata, Alcock, Journ- Asiatic Soc- Bengal, vol.

68, pt. 2, p. 156.

1900. Homola barbata, Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, Crust-

Decap. Travailleur et Talisman, p. 10.

1901. Ilomola barbata, Alcock, Indian Decapod Crustacea, fasc.

I, p. 79.
Many more references are given in Alcock's last-mentioned
work, including, doubtfully, H- spinipes, Guilding, Trans. Linn.
Soc, vol. 14. p. 334. 1825. In t8t8 Lamarck assigned the species
as named by Leach to Dorippc- White, probably following
Desmarest, suggests that it may be a representative of
Rafinesque's genus Thelxiopc. I he specific name given by
Fabricius was by many authors ignored in favour of Lcach's'
spinifrous. H. Milne-Edwards, Heller. Henderson. A. Milne-
Edward-' and Bouvier, agree in assigning the name barbatus to
Her])st, thouirh PTerbst himself gives the reference for it to
Fabricius. White refers both to Fabricius and Herbst. but in-
verts the order. Alcock puts the whole matter rightly, except

* A comparison of this quotation from the Catalo^e of iqor with the corre-
sponding passage in the Journ. Asiat. Soc, 1899, shows that the words in brackets
were accidentally omitted.

23

that the reference to Fabricius is unfortuiKiteij' primed as p. 450
instead of 460- Fabricius himscli has a species Cancer spinifrons,
which was instituted by Herbst in 1785, Krabben und Krabben,
vol. I, pt. 6, p- 185, pi. II, fig. 65. This species has nothing,
whatever to do with Leach's Homola sphiifrons, but for those who
may wish to verify this by the original authorities it should be
mentioned that Fabricius twice gives a misleading reference to
Herbst. In the Ent. Syst;., vol. 2, p. 455, he refers to " Cancer
spinifrons, Herbst. Cancr. tab. 9. tig- 58.," and in the Supple-
mentum he repeats this reference after one to his own work, as
though he himself were the author of the species-

The South African specimen has the carapace ornamented as
figured by Milne-Edwards and described by Heller^ and likewise
in agreement with the account given by Alcock of his Homola
andamanico- There are 13 spines between the short, slightly
depressed bifid rostrum and the cervical groove, and down each
side there is a row, beginning with a large tooth-like spine,
followed by a smaller one, ,and then by diminishing denticles to
the number of a dozen. The epistome has a central upturned
spine. The fourth joint of the third maxilliped being abruptly
narrowed in the distal half, looks as if a piece had been cut out
of its outer margin. The fourth joint in the four pairs of ambula-
tory legs is setose or spinulose on the inner margin, but seems
devoid of the tooth spines wliich are characteristic of H. andot-
manica.

Length, 29 mm.

Locality: — False Bay, from 32 fathoms.

Fam- : Latreit.liidae.

1899. Latreillidae, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 68, pt.

2, pp. 130. 165.
1901. LatrcilUdae, Alcock. Catal- Indian Decapod Crustacea, p.
70.
For the distinction of this family from the Homolidae see
page 2 1 .

Gen. : Latreillia, Roux.

1828. Latreillia, Roux, Crustaces de !a Mediterranee. liviaison

5, pi. 22.
1834 Latreillia, H. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. i,

p. 277.
1839. Latreillia, de Haan, Crustacea Japonica. decas quarta,

p. 105.
1863. Latreillia, Heller, Crust, siidl. Europa, p. 146-

24

l888. Latreillia, Henderson, Challenger Anotnura, Reports, vol.

27, p. 23.
1893- Latreillia. Steljbiiig, History of Crustacea, p 137.
1894. Latnillia, A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, Crust. DC'.z.

Hirondellc, fa>c. 7, p- 59-
1897. Latreillia, Bouvicr, Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris, Scr- 8, vol- 8.

pp. 30, etc
1899. Latreillia, M. -Edwards and Bouvier, Crust. JlirondcV.e et

PrincesseAlice, fasc. 13, p. 13.
1899. Latreillia, Akock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Beng-al. vol- 58, pt-

2, pi. 167.
190 1- Latreillia, Alcock, Indian Dec Crust., fasc. i, p. 70.

To this genus have been assigned five species — L- elegans,
Roux; L. valida, de Haan; L. pennifera, Alcock ; L. phalanginm,
de Haan; L. australieiisis, Henderson. The latter two are set
apart from the first three by having the fifth trunk legs of much
less considerable length. The resemblances and dififerences in
the first three are discussed under the following specific descrip-
tion : —

LatuI'-.illia kt.egaxs, Roux.

1828. Latreillia elegons, Roux, Crust. Aledit-, pi. 22.

1834. Latreillia elegans, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Xat- Crust., vol. i,

p. 277.
1839. Latreillia elegatis, de Haan, Crust. jap< nica, decas quarta,

p. 108.
1849. Latreillia elegans, Lucas, Crust- Algeric, ]). 3. pi. t, fig- i.
1863. Latreillia elegans. Heller, Crust, des siidlichen Europa, p.

147, pi. 4. fig. 14.

1883. Latreillia elegans, Smith, Proc. US. AIus., vol. 6, No- i,

P- 23-

1884. Latreillia elegans, Smith, Annual i'ishery Report U.S. for

1882, p. 351 (7), pi- 2. fig. 2. 2a, pi- 3. fig. I.
1886. Latreillia elegans. Smith. .\nn. Fishery Report for 1885,

P- 33-
1894. Latreillea elegans. A. M-Edwards and Bouvier, Crust.
Decap. Hirondellc. Monaco, fasc- 7, p. 59, pi. 6, figs-

13-15-

1899. Latreillea elegans, A. M-Edwards and Bouvier. Crust.

Princesse- Alice, Monaco, fasc. 13. p- 13.

1900. Latreillea elegans, A. M-Edwards and Bouvier, Crust.

Decap. Travailleur ett Talisman, j)- 13.

1901. Latreillia elegans. Alcock. Indian Decapod Crustacea, p.

80 (Synonymy)-
To the above should ]icrhaps be added : —
1839. Latreillia ralida. de Haan. Crust. Japonica, decas (ptarta,
p. T07. pi- 30, fig. T.

i88^. Lalreillia validdj Hciiuersoii, Lhailengcr, Alacrura, Reports,

vol. _>7, p. 24.
1893. Latreillia lalida, Stebbing, History of Crustacea, p. 137,

pi- 5 (from de Haan).
1899. Latreillia peiiiiifera, Alcock, Journ- Asiat, Soc. Bengal,

vol- 68, p. 168.
1901. Latreillia pcnnifera, iVlcock, Indian Decapod Crustacea,

p. 71, pi. 7, lig. 27.
It should be observed that Major Alcock himself introduces his
species with the remark that it is '" very closely related to L-
elegans, Roux." The specific name which he gives to the Indian
form is highly appropriate to the penultimate joint in the last pair
of legs, it bemg, as he says, " plumed on l30th sides so as to
exactly resemble the vane of a feather." This character is equally
conspicuous in the specimen forwarded to me from the Cape,
but when originally describing this form before I had seen Major
Alcock's figure and description, I persuaded myself that it was
identical with de Haan's L. valida, and that the remarkable
feathering had not attracted that author's attention in a dried
example or had been by some accidental circumstance removed.
In point of fact, de Haan's artist does give a fringe of setules to
the joint in question. But the same joint is drawn by S- I-
Smith very distinctly feathered on both sides in a United States
specimen of L. elegans, and the feathering at least for one margin
is shown with equal clearness in the figures given by Lucas for a
Mediterranean example of the same species. De Haan distin-
guishes L. elegans from the Japanese form by its not having a
dorsal spine on the gastric region, by the greater length of the
eye-stalks and frontal spines, by the fourth segment of the pleon
being bispinose in the middle, and by the thinner legs. Roux
only had female specimens, and de Haan does not claim to have
examined any but one from Roux' own collection, so that
Heller's statement that de Haan observed the male also seems to
be a mistake- But de Haan's statement that the composite fourth
segmentofthepleoninthefemaleof /..r/r^^///.s IS bi>pinoseinthe
middle musft also be mistaken. Milne-Edwards. Lucas, HeFer,
agree in stating that the two pairs of spines on this segment are
lateral or sublateral. The lower pair seem to be minute. A dis-
tinction depending on the comparative lengths of eye-stalks and
frontal spines cannot well be trusted, since they are apparently
not a little variable. In a detail figure Smith represents the
spines as quite unsymmetrical. Any difYcrence in the thickness
of the legs between the forms here compared seems unappreci-
able, so that for specific distinction nothing remains but the
presence or absence of two or three insignificant-looking spines
and the greater or less length of the setae on a jjarticular joint-

The South ^Vfrican .specimen has the frontal spines extending
along the basal joint of the eye-stalk just to the thicker terminal

2b

joint ; they have a denticle on the outer side at the base and
another a little higher, and near the apex two with an inward
direction- .\lcock speaks of them in L. poinifcra as occasionally
bearing some tiny secondary spinules, and Heller says in regard
to L. elcgaiis that they have one or two little denticles belovv' on
the outer side, and generally another denticle outward at the base
over the insertion of the first peduncular joint of the inner
antennae. The first antenme, straightened out, would reach the
end of the frontal spines. The chelipeds agree with Alcock"s and
Heller's descriptions, in having spines along the fourth joint, the
following joints smooth, but. the slender finger which just
matches the thumb is not half as long as the carpus or fifth joint-
Heller says that this finger is " only half as long as the carpus-"
Alcock says " the fingers are not half the length of the palm."
The long second and third legs agree also with the descriptions
in the two authors just mentioned, the fourth joint being dis-
tinctly spinose, the fifth sparsely so, the sixth chiefly at the
slightly dilated apical portion, and the finger on its outer margin.
The fourth pair of limbs is missing. The fifth pair, though
shorter than the preceding third pair, reach well beyond its fifth
joint; they have the fourth and fifth joints spinose^ the sixth
feathered on both margins with plumose setae, the finger, as in
Alcock's description and Smith's figure " extremely short." The
pleon has a median spine on the second and on the third segment,
and one at each side of the base of the composite fourth; the
terminal segment ends very acutely. The pleon is enormously
distended by a multitude of small eggs. Milne-Edwards and
Bouvier refer to the small and numerous eggs in this species, and
S- I. Smith calculated that a specimen, of which the carapace
without the rostral spines was 12 mm. long, was carrying 1,650
eggs. The length mentioned by Professor Smith fairly
corresponds with that of the specimen here de-
scribed. Henri Milne- Edwards gives the length as
abotit an inch, but the measurement does not con-
vey much meaning, as it may or may not include the frontal
spines and the three segments of the pleon which are visible in a
dorsal view- The pleon of the male is said by Lucas and Heller
to be entirely smooth. For L. valida de Haan says that the
second segment in the male is " unispinosus-" Alcock describes
the pleon of the female in L. pennifera in agreement with that of
the South African form, but does not say whether the male has
the pleon free from spines or not.

Orange banding is perceptible on the limbs, eye-stalks, and
frontal spines, but the carapace 'in formalin) is colourless.

Locality: — Two miles N- by W. of UmbwaUnni River, Xatal,
from 25 fathoms.

2?

MACRURA AXOxMALA.

By the most recent arrangement these are divided into
i'agiiridea, Galatheidea, and Hippidea. As Alcock explains in
his Catalogue of Indian Deep-Sea Crustacea, p. 204, 190 1, they
are the Anomala of de Haan and Boas, and differ " from the
Anomnra of -Milne-Edwards in the exclusion uf the Drouiidac,
Houwlidac, Raninidac, and Pactolus, and in the inclusion of the
Galatheidae: from the Aiwmoura of Dana in the exclusion of the
Aiwmoitra SHpcnora: from the Anomnra of Henderson in the
exclusion of the Dromidea and Raninidea. and they correspond
with the AnoDwura Schizosomi of Stimpson."* Of the five legions
adopted for their classification in my History of Crustacea, 1893,
the Pagurinea and Lithodinea belong to the Paguridea, the
Porcellaninea and Galatheinea to the Galatheidea- This last tribe
is now divided by Ortmann and by Alcocl< into four sections or
families — Aeglaeidae, Porcellanidae, Galatheidae, and Uropty-
chidae- A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier (1899) prefer to use a
slightly different terminology, speaking of a famiily Galatheidse,
with three sub-families— Aegleinae, Galatheinae, Diptycinee,
the Galatheinae comprising two tribes, the " Galatheines and
Porcellaniens."

Fam.: Porcelt.anidae.

Henderson, m his Report on the Challenge!- Anoniiura, gives
the Porcellanidse without definition as the single family of the
Porceilanodea, which is his Section A of the Galatheidea. He
gives the following definition of the section, which will apply to
the single family: —

'• Carapace broadly oyate, smooth, with the regions but faintly
defined ; the front usually trilobed, and the processes never of
great length. Chelipedes broad and often flattened, the ambula-
tory limbs robust and of m'oderate length- Antennules con-
cealed ; the antennal peduncle directed backwards. Eyes always
pigmented and partially concealed in orbits- External maxilli-
pedes with the ischium [third joint] broad, and the merus [fourth
joint] provided with a prominent internal lobe. Abdomen bent
under the thorax: females with two (or three) pairs of slender
uniramous appendages borne on the fourth, fifth, (and third)
segmjents; males with a single gen'tal pair on the second

segment. ^

^* Milne- Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. 2, p. 163 uses the expression " Section
des Decapodes Anomoures ; " Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., Crustacea, pp. 1420, 14JO,
following upon Section i, Auomoura superiora, has Section 2, Anomoura media,
Section ^ Anomoura submedia, and Section 4, Anomoura inferiora ; Stimpson, in
part 7 of his Prodromus, Proc. Acad. Sci. Philad.. 1858, at p. 65 introduces the
Schizosomi as second division of the Crustacea Anomoura.

28

Gex.: Pokcellana, Lamarck.

j8oi. Porcellana, Lamarck, Syst- Aniiii. .sans vcrtcbies, p. 153.
JS58. Porcdlana (rcsliicted), Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Sci. Pliilad.,

p- 22^ (6<jj.
1886. Ponellaiia, Henderson. Challenger An^nmra, Reports,
vol- 2y, p. loy.
Henderson, who gives a long list of relerences, supplies the
following definition :— '' Carapace suborbicular or subovate, the
length usually greater than the breadth. Frontal region promi-
nent and dentate, the teeth usually well developed. Eyes of
moderate size, the orbits deep. Chelipeds moderately llattened,
the carpus short and usually provided with a single projecting
lobe near the proximal end of the internal margin ; the digits
frequently contorted- Ambulatory limbs with the dactyli short
and robust, terminating in a single claw."

Pokcellana deuaanii, Krauss.

1843. Porcdlana dchaaiiii, Krauss, Die siidafrik. Crustaceen, p.

^ 59. pl- 4. fig- -'• .
1858- Porcdlana Dchaani, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Sci- Philad.. p.

229 (67 j.
1858. Porcdlana sirc[>lodidcs. Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Sci-

Philad., pp. 229 (67), 243 (81).
1886. Porcdlana slrcploclides, Plenderson, Challenger Anonuira,

Reports, vol- 27, p. no.
Stimpson distinguishes his species from that of Krauss by its
having the carapace bare, the front broader, the median tooth less
prominent, and the supcr-antennary margin not denticulate. But
according to Henderson " in the Challenger specimens
short stout hairs arranged in tufts are noticeable
on the ga.stric, cardiac, and bronchial areas."
In our specimens there are two conspicuous tufts
behind the front on the gastric area, but no others ; the
median tooth is uith or without hairs, and a little more prominent
than tile other two frontal teeth; below a notch under the second
antenna there is a sub-marginal ridge uf four or five little lateral
denticles, the lowest but one being slightly the argest. Henderson
recognizes that P- sfrcptochdcs is closely allied to P- dchaanii, but
observes that in the latter '" the chelipede^s are smooth and the
carpi unarmed, the median frontal tooth is conical and prominent,
and the antero-lateral nvargin of tlie carapace is denticulate over
the insertion of the antennal peduncle." These (lilt'erences. how-
ever, may in part be attributed to the state of individual speci-
mens and in part to the observer's opinion of what was worth
noting. Krauss speaks of the carpus as having the margin entire,
while Stimpson speaks of it as smooth, obsoletely 23 dentate on^

29

each side- On the important character of the contorted smaller
chela, with its gaping lingers, both of thcin
strongly pilose on the inner margin, they are
agreed. That Stimpson speaks of the fourth joint in _ the
walking legs as " gracilis" may b^ expla ned b\ supposing him to
refer to the thickness of the joint, not to its breadth.

Locality: — False Bay. The Challenger specimens and Stimp-
son's were taken in Simon's Bay. Krauss describes his as very
common in the sinuosities of Escliara foliacea, Linn-, on the ter-
races of the Natal coast.

Fam. : Galatheidae.

1899. Galatheidae, Ortmann, Bronn's Thierrcich, Malacostraca,

p. 1,150.
1901. Galatheidae, Alcock, Catal. Indian Deep-Sea Crust.,
Macrura, and Anomala, p. 236-

Though the family Galatheidae is not a new one. its present re-
striction is quite recent. Alcock distinguishes it from the conv
panion family Uroptychidge as follows: — ■

■■ The telson, which is not folded l)eneath the preceding
abdominal somite, is distinctly made up of plates which suggest
a tergum and a pair of appendages modified; the last thoracic
sternum is narrow, but well formed; the antennal peduncle
appears to be four-jointe^, the second and third joints being
united; the incisor edge of the mandible is enttire ; a foliaceous
epipodite is present on the first maxiUipeds, and a flagelliform
epipodite is almost always present on the external maxiUipeds."

In Galathea and Mnuida the exopod of the first maxiUipeds ter-
minates in a flagellum, and ithe eyes are facetted and wcU-
pigmented, none of which characters belono- to the genera
Muuidopsis and Galacautha-

Gen.: Munida, Leach.

1820. Mu'iiida, Leach, Diet- Sci. Xat., vol. 18. p. 52.
1853. Munida, Bell, Brit. Stalk-eyed Crust-, p. 206.
1888. Munida, Henderson, Challenger Anomura. Reports, vol-

27, p. 123.
1888. Munida, Bonnier. Bull- Sci. FranceBelgique, ser. 3. vol- i,

P-78. \ ^ \,

1894. Munida, A- Milne-Edw^ards and Bouvier. Crust, decap.

Hirondelle, fasc- 7. Monaco, p. 83.
190T. Munida, Alcock, Catal. Indian Deep-Sea Crust.. Mlacrura

and Anomala, p- 237.
Numerous other references can be traced from the above, and
from the following account of a species. The characters used for

30

distinguishing this genus from Galatlica are not of high import-
ance. Henderson, with whom other authors are in substantial
agreement, notes that the rostrum is slender and stiliform, with
a well-developed supraorbital spine on either side of its base ; that
the carapace has the surface usually spinulose and the cardiac
area as a rule distinctly circumscribed ; that the chelipeds and
ambulatory limbs are elongated and slender, and that one or more
of the pleon segments usually has a scries of spinules on the
anterior margin-

MUNIDA SANCTI-PAULI, Henderson.

1S85. Munida militaris (?), Henderson, Ann. Nat. Hist-, ser. 5,

vol. 16, p- 410.
1885. MumdaSancti-Pauliy Henderson, Ann. Nat. Hist, ser. 5,

vol. 16, p. 411.
1888. Munida Sandi-Pauliy Henderson, Challenger Anomura,

Reports, vol. 2^, p. 142, pi- 3, fig. 6.
1894. Munida Sancti-Faitli, A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, Ann.

Sci. Nat., ser- 7, vol. 16, pp. 229, 256.
1894. Munida Sancti-Pauli, A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier,

Crust- decap. Hirondelle, fasc. 7, p. 85 (M. Bourgeti on

pi. 8, figs. 11-23).

1899. Mit7iida ^ancti-Pauli, A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier,

Crust. Hirondelle et Princesse-Alice, fasc. 13. Monaco,

P- 74-

1900. Munida Sancti-Pauli, A. Milne-Edwards ar.d jjouvier.

Crust- decap. Travailleur et Talisman, p. 293, pi. 6. fig.

8, pi- 29, figs. 19-21.
On the gastric area the carapace has a transverse row of from
six to eight spinules parallel to the frontal margin ; there are
seven teeth on the lateral miargin, the largest in front; the hind
margin is unarmed. The second pleon segment has on its front
margin eight to ten spinules ; the remaining segments are
glabrous. The third maxillipeds have on the fourth joint two
prominent spines, the smaller of which is apical. The chelipeds
are not so elongated as in Munida rugosa: their joints are strongly
spinose ; there is little cavity and sometimes none between the
closed fingers ; the movable one has a tolerably conspicuous spine
on its outer margin near the base, and near the base of its cutting
edge one or two variably conspicuous teeth or tubercles. The
sternal plastron is without the numerous striated lines observable
in Munida rtigosa-

In their latest work Milne-Edwards and Bouvier say that M.
hetcracanfha Ortmann ('1892). M. «fi/j/am Henderson (1885^ and
M. propinqiia Faxon (1895) belong to the same group as M.
sancti-pauU, all with two spines on the fourth joint of the third

3'

niaxillipeds, but they recognize that in M. hcteracantlui the eyes
are less dilated, and that there are some differences in the arma-
ture of M- propinqua, but they cannot find any distinction between
M. niiliiaris Henderson (1885) ^"^ his M- sancti-pauli. Hfender-
son himself had already made his M. vitiensis a synonym and re-
duced his M. cnrvirostris to a variety of M- iiiilifaris. In M.
propinqua there seem to be more differences of armature than
those noticed by the French authors, and in M. militaris there are
a few- But if^ as those authors suggest^ M. militaris and M.
sancti-pauli should be regarded as one species, M. niilitaris,
as the earlier name is the one that ought to stand, unless
that also ought to be superseded by M. miles A. Milne-
Edwards (1880).

Locality: — Buffalo River north 10 miles. Depth, 310 fathoms.
Bottom, coral and mud. The greatest depth recorded is that of
a specinien taken by the Prince of Monaco at the Azores in 758
fathoms.

Fam- : Uroptychidae-

1892. Chirostylidae, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., vol. 6, p. 244.
1894. " Dipiycincs," A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, Ann.Sci

Nat., ser. y, vol. 16, pp. 296, 312.
1896. Cliirostylidae, Ortmann, Zool- Jahrb-, vol. g, p. 433.
1896. Diptycinae, Bouvier, Bull. Soc. Eatom. France, vol. 65, p.

312.

1900. Diptycinae, A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, Crust, decap.

Travailleur et Talisman, p. 350.

1901. Uroptychidae, Alcock, Catal- Indian Deep-Sea Crust.,

Macrura and Anomala, p. 278.

The first name of the family was based on Chirostyhis, a
synonym of the earlier Ptychogastcr. The second claimant was
derived from the pre-occupied name Diptycluis, for which
Henderson substituted Uroptychus, and that seems to form a
proper foundation for the name of the family, which has been
detached from the Galatheidae.

Diptychus and Ptychogaster were both instituted by A. Milne-
Edwards in 1880, but the former took precedence-

The characters distinguishing this family from the Galatheid?e
are given by Alcock as follows : —

" The telson, which is transversely fissured, is, along with the
caudal swimmerets, folded beneath the preceding abdominal
somites; the last thoracic sternum is more or less atrophied; the
antennal peduncle is five-jointed, the third joint beinu quite dis-
tinct from the second ; the incisor edge of the mandible is
serrated: no epipodites on any of the maxillipeds." It will be
easily understood that the folding in of the telson suggested the

32

name Uroptychns, tail-folding, and that the accession of this fold
to the ordinary infolding uf the pleon suggested the name
JJiptychns, d<3uble-folding.

Gkn. : Uroptychus, Henderson.

1880. Diptychns (pre-occ.j. A- Milne-Edwards, Bull- AIus. Comp.

Zool. Harvard, vol. 8, p. 61.
J 888- Uroptychns, Henderson. Challenger Anoniura, Reports,

vol. 27, p. 173.
i888- Diptychns, Bonnier, Bull, Sci. France-Belgique, ser- 3, vol.

1, P- 83.
1892. Uroptychns, Ortmann, Zool Jahrb., vol. 6, p. 248.
J 893. Uroptychns, Stebbing, History of Crustacea, p- 177.

1894. Diptychns, A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, Crust, decap-

Hirondelle, Monaco, fasc. 7, p. 87.

1895. UroptychiLSy Faxon, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool, Harvard,

vol. 18, p. lOI.
.1899- Diptychns, A- i\Iilne-Ed wards and Bouvier, Crust, decap.,

Monaco, fasc. 13, p. 87.
1901. Uroptychns, Alcock, Catal. Indian Deep-Sea Crust.,

Macrura and Anomala, p. 281.
The strongly developed exopod or acicle of the second antennae
is a characteristic feature of the genus.

L'K(jPTycuus iMTiDUS (A- Milne-Edwards).

J 888. Diptychns nilidns. A. Milne-Edwards, Bull- Mus. Comp.

Zool. Harvard, vol. 8, p. 62.
1888. Uroptychns uitidus, Henderson, Challenger Anomura,

Reports, vol- 27, p. 174, pi. 21, tig. 6 •
1894. Uroptychns nitidns, Alcock and Anderson, Journ. Asiat.

Soc. Bengal, vol. 63, pt. 2, p. 33
1894. DiptycJnts nitidns. var. concolor, A. Milne- Edwards and

Bouvier, Ann- Sci. Nat., Zool. ser. 7, vol. 16, pp. 225,

etc., figs. 16, 21.
1896- Crop'ychns nitidus. var. concolor, Caullery, Campagne

Caudan, fasc. 2, p. 393-

1899- Piptychus nitidns, var. concolor, A. ]\Ii!nc-Ed\\ards and

Bouvier, Crust, decap. ^^fonaco, fasc- 13, ]). ^y. pi. t,
fig. 2.

1900- Diptychns nitidns. var. concolor, .\. Milne Edwards and

■Rouvier. Cnist. decap. Travailleur et Talisman, p. 360,
pi. 4. fig. 4. i>l. ^2. figs. T5-T9.

35

Faxon, in his stalk-eyed Crustacea of the Albatross (Mem. Mus.
Comp. Zool., vol. 18, p. 101, pi. 26,tig. I, la, 1895), describes a
var- occidentalis. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier notice several
variations of their var. concolor, the form with which the South
African specimens should be identified, \i a varietal name is
necessary. The distinctions drawn by the French authors
between the typical form, and the var. concolor refer to the
antennae, the mandibles and the trunk legs. The variety has
sliarp denticles on the ventral surface of the third and fourth
joints of the chelipeds, where the type is almiost smooth. In the
African specimens the third joint is almost smooth, the fourth
and fifth jomts have rows of rather sharp little tubercles ; the
filth joint is almost cylindrical as in concolor rather than obtusely
angled al:)Ove as in the type- A dissected specimen has the
cutting edge of the mandible divided into ten teeth, and the walk-
ing legs have ten spines on the concave margin of the finger,
characters which are used to distinguish concolor from the typical
form, which has twelve teeth to the mandibular edge and twelve
spines on the finger margm. The fingers of the chelipeds are
liairy at the extremity, but in this respect not so densely and
iDcautifully ornamented as the last two joints of the third maxilli-
peds.

Locality: — Cape Natal N. by E. (approx.) 24 miles- Depth,
440 fathoms. Bottom, mud-

MACRURA GENUINA.

Under the title of " Macrura Astacides," Alcock in his " De-
scriptive Catalogue of the Indian Deep-Sea Crustacea, Decapoda
Macrura and Anomala," 1901, has recently given a synopsis of
the families Nephropsidse, Eryonidae, Palinuridse. Scylkridae.
Axiidae, and Callianassidse. As these include all the families of
genuine Macrura with which we are here concerned, it will be
sufficient to refer the reader to the work mentioned-

Fam.: Nephropsidae.

Gen. : Nepiiropsis, V\'ood-r\Iason-

1873. Nepiiropsis, VVood-^Iason, Journ. Asiat- Soc. Bengal, vol.

42, pt- 2, p. 39, and Ann. "Xat. Hist., ser- 4, vol. 12, p. 50.

1874. Nepiiropsis, A. [Milne-Edwards, Ann- Sci. Nat., ser. 5,

vol. 19-
1879. Nepiiropsis, Norman. Ann. Nat. Hist-, ser. 5, vol. 4. p- 182.
1881. Nepliiopsis, S- I. Smith. Proc. U-S. Mus. for 1880, p. 431-
a 888- Nepiiropsis, Bate, Cliallcnger ^lac^ura, Reports, vol. 24,

p. ^65-
AlSiT. ■"

34

i893- ^'cphropsis, Stebbing, Historx- of Crustacea, p. 206.

1895. NepliropsiK^ I- axon, M.^u. Alu^. Com]), Zool. Harvard,

vol. 18, p. 127.
1901. Ncplnopsis, ^Vlcock. Indian DeepSea Crustacea, IMacrura

and Anomala, p. 157.
In this genus, which is distinguished from its nearest neighbours
by Iiavnig no scale to the second antennse, Alcock discriminates
five Indian species — stczvarti Wood-Mason, carpenteri Wood-
Mason, atlanlica Norman, cnsirostris Alcock, and siiJnni Bate.
Faxon describes occidcntalis from the neighlxairhood of Aca-
pulco, Mexico, and identifies aciilcaiiis Smith and rosea Rate with
the ea.r]\er (I o-t/ss/z// A. Milne- Kd\Vcird>. 1880. Professor .Smith
described the species independently, only becoming acquainted
with the account given by IMilne-Ed wards in time to add a note
recognizing the priority of the French author.

Nepiiropsis atlantica, Norman.

1S82. Ncplnopsis allantica, Norman, Proc. P- Soc. Edin., vol- 11.

p. 684.
1891, A'cpJiropsis atlaniica, Wood-Mason, .\nn. Nat. Hist., ser- 6,

vol. 7, p. 197, fig. 4 in text.
1896- Ncplnopsis aiiantica, CauHery, Campagne Caudan, Ann.

Univ. Lyon, p. 384.
1901- Ncplnopsis ailaniica, Alcock, Indian Dcep-Sea Crustacea,

Macrura and Anomala. p. 161.

From the other Indian species A'- allantica is distinguished in
Major Alcock's key by combining lateral spines on the rostrum,
a spine on anterior margin of side-plate in second pleon-segment,
\\ ith transverse suture of outer ramus of uropods. This combina-
iion distinguishes it also from A'', occidentalis, since that is without
tlie lateral spine on the second segment of the pleon. AT.
cilantica is variable m the lateral spines of the rostrum, having
usually two pairs, sometimes three, occasionally one and a half.
In accordance with this statement by Major Alcock, out ol four
specimens from South Africa, one has three i^airs, two have two
pairs, and one has a pair and a half of these spines. Dr- Faxon
describes N. occidcntalis as having only one pair, but adds that in
one young example the rostrum is armed with two spines on one
side and with one on the other side. In addition, however, to
other dififerences. a sharp median spine on the base of the telson
separates A', occidentalis from all the other species.

A female specimen, carrying a few large eggs, has the left
chcliped 56 mm- long, but that on the right only 23 mm., its kst
five joints being a reproduction, quite hairless, slender and white,
ill contrast v;ith the adjoining orange red, stmngly setose thiid
maxillipeds, which have the inner margin of the third joint
toothed or nodulose.

35

i^ocaiity: — Cape Xatal N. by E. (approx.) 24 miles. Depth,
440 i'atiionis. Bottom, mud.

Fam- : Eryonidae-

1837- " Tribii dcs Eryons," Alilne-Edwards, liist. Xat. Crust.,

vol. 2, pp. 270, 278.
1841- Eryoiiidac, de Haan^ Crust. Japonica. p- XIX., and Decas

quinta, p. 149.
1852. Eryonidae, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., Crustacea, pt- i, p- 515-
:S8o. Eryuntidac, S. I. Smith, Proc. U.S. Mus- for 1879, P- 345-
i88o- Eryonidauj Boas, Vidensk'Selsk- Skr-, ser- 6, vol. i, pp. 94,

184.
i;sS4. Eryonidae, Bate, Geological Magazine, Decade 3, vol. i,

P- 307-
i3S8. Eryonidae, Bate, Challenger Macrura. Reports, vol 24,

p- lOO-
1893- Eryontidae, Stebbing, History of Crustacea, p. 199.
1895. Eryontidae, Faxon, Mem. Mus. Comp- Z06I. Harvard, vol-

18, p. 108.
1S96. Eryonidae, Ortmann, Zool- Jahrb- vol. 9. pp- 427, 428.
1899. Eryontidae, Alcock and Anderson, Ann. Xat. Hist-, ser. 7,

vol. 3, p. 289.
7901- Eryonidae, Alcock, Catal Deep-Sea Crustacea. Alacrura

and Anomala, p. 164-

Alcock supplies a full account of the characters of the family,
and gives a synopsis of the genera belonging to "' the Indian'
xVcctcn and Benthos/' These genera are Polycheles Heller, 1862.
PentacJieles Bate, 1878, Eryoneicus Bate, 1882, and Willemoesia
Grote, 1873.

Gen.: Polycheles, Heller-

1862. Polycheles, Heller, Sitzungsber. K. Akad- Wiss- W'ien. vol.

45. P- 389- ,,. , ^

1863. Polycheles, Heller^ Crust, sudhchen Europa- p. 209.
iS8c. Polycheles, Smith, Proc. U-S. ^lus. for 1879, p- 346-

1888. Polycheles, Bate, Challenger Macrura, Reports, vol. 24. p.

126.

1888. Stereoniasfis, Bate, Challenger ATacrura, Reports, vol. 24,

1895. Polycheles, Faxon, ^lem. aIus. Comp- Zool Harvard, vol

18, p. 117.
1901. Polycheles, Alcock, Catal Indian Deep-Sea Crustacea,

Macrura and Anomala. p. 166. _^

3b

Spcnct Bate separated Pcmachcles from this genus on the
ground that in the former all the live pairs of legs in both sexes
were more or less perfectly chelate, whereas in Folyclic'cs the fifth
pair of the male was supposed to end in a simple finger. It
subsequently appeared, however, that species evidently belonging
to Puiychclcs had the fifth pair imperfectly chelate in the male,
and that in all the species it was chelate in the female- Alcock
now supplies a more important distinction, pointing out that in
Pentachelcs " the epipodite of the external maxillipeds is of fair
size; those of the thoracic legs are normal epipodites ascending
into the branchial chamber," but that in Polychclcs " the epipodite
of the external maxillipeds is a mere papilla ; those of the thor-
acic legs are merely membranous expansions of the base of their
podobranchise." When Professor S. I. Smith described the
Nova Scotian Polychelcs sculptus he admittt-d that he could not
distinguish it from the Figian Pentachcles ajiriculahis, Bate, of
which the characters had at that time been only briefly indicated-
In his Challenger Report, Bate transferred the latter species to
a genus Stcrconiasiis, which, he says, " differs in nothing exter-
nally from Pcnlachelcs, but is established to receive those species
in which the mastigobranchial lash does not exist." But that, as
Alcock now explains, is the very character on which the separa-
tion between Polychdes and Pcnlachelcs must best be grounded-
Faxon, however, unites .both Pentachcles and Stereomasfis with
Polychelcs, remarking that " an examination of a large number of
'Species discloses a gradual transition in the development of the
epipods, from large, well-developed organs through small,
delicate and thin ones, to mere.strudimetits in the shape of small
expansions at the base of the stem of the gill-"

P0LYCHELE.S SCULPTUS, S. I. Smith.

1880- Polychelcs sculptus, Smith, Proc. U-S. Mus- for 1879, p-
346, pi. 7-

1899. Pentachcles sculptus, Alcock and Anderson, Ann, Nat-
Hist-, ser. 7, vol- 3, p. 239-

1901. Polychelcs sculptus, Alcock, Catal. Indian Deep-Sea Crust-
acea, Macrura and Anomala, p- 170.

Alcock gives the synonymy, which includes Polycheles spinosus
A. Milne-Edwards, 1880, and the name Pentachcles sculptus,
which has l)een used both by Professor Smith himself and by
Alcock and Anderson- The specimen from South Africa closely
agrees in all external particulars with the minutely-detailed
account given l)y the original describer, except that between the
rostral spines and the cervical groove the medi-^n cnrma of the
■carapace has not only i -|- 2 -j- i spines, but an additional spine
immediately behind the last of these. In Polycheles phosphorus,
Alcock, the part in question carries 1+ i -f 2 + i spines, but

37

lias at the outer ang-le of the basal joint of the first antennae only
one denticle instead of the two found in P- sciilptus, the chelipeds
also showing- some differences. In Professor Smith's specimen
of F- scuiplus the sublateral carina between the cervical groove
and hind margin had also 5 small spines on one side and six on
the other. The South African specimen has five on ,each side.
Smith speaks of the longitudinally-furrowed carina of the sixth
pleon segment as " inconspicuous," an epithet inapplicable to it
in our specimen. In the fifth pair of legs the finger is notably
longer than the thumb, which, though short, is quite distinct-
The colouring (in formalin) shows on the carapace three rose-
colou'red areas, one central in the front of the cervical groove,
and the other two behind it, lateral, of long triangular shape; the
ground is a pale dull orange.

Dimensions: — Carapace in median line, 5625 mm,.; lateral
margin, 63-75 "i"''- 'ong; greatest breadth in front of cervical'
groove,43-75 mm.; length of pleon, 70 mm.; of second antennae,
70 mm. Total extension from apex of second antennae to apex
of telson, about 8 inches- Length of first chelipeds, nearly 140
mm., reaching, therefore, if fully extended considerably beyond
the second antenna, but as preserved they are strongly genicu-
late between the third and fourth joints.

Locality: — Cape Natal N- by E. (approx-) 24 miles. Depth,
440 fathoms. Bottom, mud-

Fam. : Palixuridae-

Ifc88. Falinuridac, Bate, Challenger Alacrura, Reports, vol- 24,

P- 74-
1891. Palinnridae, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., vol 6, p- 14-
1S93. Falinuridae, Stebbing, History of Crustacea, p- 195.
1897- Palinnridae, Ortmann, American Journal of Science, vol-

4, p- 290.
1900. Palinnridae, H. Woodward, The Geological Magaznie,

Decade 4, vol. 7, p. 394-
7900. Palinnridae, Stebbing, Marine Investigations South

Africa, Crustacea, part i, p. 29-

Ortmannin iSgj recognizes seven genera, which he arranges
in three groups— i Palinurellns, Jams ; 2 Palinunis, P.ilinustus,
Linuparus ; 3 Pamdints, Pucrnlus- Of these he says " the first
mav be called the more primitive, the second the typical, the
third the more advanced group." Of Fadnnstns A. Milne-
Edwards, 1880, he remarks that it " comes very near to Palin-
urus, and differs only in the weaker ' frontal horns,' which are
placed on the outer edge of two very peculiar plates projecting
horizontally from the frontal n:\argin and truncajted squarely at
the apex." In regard to the fossil species described and figured

3«

by Dr. Woodward as Linupanis vancouvcrensis (W'hiteaves)
and L. canadensis (W hiteaves) there is this diiliculty, that the
rostral part is defective, so that it is not clear uhy the species
>houId l)e relerrctl Id Linipanis rather than to Jasiis- It should
be noted that the generic names Serex Pfelfer, Avus
Ortmann, and Piicr Ortmann, were discarded from this
family by the last named author in 1897 for very sufficient
reasons.

(diN-: J ASUS, Parker.

1883- Jasns, i'arker, Nature, vol- 29^ p. 190.

1884. Jasns, Parker, Trans. New Zealand Inst.^ vol. 16, p. 304-

]S88. PaUnosylus, Bate, Challenger Macrura, Reports, vol. 24,

p. ix.
J 888. Falinoslns, Bate, Challenger Macrura, Reports, vol. 24, pp.

IX.. 85.
i'Sgi- Jasns, (Jrtniann, Zool. Jahrb., vol. 6, pp- 14, i6-
1893. Jasns, Stel.)bnTg, History of Crustacea, p. 197.
1897. Jasns, Ortniann, American Journal of Science, vol- 4, p-

J 900. Jasns, Ste])bing, xNlarine Invest. S- Africa, Crustacea, part
] , p. 30.

T. J- Parker instituted Jasns only as a subg'enus, but subse-
quently claimed priority for it over Bate's Palinostus- Bate sub-
stituted PaUnosyhis for Palinostus on the ground that A. Milrie-
Edwards had employed Palinnstus for the name of a new- Scyl-
larid, distinct from Bate's PalinosyHis and near to Palinnrns.

J.\sus LALANDii (Mihie-Edwards)-

1837. Pa h'//zir us /ti/(r//c/i/,'M\\ne-}id\Vcivd'^\ list. Neit.Crnit., vol.

2, p. 293-
1843. Palinuriis lalandti, Krauss, siidafrik, Crust., p. 53.
1884. Jasiis lalalandii, Parker, 'J rans. New Zealand Institute

for 1883, p. 297.
1888. Palmosius Inlmidii, Bate, Challenger Macrura, Reports,

vol. 24, p. 86, pi. II, fig. I, pi. iiA, pi. 12, fig. I.
1891. Jasus lalandii, Ortmann, Zool- Jahrb-, vol. 6, p. 16.

Dr. Ortmann includes in the synonym the Chilian Palimirus
tronlalis of Milne-Edwards, loc. cit-, p. 294, the P. paiilensis from
St. Paul in the Indian Ocean, Heller, 1862, which Heller himself
had subsequently recognized as a young form of lalandii
(Novara Crustacea, p. 98), and the P. cdivardsii, Hutton (Trans-
N.Z. Inst., 1875, p. 279), from New Zealand and Tasmania.

39

A distinguishing specific character is that the segments of the
pleon are furrowed and ahnost or altogether covered with
flattened squamiforni tubercles. The colour (in fornialin) is a
rich red brown, according to Milne-Edwards irregularly spotted
Avith yellow, but the pale markings are at least sometimes sym-
metrically arranged. The telson and adjacent parts show a fine
purple- Kratiss states that when alive it is dark green, with red-
dish and yellow- spots, but that it becom;es red in drying, or when
kept in spirit. Milne-Edwards gives the length of the body as 15
inches; Krauss says it attains a length of 13 inches by a breadth
of foiu' and a half. The second antennas are of great length, at
least as long as the body.

Locality : — Hermanuspetrusfonteiu, Caledon District, near
False Bay.

Jasus parkeri, n. sp.

Plate 7.

The rostrum is not \'ery large, acute, upturned in ad\-ance of
the clasping processes- The frontal horns are divergent, acute,
with smooth margins, followed by two pairs of teeth slightly con-
verging backward ; a little behind these is a median tooth,
■ followed b}- two parallel rows of submedian teeth, eight in a row,
slightly graduated, the smallest at the hind margin of the cara-
pace, all pointing upward and a little forward. (3n the outer side
^i each eve is a strong outstanding tooth, with a small subsidiary
tooth on the upper part of its base ; the next lateral tooth has an
interrupted outer margin, and level wkh this there is a sm&ll
tooth on the surface of the carapace behind the eye: the third
lateral tooth is also large, but this is followed by a series of small
teeth, twelve to fourteen on each .side, not quite symetncally
arranged- Close over the sinuous hind margin is a series of
iimiute tubercles, and some granules appear scattered above
.these, but otherwise the general surface is smooth, nor is there
any well-marked cervical groove-

The first live pleon segments have a median carina, most
strongly marked on the first three, the first, which is also the
shortest, with a forward and upward-pointing tooth, the fourth
with a minute, the fifth with a well-marked apical tooth. Each
sr?gment forms a large lateral tooth, of which the upper margui
is serrate in the first segment, smoolth in the rest ; above this a
boss in the first segment rises to the carapace, and there is a
small denticle in the second ; all but the first have a smaller lower
tooth, and all clasp a little pleural tubercle of the following
segment between two points- The sixth segment has two pairs
of submedian teeth near the base and an apical median tooth,
with a strong additional tooth over the peduncle of the uropods.
The telson has four pairs of teeth diverging along the calcareous

40

oart which ends in sharp lateral points, the membranous portion
both of this and the uropods being slightly roughened.

The first antennae have the first joint longer than the second
and third together, the third about twice as long as the second,
and rather longer than the inner flagellum ; the outer flagellum is
shorter than the inner, stouter at the base, and strongly setose
on its inner margin. The second antennre have the epistomial
base deeply grooved in the middle. If this be taken to represent
the first two joints of the peduncle, then the third (or first free)
joint has two teeth on the outer, one on the upper, one on the
inner side, with some serration also on the inner margin ; the
fourth joint has about 12 teeth in various sequences, and the fifth
fourteen of various sizes. This peduncle does not reach the end
of the third joint of the first antenuc-e : the fiagellum is 9 inches
long.

The five pairs of trunk legs are all simple and slender, decreas-
ing in stoutness and increasing in Icngtth from the first to the
fifth pair. The fourth joint is shorter in the first pair than in the
second and in the second than in the third, but without sensible
difference of length in the fourth and fifth. On the other hand,
the length of the sixith joint sensibly increases from the first to
the fifth pair, while it is considerably stouter in the first than in
any of the succeeding pairs- The sternal plastron between these
from a narrow base widens greatly, with a longitudinal median
series of five teeth and two submedian on its hind margin. Late-
rally each of its divisions has two decided teeth, widest apart in
the last division, and there more clearly than in the others,
accompanied by some small denticles-

Of the pleon segments, the first one carries ventrally two sub-
lateral teeth on its hind marg-in. The four pairs of pleopods
are delicate oval plates fringed with short setas. The uropods
reach a little beyond the telson; the outer ran-^us is raJther longer
and broader than tlie inner.

The colour of the specimen in formalin is orange and orange-
red, the fiagella of the first antennse, the fifth and sixth joints of
the trunk limbs of th^^ membranous part of the caudal fan,
and the ventral surface of the pleon, except on the hind
margin of each segment, being pallid.

The length from rostrum to end of telson is about four and a
half inches, the carapace measuring 42 mm. by a breadth of 2&
mm. ; tlie telson 24 mm. by 15 mm. ;

Locality: — The single specimen — a male — was taken by .>ln-imp
trawl. Buffalo River north 15 miles- Depth. 310 fathoms.
Bottom, coral and mud-

The specific name is given out of respect to the late Mr. T- J.
Parker, who instituted the genus. To the remarkable armature
of this beautiful species there is no resemblance, so far as T know,,
in anv other li\ incf Palinurid bitherto descrilied-

41
Fam.: Calliaxassidae-

1900. Calliaiiassidac, Stebbing, Marine Investigations South.

Africa,, Crustacea, pt. i, p- 38.

1901. Callianassidae, Alcock, Indian Deep-Sea Crustacea, Mac-

rura and Anomala, pp. 151, 197-

Gen. : Callianassa, Leach.

In connection with ihe description of Calliaiiassa kraiissi (South
African Crustacea,, p. 38, 1900) notide^was taken of numerous
species of this ;^enus. It nuiy here be worth while to add
that Say's Calliaiiassa major was in 1866 transferred by
Stinipson to a new genus CaUichirus, chiefly, as it seems, on the
ground that the inner branch of the uropods is " very narrow,
almost styliform" At the same date Stimpson insitituted another
new^ genus, Glyptnnis, with " caudal lamellae deeply sculptured,"
for the species G- acanthochinis, which he distinguishes from!
Calliaiiassa grandimana Gibbes, only by details of the cheliped.
To these two species of Glyptnrus Aliss Rathbun in 1900 adds a
third. G. hranneri. Recently Mr. Lanchester has described a new
Callianassa from the Malay Peninsula as C. secura (Proc. Zool.
Soc. London, p. 555, 1902), closely related to C- pachydactyla, A.
Milne-Edwards, and C. amhomencis, de Man.

In a paper on the decapod Crustacea of West .-Vfrica, also \n
1900, Miss Rathbun keeps distinct Calliaiiassa fitriicraiia. White,
from C. diadciiiafa. Ortn-'ann. ^he former being described as having
a three-spined rostrum, the latter one that is five-spined. But it
may be doubted whether this minute distinction in these large-
forms, exactly agreeing in the large chelipeds and the trilobed tel-
son. is suli cient for the maintenance of Dr. Ortmann's species. C.
turncrana is said to be at tinges prodigiously numerous, so that
there may well be opportunity for small individual variations.

Callianassa rotundicaudata, n- sp.
Plate 8.

The carapace is about two-sevenths of the total length of the
body, the front being feebly advanced between and at each side
of the bases of the first antennas; its hind margin is fringed with
some setules. The first two segments of the pleon are coalesced,
and together arc as long as the carapace, with no trace of pleo-
pods; the third segment, which is half as long, carries at each
distal corner a tuft of setae, thickened with short, close-set plumo-
sity; the two following shorter segments have similar tufts of
setjfi near the middle. The sixth segment is fringed laterallv with
setules. and has two rows of setae on the hind margin.' The

4^

telson is almost circular ; its hind margin is fringed with seta,
two groups longer than the rest being inserted within the margin,
and another group above the middle of the dorsal surface.

The eye-plates are somewhat triangular with the inner margins
adjacent, and the pigmented portion at a litile dibtance Irom
the apex.

The first antenuce have the third joint considerably longer than
the first and second together, and the flagella somewhat longer
than the second and third joints together, these two joints and the
slender inner llagellum having long plumose setae. .1 setose slit
forms the opening to the auditory apparatus of the first joint.

The second antennse have a peduncle about as long as that of
the first pair, the fifth jomt slightly shorter than the fourth, the
iiagellum slender, longer than the peduncle, but not vcrv elon-
gate.

The cutting edge of the mandible is divided into ten or eleven
small teeth, increasing in size from the ends of the row towards
the middle of it-

The third maxillipcds have the third and fourth joints
expanded, the third longer than broad, witli a comb of minute
teeth on the inner surface nearer to the outer than the inner
margin; the fourth joint is broader than long, and widens
distally; the fifth and sixth joints are subequal longer than wide,
each wit]i a close-set group of spines on the inner surface ; the
seventh joint is narrower, rather shorter and bluntended-

In the larger first cheliped the fourth joint has a tooth proxi-
mally, and is then cup-shaped on the outer surface, but on the
inner is much widened ; it is a little longer than the preceding
joint, which is widest distally; the fifth joint is nearly as wide as
long, about as wide as the sixth, but only half as long ; in the
sixth the thumb is two-sevenths of the length, much narrower
than the movable finger, with no gap between them. Tn the
smaller cheliped the fourth joint is rather shorter than the pre-
ceding but wider, with nr) tooth ; the fifth joint is shorter than the
sixth, but longer than the palmar portion of it, the latter being
not greatly longer than the narrow se'tose fingers-

The second chelipeds are very similar to those of Calliauassa
kraussi, but the following ])air differ considerably from that
species, the oval sixth joint having no backward produced lobe,
and the finger, though laminar, being narrowly triangular. The
fourth pair of feet are separated at their bases by a sternal plaque
trilobed in front and ])ifid behind. These and the following pair
are constructed much as in C. kraussi and C. siibtcirauca
(Montagu).

The pleopods on the third, fourth, and fifth pleon segments
have the usual character, the fringing setjc being minutely
plumose, and appearing as if consisting of numerous iointlets.
The retinaculum is distallv fringed with close-set, tiny spines-

43

The nropods have the inner branch oval, longer than the telson
but narrower, the outer reaching beyond the inner, though
scarcely so long ; the outer branch fully as Avide as the
telson ; both branches thickly fringed with long plumase
setae, and the outer with a surface row of spinules near the
distal margin.

Length, 19 mm. A single specimen.

Locality : — St. Francis Bay. Lat., 34'' 2 45" S. ; long.,
2^"^ 10' 00" E. Depth, 30-34 fathoms.

The specific name refers to the shape of the telson- From C-
subterranea, which in several respects it approaches, the species
is distinguished by the much longer palm of the great cheliped,
the differently-shaped fingers, and apparently by the much
smaller process of the fourth joint, the differently-placed dentate
ciest of the third maxillipeds, and the much sn'il&ller size of the
animal. From C. pnchydactyla, A. Milne -Edwards, it is
distinguished by the dentate fourth joint of the larger first
cheliped, and the elongate fifth joint of its smaller companion.

SCHIZOPOD.^.

1SS5. ScJiiaopoda, Sars, Challenger Schizopoda, Reports, vol. 13.
J 900. ScJii.copoda, Stebbing, Proc- Zool. Soc- London, p- ^T,y.

FaM. : LoPIIOG.\STRIDAE.

Gex. : LopHOGASTER, ]\I. Sars.

1857- LopJiogastcr, M- Sars, Forhandl. Skand. Xaturf-. Mode i

Christiania, 1856, p- 160.
1S85. LopJwgaslcr, G. O. Sars, Challenger Schizopoda Reports,

vol. 13, p. 14. ■

LopHO CASTER TYPicus, M- Sars-

1857. J.oplwgaster typicu%^^V. S.irs, Forhandl. Skand. Naturf,

Alode i Christiania. 1856, p. 160.
1862. Cicnomysls alafa, Xorman, Rep. Brit- Assoc, 1861, p. 151.
1862. LopJiogastcr typiciis. M. Sars, Christiania Cniversitets-

program, pp- 1-37, pi. 1-3.
1885. Luphogastcr {ypicus- G- O- Sars, Challenger Schizopoda,

Reports, vol. 13, p. 14, pi- i, figs. 17.
1892- LopJiogastcr typicus, Xorman, Ann- Xat- Hist. ser. 6- vol. 9,

P- 459-

4+

The references are taken from the last two authorities. Pro-
fessor G. O. Sars describes three specimens from south of the
Cape. One of these was a mjale, 25 mm- (an inch) long-, with
only three teeth on the outer margin of the antennal scale- The
specimen now noted measured at least an inch, and has four teeth
on the outer margin of the scale- The distal part of the telson
was unfortunately broken ofif. The bipinnate branchiae add much
to the beauty of this species as the series is visible at each side of
the translucent carapace, and two rows at right angles to the
others meet along the centre of the ventral surface- Sars has
called attention to the curious circumstance that this schizopod,
first known from Norway and the Shetland Isles and then from
the neighbourhood of the Cape, so far ren-^ains unknown from
intermediate waters.

Locality :— Cape St. Blaize, N.E- by N. ^ N- 11^ miles- Depth,
40 fathoms. Bottom, sand and rock-

S rOMATOPODA.

1852- SquiUoidea, Dana, U-S. Expl. Exp., vol. 13, Crustacea, p-

614.
1876. '■'• Stoiiiatofodcii^' Claus, Unters. geneal. Crustaceen-

S}-stems, p. "j^i, etc-
1883. Sqitilhcca, Boas, Morphologisches Jahrbuch- vol. 8, p. 574.

1885. Stonmpoda, Cams, Prodromus Faunae Mediterraneae, vol-

I, p. 464.

1886. Stoiuatopoda, Brooks, Challenger Stomatopoda, Reports,

vol. 16-

1893. Stomatopoda, Stebbing, History of Crustacea, p. 279-

1894. Stomapoda, Alcock, Ann- Nat. Hist., sen 6, vol. 13, p- 409.

1894. Stomatopoda, Bigelow, Proc- U.S. Mus., vol- 17, p. 490.

1895. Stomatopoda, Hansen. Isop- Cumac. und Stomatopoden

Plankton-Exp., p- 64.

The name Stomapoda of Latreille is far older than the term
Stomatopoda, but the latter has the advantage of keeping in mind
Latreille's authorship, without perpetuating the confusion
involved in the group as he understood it-

Fam. : Squillid.ve-

As this is the only family at present assigned to the order, the
above references will be a sufficient guide to the sources of in-
formation, whicli are numerous.

45

Gen.: Squilla, Fabricius-

1793- Sqitilla, Fabricius, Ent. Syst, vol. 2, p. 511-

Without setting forth the copious references to this genus in
itf enlarged and restricted acceptations, I will recommend the
reader to consult Dr. Bigelow's paper above cited, only here
taking from it the generic diagnosis : —

'■ Stomatopoda having the telson attached to the sixth abdomi-
nal segment by a movable joint; the hind body depressed and
wide; the dactylus of the raptorial claw with usually not more
than six teeth; as a rule, more than four intermediate denticles
on the telson, which is usually longer than wide ; and the inner
basal spine of the uropod the longer of the two."

Squilla armata, Milne-Edwards.

1.S37. Squilla aniiata, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat- Crust-, vol. 2,

P- 521-
1849. Squilla armata, Nicolet, Gay's Hist, de Chile, Zool., vol- 3,

p. 223.
1880. Squilla armata, Miers, Ann. Nat- Hist., ser. 5, vol. 5, p. 26.
1891. Squilla armata, Bigelow, Johns Hopkins Univ-^ Circ, 88.
1894. Squilla armata, Bigelow, Proc. US. Mus-, vol. ly, p. 515,

figs. 9 and 10 in text-

I borrow the references and accept the specific name from Dr.
R. p. Bigelow's excellent account of the species. With some
reason he appends a note of interrogation to its identification
with the form named by Milne-Edwards and Gay- Alilne-
Edwards only says, "' this species is extremely near to Squilla
mantis, from which it is distinguished by the absence of crests on
the carapace, and by the presence of two spiniform teeth on the
upper face of the ophthalmic ring; the claws have seven teeth;
length, three inches and a half ; habitat, the coasts of Chili." Dr.
Bigelow's specimens were from various stations ofif the coast of
Patagonia, had the dactylus of the raptorial claw " armed with
seven to nine teeth, rarely six," and varied in length from 60 to
122 mm-; thev are described as having the "carapace with
median carina obsolete or entirely absent, intermediate and
lateral carime present on the posterior lateral lobes, anterior
lateral angles produced into acute spines." In the South
African specimen there is one pair of distinctly marked though
not strongly raised carinje, and the dactylus of the claw has six
teeth in addition to the terminal tooth- Apart from the above-
mentioned carinas, it agrees in all respects with Dr. Bigelow s
description, and the telson, which he figures, is in this species
rather pecuhar. It has " a crest and a keel and a series of curved
lines of pits on each side, six marginal spines, the submedian pair

+6

with movable tips, no submedian denticles, ten to eleven small
intermediate ones, and one lateral one." Each lateral and inter-
mediate spine has a small tooth adjacent to its base on the inner
side. I-ietween the submedian spines the margin is divided by a
deep median sinus into two rounded or somewhat quadrate,
usually smooth, lobes-
Length, from tip of rostrum to apex of submedian spine of
telson, 82.5 mm.

Locality:— Cape Point Lighthouse N-W. by W- -i W. 7f
miles. Depth, 45 fathoms- Bottom, broken shells and a little
mud.

Gen-: Lysiosquilla, Dana.
1852. Lysiosquilla, Dana, U.S- Expl. Exp., vol- 13, Crustacea, p.

61

0-

1894. Lysiosqmlla, Bigelow, Proc- U.S- Mus-, vol. 17, p- 502.

1895. Lysiosqnilla, Plansen, Isop. Cumac. und Stomatopoden

Plankton-Exp., p. 73.

As observed by Miers and others, the earlier name Coroiiis,
Latreille, is preoccupied- Bigelow supplies the more important
references and the following diagnosis: —

" Stomatopoda having' the sixth abdominal segment separated
from the telson by a movable joint; the hind body depressed,
loosely articulated and wide: the dactylus of the raptorial claw-
without a basal enlargement, but with not less than live marginal
teeth ; no more than four denticles, and often only one, betw'een
the intermediate and submedian marginal spines of the telson,
which is usually wider than long; and the outer spine of the basal
prolongation of the uropod usually longer than the inner one."

EricJithns Dircaiicellii, Guerin. Iconographie, Crustaces, p. 19.
{En'c/ilhus J )uva?/C(:lIu\ on pi. 24, ^g.^)) is r^cogiiizHd by Brooks
as the Lysioerichthus and by Hansen as the LysicrichfJuts larva of
Lysiosqnilla macnlata.

LvsiosQUiLLA MACULATA (Fabricius)-

1793. Squilla macnlata, Fabricius, Ent- Syst-, vol. 2, p. 511.
1793. Cancer (Maiitis) arenarius, Herbst, Krabben und Krebse,.

vol. 2, pts. 3, 4, p- 96, pi- 33, f^g. 2.
1837 Squilla maculala, Milne-Edwards, Hist- Nat. Crust., vol. 2,

p. 518. pi- 26, figs- 11-15.
.1852. Lysiosqnilla macnlata, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp-, vol- 13,

Crustacea, p. 616-
1877. Lysiosqnilla macnlata, ]\Iiers, Proc- Zool. Soc- London, p-

138.
1S80. Lysiosqnilla macnlata, Miers, Ann. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol- 5,

pp- 5. 125, pi. I, figs. I, 2.

4?

l886. Lysiosqiiilla maciilata, Brooks, Cliallcnger Stonialopoda,

Reports, vol i6. pp. 45. no- pi- 10. figs. 1-7, pi.

II, figs. 4,5.
1894. Lysiosqiiilla macnlata, Bigeiow. Proc. U-S. }klus-, vol. 17,

p. 508.
1P95. LysiosquiUa macnlata, Hansen, Isop. Cumac. unci Stomato-

poden Plankton-Exp., p. 74-
jf^98. Lysiosqiiilla macnlata, Borradaile, Proc. Zool Soc- London,

P- 37-

■IS,

as

Herbst gives a reference to Rumph's Squilla aremaria terresti
" Rumpli- AIus. tab- 3. fig- E-/' which ^lilne-Edwards cites
tab. 4, tig. li., vvniie Eabricius refers to " Cancer arenarius,
Rumph. Mus. tab. 3, fig. 2," and Bigelow quotes Rumph.
Amboin. Rarit., p. 6, 1705. Rumph in his Amboinsche
Rariteitkamer, p. 4, gives the alternative names Locusta or
SqaiLLa Arenaria Terrestris, and the species is represented
lull size on his plate 3, fig. E. Herbst adduces Cancer
arenarius, etc., from " Linn. Mus. Adolph. Frid., p. 86," a
work of 1754. Linnaeus himself in 1758 gives the same
reterence tor Cancer ma 7i^is, folio wed by a reference to "/^z/w///.
■Mus. t. 3,y. is"., C. Arenarius." Since this habitat includes the
Asiatic, Indian, and Mediterranean Seas, the Linnean species
may be taken to cover Sqiiilla mantis as well as Lysiosqiiilla
maculata. The specific name which Herbst adopts with
proper respect to his Dutch predecessor has generally been
set aside as of later date than that given by Fabricius, but,
so far as can be known, they are contemporary, for although
Herbbt's second volume is dated 1796, the parts of it in
which Cancer [Ma?itis) arenarius was published belonged to
1793. in the conflict of claims the Fabrician name maybe
allowed a prescriptive preference.

This large and striking species cannot be identified simply by
the transverse blue bands, since they are found also in Sqinlla
vittata, Milne-Edwards, which "Miers, following the lead of ^lilne-
villaia, Milne-Ldwards, which Miers, following the
lead of Milne-Edwards himself, identifies with the
earlier Squilla (now LysiosquiUa) glabriuscula, Lamarck.
The latter has the dactylus armed with only 57
teeth, and sometimes fewer, whereas L. maculata has
from 's 10. Ht-rbst's figure, though coarsely executed, gives
a very good general idea of the appearance-

The <:pecific name chosen by Fabricius evidently refers to the
colouring of the telson. for he speaks of '' the last segment apically
dark, with two whitish marginal spots-" This is quite correct,
but the broad distal dark-blue band is so much broken by the two
wliite spots that the effect produced would rather lead one to
=pcak of 3 blue spots. In Herbst's figure they are quite separated,.

but not entirely m our specimen. 'I'he tclson lias a ni,edio-dorsal
triangular elevation, and is broadly truncated, with only two
spines on either side above the truncation, between which and
tie lower spines there is a faint projection of the margin. The
rostral plate is. as described by ]\Iilne-Edwards. cordiform and
very pointed.

Length, 175 mm., or 7 inches from apex of rostrum to distal
marg^in of telson-

Locality: — " vSquilla procured at Durban (from Durban
Museum).^' A specimen nearly twelve inches long, sent me by
Air. W. R- Forrest from' Antigua, differs from the form above
described in not having the rostral ])oint produced, in having the
fifth pleon segment denticulate along the hind margin, except at
the centre, the sixth denticulate in an arched proximal band and
roimd the distal margin, and the telson with three spines on'
each side, and the truncate portion cut into five square teeth on
one side and six on the other side of a small median emargina-
tion- Milne-Edwards, in his description, says that the hind
margin of the telson is armed with three little obtuse " dente-
lures " on each side of a little median emargination. We may
infer, therefore, that the species is subject to some variation in
minor details.

ISOPODA AXOMALA.
Fam.: Apseudtdae.

1896- Apseudidae, Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. 2, pt- i, p. 5.
1902. Apseiididd', Harriet Richardson, Trans. Connect.
Acad. Sci., vol. 11, p. 280

Gen-: Apseudes. Leach-

1813. Apsciidcs, Leach, Edinbvirgh Encyclopsedia, vol. 7, p. 404.
t88o. Apsciidcs, Sars, Arch. Naturv., vol- 7 (1881), extract, p. 7-
i886- Apscndes, Norman and Stebbing, Trans- Zool. Soc.

London, vol. 12, part 4, p- 80.
1901. Apscndes, H- Richardson. Proc. U.S. Mus., vol. 23, p- 505.
From the references given numerous others can be obtained,
l^oth for the family and the genus.

Ap.=;eudes cKossiMAXi >, Xorman.

1870. Apseiidts orossii/unuis, Xorman, Proc Royal Soc,

p. 157-
J 886. Apseiidcs f^rossimainis^ X'onnan and .Stebbing, Trans.

Zool. Soc- London, vol- ]2, part 4, p. 93, pi. 19.

49

This species is distinguished by its tridentate rostrum and the
sharp tooth on each side of the carapace behind the distally
rounded ocular processes- A female specimen, measuring fullv
17 mm., had the marsupium bulging with numerous rather large
•eggs- The species has previously been taken in 90 fatlioms off
■the south-west coast of Ireland, and in 748 fathoms ofif the
Portuguese coast. The South African specimen above
mentioned was taken in 245 fathoms. Table Mountain east 41
miles. Other specimjens, also females, with the eggs showing a
light red colour^ were taken at a de])th of 1 25 fathoms- Lion's
Head S. 82° E. 27 miles.

ISOPODA r.?:XUIN'A.
Fam. : Ctri)T.axidae.

1900. Cirolanidae, Stebbing, Willev's Zoological Results, Part 5,
p. 628.

The above reference will lurnish several others to works of
importance by H. J. Hansen and others on this family. It
may, however, be added that in the Proc. Acad. Phila-
delphia, p. 187, 1 89 1, Mr. J. E.Ives appends to his description
oiCirolana magara, n. sp. a list of 3 3 speciesof67r^/^;w which
had been named up to that date. This list was obviously
drawn up before the additions and corrections published by
Hansen in the preceding year with regard to this family
could have come under the author's notice. It has its own
independent value.

A new genus, CalopistJnis, is added to the family by Miss
H. Richardson in the Trans. Connect. Acad., vol. 12, p. 289,
.1902.

Gex. : CiROLANA, Leach.

13818. Cirolana, Leach, Diet. Sci. Nat., vol. 12, p. 347-
.1900. Cirolana, Stebbing, Willey's Zool. Results, Part 5,
p. 629.

■ Cirolana \enusticauda, n- sp.
Pj.ate 9.

1843. ? Cirolana scttlpta (not Milne-Edwards), Krauss, Die siid-
afrikanischen Crustaceen, p- 66.

Body about thrice as long as broad, by help of antennas and
uropods nearly parallel-sided. Head much broader than long,

A 1847. ' ^

not deeply immersed in perieon, hind margin less wide than the
slightly arched front, which has a well-marked process between
the first antennae. Urst perseon segment the longest, with
hinder angles strongly rounded, the front ones squarely produced
forward. Hind margins of the first four segments of pcraeon
and first of plcon smooth, the rest tuberculate, almost impercep-
tibly on fifth peraeon segniient, on the others successively with
greater prominence, the fifth pleon segment having also on each
side of the centre a strong tubercle in advance of the hind margin.
The telsonic segment carries anteriorly a median carina begin-
ning with a small tooth or prominence and ending in a large one,,
this being followed by two pairs of tubercles, of which the surface
has in addition one or two at the base on each side of the carina-
and many of various sizes along each margin. The slightly
sinuous sides, where free from the uropods, are fringed each with
seventeen spines in sets of six and eleven, interspersed with short
plumose setae, the narrowly rounded apex having a similar arma-
ture of four spines and accompanying setae. Of the second and
third peraeon segments, the side-plates do not! relach the hind,
margin of their respective segments, and in the former case are
narrower behind than in front ; in the other segn!ents the side-
plates have the hind margin produced backward, and agreeing
as to sculpiture with the hind margin of the segment, those of the
seventh overlapping the first two segments of the pleon- The
third pleon segment is the widest, and the fourth is wider than
the fifth.

The eyes are dark in formalin, roughly roimded. of moderate
size, with numerous small components.

First antennae — The peduncle is clearly three-jointed, shorter
than the flagellum, which has seventeen joints furnished with
hyaline filaments.

Second antennae — The first three joints of the peduncle arc
short, the fifth is longer than the fourth ; the fiagellum, about
twice as long as the peduncle, attains to thirty-one joints-

The frontal lamina surmounting the epistome widens to the
convex anterior border, from which it bends to meet the rostral
point with an angular termination.

The mouth-organs, as will i)e seen from the figures, are in
tolerably close agreement with what is usual in the genus. In
the first maxillae attention may be called to the little projecting
horn on the outer side of the inner plate. Such a process is
figured by Hansen for Cirolana borcalis Lilljeborg, but not for
Cirolana ciongata Milne-Edwards, nor for his own Cirolana
ininuta, nor do I find it in Cirolana oricntolis Dana, which has in
its place a minute spine- in agreement with Cirolana japonica
Hansen; the process is feebly developed in Cirolana pleonastica
and Cirolana albican data, which I have recently described-
First gnathopods — These are rather robust, the fourth joint
fully as broad as long, with two rows of spines along the innier

di

margin, the short trianglar fifth joint underriding the sixth and
having its base deeply imbedded in the fourth. The finger i»
shorter than the sixth joint, and as in all the trunk limbs has a
short, dark-coloured nail, preceded by a small spine, which gives
a biunguiculate appearance to the joint.

Second gnathopods — The spines on inner margin of fourth
joint are arranged in two sets separated by an unarmed interval ;
the fifth joint is small, but does not underride the sixth, nor is it
imbedded in the fourth; the sixth joint is much less stout than
in the preceding pair.

Peraeopods — i he first pair is similar to the second gnathopods
The other four pairs have the joints longer, especially the last two
pairs which are subequal- There are no plumose setae on these
linijbs, but spines at the apices, and a few on the inner margins of
the third to sixth joints.

Pleopods — The rami are broad in all of them-
Uropods — The peduncle is produced rather beyond the middle
of the telsonic segment, but not quite to the middle of the inner
ramus ; this ramus is very broad, and reaches beyond the
segm,ent, its margin, except near the base, being closely fringed
wdth spines and setse ; the outer ramus, though about as long as
the mner, does not reach nearly so far back,, and is much narrower,
but with similar armature. Colour, in formalin, cream, with
symmetrical brown markings on upper surface, but not on under
surface or on appendages, except the uropods. Length, 15 mnH.,
or a little less or more.

Locality: — Table Bay, and from " Red Bait" (a large Ascidian)^
Somerset West, shore.

Krauss, loc. cit, under C- sculpta, j\L-Edw., says. "' A specie*
distinguished by the exceedingly pretty marking of the abdomen,
which I have found in Table Bay- Yellowish green, with black
speckles and spots. Length, 6 fines." Herklots in 185 1 merely
mentioned the name on Krauss's authority. Hansen doubts the
identification^ and is disposed to think, from the strong sculptur-
ing of the pleon, that JNIilne-Edwards's species may be a
CoraUana. Milne-Edwards thus describes his C. sculpta: —
" Head much broader than long, scarcely narrowed anteriorly,
and little immersed in the thorax. Marg-in of the last thoracic
rings and of the rings of the abdomen finely denticulate- The
last segment of the abdomen furnished with a conical tooth on
the median line, with a multitude of- little crests, and ending
behind acutely. Feet feeble, and scarcely hairy. Terminal plates
of the uropods almost of the same size and apically acute.
Length, about 9 lines- From the coast of ^Malabar."

The description of the uropods will not at all suit the present
species, an4 the distance of habitat does not encourage the hypo-
thesis of misdescription. Milne-Edwards also says that in his
species the head is scarcely narrowed in front ; in the South

African si)ccics it is plainly widened. The new specific name for
iiic latter alludes to Krauss's remark upon the beautiful marking^
<^l the plcon.

ClROl.AXA I-LUVIATILIS, n. Sp

This species is closely allied to Cirolaiia plcoiiasticOj described
and figured in " \\'illcy's Zoological Results," Part 5, p- 629, pi-
67A, 1900. Between the mouth organs ot the two there seems to
be no difference on which to lay any stress. It may, however, be
mentioned tliat in the present species, out of the thirteen setae
fringing the inner plate of the second maxilla:, eight instead of
three are conspicuously plumose, and in the maxillipeds the
terminal joint narrows distally instead of widening- The antennae
are more distinctive, for here in the first pair the first two joints
are clearly separate^ the first distally widened, the third is as long
as the preceding two combined ; the fiagellum con-
sisting of ten or eleven unfurnished joints, is as in the
other species equal in length to the peduncle ; in the
second pair the peduncle is a little longer than the first antenna,
its fifth joint is clearly longer than the fourth, the flagellum is
more than twice as long as the peduncle, and consists of about
forty joints, var}ing from under to over that numbei], of the
earlier joints some fourteen or fifteen carrying rather conspicuous
little tufts of sct?e.

The surface of the ])er?eon is somewhat pubescent, especially at
the sides; the hind rim of the seventh segment carries about
eighteen tubercles. Of the plcon, the third, fourth, and fifth seg-
ments have the hind margin tuberculate, the fourth has its sides
strongly produced over the produced and rounded sides of the
fifth^ the produced lobes of the fourth having the peculiarity of a
lateral slit, such as might be expected to indicate two segments
in coalescence, of which there is here no question. The telsonic
segment is triangular, with straight sides, the breadth at the base
equal to the median length. At the upper part of each side there
is a small ridge, and on either side of the middle line there is a
])artial carina formed in two or three sections- beginning near
the base, but not reaching the narrowly-rounded apex, the orna-
mentation being thus a kind of link between that of C- sulcata and
C- plconasfica. The lower half of the segment is fringed with
plumose set.Tc, among Avhich are four spines at the apex, and two
on each side in notches above the apex, not as in C. plcouaslica,
eight together round tlic apex- The inner rannis of the uropods
reaches beyond the telsonic segment, and is not a very broad
oi-a', but Vroader and longer than the outer ramus. Colour fin
formalin) uniform, a dull pinkish 1)rown, probably not to be relied
iipor. as characteristic. Size, 12 mm- long, by 4.5 mm. broad.

Tocality: — Two miles up the Buffalo River. This isdescribed
as atJclal river. The specific name alludes lo the place of capture.

53

C fleonasiica was obtained aL depths of 6u and loo fathoms in
Ulanche Bay^ New Britain.

1890- Cirokma sulcata, Hansen, Cirolanidx^ \ id. Selsk.. ser- 6,
vol. 3, p. 336 (lOO), pi. 2. ^g. 5-5e.

This species,, fully described and excellently rtgured by H. J-
Ilansen, is easily recognized by the peculiar sculpture of the
tel^onic segment^ which has a niicdio-dorsal longitudinal furrow
between two stout carinas, which meet at their extremities-
Locality: — Somerset West, shore; from "red bait."
The specimens described by Hansen were taken in Simon's
Bay.

Fam-: ^gidae.

1879. AEgidae, Schiodte and IMeincrt^ Xaturhistorisk Tidsskriff,

ser. 3, vol. 12, p. 325.
1890. AEgidac, Hansen, \ id. Selsk. Skr-, ser. 6, vol. 3, p- 315

(79)-
1893. AEgidac. Stebbing, History oi Crustacea, p. 347.

Gen. : Rocinela, Leach.

1818. Rocinela, Leach, Dictionnaire des Sciences naturelles, vol-

12, pp. 348, 349.
1849. Achcnisia^ Lucas, Crust. Algerie, p. 78.
1867- Rocinela, Bate & Westwood, Brit, sessile-eyed Crustacea,

vol. 2, pt. 17, p. 289-
1879- Rocinela, Schiodte and Meinert. Xaturhistorisk Tidsskrift,

.ser. 3. vol. 12, p. 380.
1893. Rocinela, vStebbing, History of Crustacea, p- 348.
1897. Rocinela, Sars, Crustacea of Xforway, vol. 2, p. 65-

Rocinela di'merilit, Lucas.

1841). Achei iisia Dunierilii, Lucas, Crust- Algerie- p- 79, pi. 8,

fig- 3-
1864. Acherusia complanafa, Grube, Die Insel Lussin und

ihre \<eeresfauna, p. 76.
1879- Rocinela Dumerilii, Schiodte and Meinert. X^at. Tidsskrift,

ser. 3, vol. 12, pp. 383, 391, pi. T2, figs. 4-9.
1886. Rocinela Dinner ilii\ Bovallius, Bihang till K. Svenska

Vet. Akad. Handlingar, vol. 12, pp. 383, 391, pi. 12,

ffgs. I i-ig.
The South African specimen is not m absolute accord with the
figures given either by Lucas or by Scliii die and Meinert in one

54

particular, for the licad is strongly produced in front into a
somewhat upturned rotundo-quadrate process, the sides of which
are even a little incurved before diverging- towards the eyes.
From the autiiors mentioned one must infer that the process in
then- specimens, though more or less blunt at the top, was other-
wise triangular.

The nearest approach .in other described species of Rociiida to
the shape of the process exhibited by the African specimen is in
R. oculata, Hargcr, 1883. but that species is distinguished from
R. dinncrilii by being much broader in comparison with the
length, by having the eyes contiguous instead of separated, and
J)y having the inner ramus of the uropods slightly shorter than
the outer, instead of distinctly longer. 'According to Bovallius.
in the adult male of dnmcrilii the front of the head " shows an
obtuse projection shorter than in the ovigerous female, but
longer than in the virgo." Grubc distinguished his Achcnisia
lomplanata from dnmcrilii only on the ground that its first pleon
segment did not run out into strongly-])ro(luced joints, such as
are shown in the figure given by Lucas, and the same distinction
might be drawn for the African specimen, in which the first pleon
segment is much less wide than those that follow- although its
apices are sharper than theirs, but Schiodte and Meinert explain
that in the ovigerous female the first pleon segment is in fact
almost entirely concealed, though in the " virgo" it is broad and
pretty fully unco\-cred. In their account they say that the tarsus
(sixth joint) of the prehensile feet has three sharp spines in the
ovigerous female, four in the " virgo." In the African specimen
the joint in question has four spines, and the Danish authors
figure four for both forms.

The eyes are large and dark, composed of about 140 ocelli- the
facets easily catching the light. The well-marked medio-dorsal
depression on the head, described by Lucas, is present. On the
other hand, the longitudinal furrow on the telsonic segment
which he says is pretty well marked- is rather to be imagined
than perceived. Schiodte and Meinert speak of it as " lightly "
shown in the ovigerous female, and '' very lightly " in the
"virgo." The colouring and size (an inch long), and all details
except the frontal process, so well agree with earlier descriptions
and figures of R. dinncrilii that it would be rash to form a new
species for this single specimen-
Locality :— Vasco de Gama Pt. S. 7,^ E. 13! miles. Depth,
166 miles.

Fam.: Cv^^OTITOIDA^:.

1900- Cymothoidac. Steljbing- .South African Crustacea, Part i,
V- 55 ; ^"^ Willey's Zool. Results, Part 5, p. 630.

33

Gen- : Nerocila, Leach.

i8i8- NerocUa, Leach, Dict..Sci- Nat., vol. 12, p. 351-

1880. Nerocila, Harger. U.S. Fishery Report for 1878, Part 6,

1881. Nerocila, Schiodte and ]\[einert, Xat. Tidsskrift, ser. 3,

vol. 13, p. 4-
1887. Ngrocila, Bovallius, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet-Akad.

Handlingar. vol- J2. pt. 4, No. 4, p. 3.
1893. Nerocila, Stebbing. Jlistory of Crustacea, p- 351-

Additional references, including the synonyms Ichthyophilus,
Latreille, and Emphylia, Koelbel, will be found in Schiodte and
Meinert.

Nerocila cephalutes, .Schiodte and Meinert.

1 881. Nerocila cephalofcs, Schiodte and Meinert, Nat- Tidsskrift,
ser. 3, vol. 13, p. 60, pi- 4, figs- 16-18-
In this species the head is broadly rounded in front, and behind
fitted into the trilobate front margin of the first perseon segment.
The angles of the sixih and seventh perseon seg-
ments are produced, acute, reaching beyond the
still more acute apices of their side plates. The
lateral angles of the first and second pleon segments
much overlap those of the third and fourth segments- and in all
four to a lateral view they have a somewhat hook-like shape.
Our specimen is a female, with distended marsupial plates-
Locality: — Cape St. Blaize N. 4] miles- Depth, 35 fathoms-
Bottom, mud. Found on Synaptura pectoralis. Schiodte and
I^.Ieinert examined a specimen from Cape Agulhas and anoither
from the Cape of Good Hope, besides others.

Fam.: Idoteidae.

1900- Idoteidae, Stebbing, South African Crustacea, pt. i, p. 51-

1901- Idoteidae, H. Richardson, Proc- U.S. Mus-, vol. 23, p. 537-
For the synonymy see Part i. p. 51, of the present work- To

the references there given niay be added Idoteidae, H. Richard-
son, The American Naturalist, vol. 34, p. 224, 1900, and Les
Idotees, H Milne-Edwards, Le Regne Animal, Edition par les
Disciples de Cuvier, Crustaces. p. 201, pi- 69, date uncertain. Of
the last work, published by Fortin, Masson et Cie,
it should be remarked that the plates ought not to
be neglected by the carcinologist- although the accompanying
volume of text is of a very mean order- Here also it may be wdl
to call attention to the circumstance that Guerin-Meneville, in
his Iconographie du Regne Animal de G Cuvier,
a work vaguely dated 1820- 1843, thinks the explana-

so

lion of the plates a fitting opportunity for describing
a new genus and species, Edotia tuberculaia from
the Falkland Islands, and no less than three new
species of Idotea from the Cape of Good Hope, all of these un-
iigured, and consequently a source of trouble to succeeding
authors. The species assigned t<j Idotca are named /. Latreillii,
I- Edwardsii, I. distincta. From Miers' revision of the family,,
however, it does not appear that any one of these three names
can be retained, since with no littleprobability he identifies the
first with /. uidica- Mihic-Edwards, the second with Oniscus
ungidatits, Pallas, the third with /■ pcroiiii, Milne-Edwards.

From the following accounts it will be seen that within this
family the mouth-organs present sonte interesting variations-
Thus in Glyptidoiea and less conspicuously in Paridotca the maxil-
Hpeds are seven-jointed, in Idotea they arc six-jointed, in
Synidotea five-jointed, in CoUdotea four-jointed- These diflfer-
ences depend on coalescence occurring or not occurring between
the fourth and fifth joints of the " palp." or between its second
and third joints, or between both those pairs, and in case of Coli-
dotca the first joint, in addition, loses its identity by
coalescence either with the second joint of the stem^
or the second of the palp. In Paridotca Hugulata I
now incline to think that the second and third joints
of the palp should be separately reckoned, though it
is a point rather difficult to determine. In the same way the
second and third joints in Jdolca indica are far less distinctly
separated than they are in Idotea baltJiica. The first maxillae also
show some curious differences in minute details. Paridotca
iingnlata has on the inner plate of these appendages five
plumose setsp (not six, as stated on page 54 of Part I.) in-
Glyptidotea as in Tdolca there are three, and in Synidotea
hirtipes only two.

Cii.\i'Tii)(»'ri': \. n. g.

Side-plates distinct in all peneon segments e.vcept the first-
Pleon consisting of a single segment, with three i)airs of lateral
sutures at the base. Sculi^tnred joints in peduncle of both pairs
of antennae- Second antennse with the llagellum multi-articulate.
Maxillipeds seven-jointed- All the truidv limbs more or less sub-
chelate, the penultimate joint most dilated in the first pair.

l>y the sculpturing of the head and the strongly prehensile
character of the limhs. the t\pe species of this genus recalls
Glyl^tonotus, while in other characters it rtsembUs Idotca and
Synidotea- but from all hitlurto defined genera tf the Idoteidic it
a])pears to be distinguished by its distinctly seven-jointed maxil-
lipeds and its plcon sutures- The generic name is compounded
in allusion to the mixture of characters.

J/

( iLYi'TiDo'iEA Licin KXSTEiN'ir, Krauss.

Plate io,

1843- Idolca lichtciistcinii. Kraiiss, Die siidafrikanischen Cru>-

taceen, p. 62, pi. 4, fig. 4-
1881. Idotca lAcktciistiinii, Miers, Jouiii. Linn- Soc. Londoiv

vol. 16, p. 64.

The front of the hcaJ is trisimiate, the median notch small and
overhung by a large^ blunt-endcd^ horizontal process of the dorsal
carina, the lateral angles prciduced into blunt points directed
slightly outwards in advance of the small, black, dorso-lateral,
triangularly-rounded eyes, behind which the lateral margins con-
verge to the faintly-concave hind border- The first perseon seg-
mentisshortintheinidclle,butwiththesidesreaching loi u.trdio
the eyes, fianking the head with broadly rounded plates, of which,
however, the inner and the hinder margins are flattened. Of the
six follownig segments the side-plates are a 1 distinct, in shape
passing from oval to sub- quadrate, not produced backward, but
matching the length cf the segment, which is least in the seventh^
and greatest in the b^^cond ana th!rcl,the latter with us bu.f platt ■-
presenting the greatest breadth. The pleon has a length equal
to the first three segments ( f the peneon, the breadth at the base
being not much less than the length, and nearly two and a half
times the width of the apex, which is shallowly enic rginate with
rounded corners- The three pairs of sutures are dorsally succes-
sively shorter; ventrally they are very distinct. A nJ.edian carina
extends from the cephalic process on to the pleon, where it loses
the rather moderate acutenes-s of its earlier portion, and near the
middle of the segment b'furcates, l)eing vcr) faintly continueel to
each apical angle-
First antenna: — The flrst joint is deeply cut into several un-
equal lobes, among which is implanted the narrow stalk of the
second joint; this in turn is divided into lobes at its wideneel
distal extremity, receiving the shorter third joint, which also
forms a little cup for the narrow base of the flagellum. The latter
has the shape of a bladebonc, and has Ts cf nvex n-largin closely
set With fourteen .^emi-circular lobes, from each of which projects
a pair of hyaline sensory fi'aments and two setules, or perhaps
from the last two semi-circles there may be oilv one filament
apiece. It is possible that thise na ginal divisions with their
apparatus indicate a coalescence of many articulations to form
this peculiarly shaped one-jointed t'agellum-

Second antennae— The first jomt short: the second much wider,
cut into deep lobes which encircle the third joint, this also beings
wide and lobed. but less stn ugly than the preceding, the fourth
joint oblong, a little longer than wide, the fifth abruptly narrower,
considerabiv lono-cr ; the flaQvlluni longer than the i^.cdunclc. con-

58

sisting of seventeen joints, of which the first is the longest and
the last minute, all apically frinL;ed with inconsp'cuous sctules.

Epistome strongly produced forward, its linguiform process
being just concealed by tlie nasiforni process of the head in a
dorsal view, the narrow arms Hanking the upper lip, which is
triangular above and has the slightly convex lower m(argin
covered with a thick moustache. Lower lip — The rotundo-quad-
rate lobes are rather strongly sctu'ose. In the stomach near the
entrance are two dark reniform masses very strongly setulose
round the adjacent inner and the hinder margins. These corre-
spond to Avhat in the Amphipoda I have called organs of tritura-
tion, but which Professor Delia Vallei names " cardiac folds" In
the Amphipoda they are often armed with numerous and power-
ful spines. The exterior of the stomach is covered like the rest
of the animal with little scale-like markings-

Mandibles -The left mandible has the middle tooth of its
cutting plate simple, but the tooth on each side deeply bifid; in the
secondary plate there is one strong, horny-looking triangular
tooth, and three spine-like teeth, two of them short; there are
four or five crowded plumiose spines in th? spine-row, the molar
is strong, with setulcs at the base, the oval crown setulose, a little
serrate above, accompanied by a ])rojecting group of setae. The
right mandible has two simple teeth and a third feebly trifid in the
cutting plate, the secondary plate divided into feeble spine-like
teeth, the crown of the molar serrate along one edge-

First maxillse — The outer plate is surmounted by eleven
crowded spines, the outermost but one being the strongest, the
innermost six slender, forming two sets, each consisting of three
graduated spines. Tlie inner ])late has th "ee p'um'os" setae on
the narrow apex-
Second maxillse — The outermost ])late has seven pectinate
spines: the middle plate carries six; the consilerably broader
inner plate is distall)^ fring^.d with several p'um~)se setae.

Maxillipeds — The inner margin of the first joint forms a
rounded process beset with plumose setae; its external part forms
a broad base for the large distally narrowed epipod. The second
joint is elongate, its apical j^rocess, d s'ally fringed with setae,
reaches beyond the second joint of the i)alp. and somewhat above
its base has a strong spine-hook, nearly at the level reached by
the apex of the epipod. The first joint of the palp is small, the
second widened, cup-lilc.e, with the inner margin much longer
than the outer, the third joint similar but larger, and with less
difference between the two margins ; the fourth joinlt is nuich the
longest, oval, but with truncate apex, on which is placed the
small, but very distinct, oval fifth juint thi; like the three pre-
ceding joints having setce on the inner margin.

First gnathopods — Though the seven ])airs f)f trunk limbs
are all very similar in character, the first pair have certain distinc-
tive features. Thev are the shortest, and have the sixth joint

59

■shorter, and absolutely as well as relatively wider than it is in
the otiier pairs; also on its outer surface this joint is armed with
a great number of pectinate spines, which are wanting- in the
other pairs. The second joint is deeply channelled along the
front, the third and fourth joints are distally widened, lobed cjn
-each side; the fifth joint is^very short, not under-riding the sixth;
the sixth obtains a subchelatc character by help of a strong sub-
l)asal spine confronting the^finger, this spine being to appearance
roughened with rows of minute teeth extending from aiear the
base quite to its apex. The finger is biunguiculate. groups of
setules or slender spines attending the stronger outer nail and
the shorter inner one.

Second gnathopods and the perseopods — There is a gradual
increase in the length of the limbs, the sixth joint becoming
narrower and longer, but the dififerences otherwise not being
very material- In all the hmbs the peculiar denticulate spine of
the sixth joint is conspicuous, and the finger shows an impression
•on the inner surface where its base rests against the circular apex
•of tb sixth joint.

The pleopods do not seem to differ from those in the genus
Idotrn.

The uropods^ — These also are in close agreement with those of
Idofca. The ramus is more than a third of the length of the
peduncle, at its base nearly as broad as the length, which is
grei r on the convrx outer than <n chestraighi siii-^r margin,
the apical being obliquely truncate and fainfy emarginate,
rather more than half the basal breadth. There is no other plate,
but a strongly plumose setge about half as long as the ramus, and
■by this possibly the outer ramus is represented.

The colour in formalin is orange, with a pair of bright red
spots on the front margins of the perseon segments from the
second to the seventh- Small spots and stellate markings are
visible under the microscope on many parts, including the maxil-
lipeds, uropods, etc.

Length, about 24 m,m- The single specimen carried numerous
eggs within the four pairs of marsupial plates, and could not be
flattened out for minutely exact measurements. Krauss gives
the size of the specimen taken in the algae of Table Bay as length
I inch, breadth Tf-y lines.

Locality : — Dredged between Bird Lsland and the main-
land, Algoa Bay, in 10 to 16 fathoms, on a bottom of sand,
shells, and stone.

Gex. : SvNiDOTEA. Harger-

1878. Synidotea, Harger, Amer. Jour. Sci-, ser. 3, vol. 15, p. 3/4-
1880. Synidotea, Harger, U.S- Fisheries Report for 1878, pt. 6,
P- 350.

6o

188 1. Edotia (part), Micis, Jfiurn. Linn. Soc- Loiidon, vol. 16^

,P-65.
1885. Synidotca, S'avs, Norwegian North Atlantic Exp., vol. 14^.

p- ij6. ^

1895. Stenosima, Dollfus^ Feuille dcs Jenncs Naturalistes ser. 3.

Annec 25, No. 292,, p. 9.
1897. Synidotca, Benedict, Proc Acc d. Philadelphia, p. 390.
1899. Synidotea, H. Richardson, Free. L-S. M us., vol. 2\, p. 847.
1900- Sy-iiidotca, H- R chardst. n, American Njtu.alist, vol- 34,

p. 227.
1901. Synidotea, H- Richardson, Proc. L'.S. Mus., vol. 2t,, p. 54T.
Of this genus an excellent little monograph was published by
Dr. J. E. r)enedict in 1897. He assigns to it fifteen species, and
gives figures of the thirteen \vhich had come under his own
observation. The genus may be defined a.s follows: —

Sides of head in a dorsal view entire and not laterally produced.
Side-plates of pergeon coalesced \\ith the segments. Pleon con-
sisting of a single segment, with ( ne ])air of lateral sutures at the
base. Eyes lateral- Second antennas with well developed multi-
articulate liagellum. Maxillipeds with thr^ fc-jouit< d palp,
or in oth'-r words, maxilliped.s five-jointed. Uropods with a
sinei^le b anrh.

Dr. Benedict distinguishes two sections of the genus, the first
having the distal end of the ple( n cmarginate or bicuspid, the
second having the end bluntly pointed.

Miss Richardson, in her at^alytical key to the genera of
Idotcidae, assigns to the group including Synidotea the character
of having the ".egs all ambulatory." In S. hirtipes, however, the
first pair are shorter and stouter than the rest with expanded
penultimate joint and rcflexihlc finger constituting a prehensile
hand. Also they close so firml\- ui)()n the mouth that their amibu-
latory function has probably been relinquished-

SvxinOTEA iiiRTiPi'S (.Mihu'-Fdwards).
1840. Idotea hirtipes, Milne-Edwards, Mist. Nat- Crust., voJ. 3,

1843. Idotea hirtipes, Krauss. Die Siidafrikau'schen Crustaceen,

p- 61.
i88i- Edotia hirtipes- Miers. Jom-n. Linn. Soc. London, vol- 16,

p. 68.
1897. Synidotea hirtipes. Benclict. I 'roc. .\cad- Philadelphia, p-

'403- .^ ^.

On the description given by .\fiors. and quoted by Benedict,
little criticism is needed, but Miers says- without reserve, that
the legs are long and slender, whereas the fir^t pair are rather
short and stout. Also he speaks of the distal emargination in the
telsonic segment as small and shallow. It scenYs to be variable.

6i

►but is usually broad aiul often well marked- The last three
-segments of the perseon are notably shorter than the rest, and
the demarcation of the side-plates is very faint. In the uropods
the peduncular plate has on its upper half two obliquely trans-
verse ridges fringed with spines like those along the margin^ and
at the apex of its hinge margin it has two plumose setse-

The first antennae have the first joint short and wide, the rest
. narrow, the flagellar joint being about as long as the second and
third joints of the peduncle comljined, widening a little from its
base, then tapering, fringed with about i8 ])airs of filaments-

The epistome is mucli wider above than below, produced
upward to a short median triangular point, its lower margin
straight, scarcely so wide as the upper lip, which is proximally as
well as distally fringed with seta-like spines, those projecting
from the distal margin being A-ery closely set; the margin itself
is unsymmetrically bilobed- The lobes of the lower lip are also
rather strongly fringed on the inner margin.

The mandibles have the basal part double-ridged and the
extremity geniculate. The cutting plate is four-toothed, the
secondary plate tridentate, its teeth horny-looking on the left
mandible, slighter, pellucid, and a little setulose on the right. No
spine-row was perceptible. The molar is prominent, with oval
denticulate crown.

The first maxillcE; have the outer plate surmounted by ten, or
sometimes bv eleven, spines, some of which a'^e denticulate, none
very powerful- The inner plate is narrow at both ends, and has
at the apex only two set?e. which arc rather long, and, as usual
plumose.

The second m;axillje have some of the spines on the inner plate
plumose, those on the middle plate finely pectinate, about fifteen
in number-

The maxillipeds have the first joint short, the epipod nearly
•parallel-sided, not reaching the apex of the process of the second
join , though extending considerably \ond the first
joint of the palp ; its upper margin slopes inward. The
procf^'^s of the second joint is shaped as commonly
in the Amphipoda Gamanaridea, and similarly
frinr d with setffi on the inner and a^^iV i marfvins. but
here it is tied to its fellow, each member of the pair carryhig a
strong spine-hook for grappling the other. The first joint of the
palp is small and rather obscure, the second is very large, widen-
ing distally, its distal margin flatly rounded on the inner part and
exter-^-i1v forming a little free projection. The third joint is also
very large, its inner margin almost continuous with that of the
preceding joint, feeblv convex, fringed with short spines, its outer
margin strongly conVex, fringed with seta-like spines, some of
whicli also stand out from the surface. ^

The character of the first gnathopods has been already noticed
in remarks on the genus-

62

In the first pleopods the peduncle is fringed with a dozen
hooked spines. The male stilet of the second pair is produced
considerably beyond the rami. None of the rami show any trans-
verse suture.

Locality: — Specimens were taken at throe stations — Cape St-
Blaize . , , •

W. n^ miles, 2^ fathoms, fine sand; and Cape St. Blaize N-W,
3| miles, 33 fathoms^ nuid.

Miss H. Richardson's genus Colidotea is dis'Oinguished firom
Synidotea by having only two joints to the palp of the maxillipeds,
and the side-plates distinct and well-de\'eloped in the last three
segments of the perseon. The first jointi of the maxilliped palp
in S. hirfipes is so faintly marked that in this respect ii may be
regarded as a link between the two genera- On the other hand,
the side-plates of the perseon segments are scarcely discernible.

In his key to the species of Synidotea, Dr. Benedict was unable
to include iT. hirtipes (Milnc-Edwardsj and the var. laez'idorsalis
(Miers), a larger, narrower form from Japan, neither ot uaich
he had seen. But he incidentally recognizes thatj they belong ta
the first of the two sections into which he divides the genus.
Within this section S- hiriipcs makes the nearest] approach to S-
laticauda, Benedict, of which Dr. Benedict remarks that " the
valves of the operculum are diagonally crossed by a curved line."
As already noticed, in S. hirtipes the valves of the opercular
uropods are crossed by two such lines. No one observing one of
them could well fail to notice the other, so that this
may be taken as a distinctive mark separating S.
hirtipes from ^S" lal/caiida, which is also a broader form.
Miers, it is true, does not make any reference to the second
line in S. hiriipcs, but possibly it might not attract
attention in the dried specimens which he examined. In the var.
lacvidorsalis he figures the opercular valve with only one line
which points to the conclusion that this Japanese form is
specifically distinct.

InoTEA ixniCA, Milne-Edwards

1840. Idotea Iiidica. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Xat. des Crustac^*,

vol. 3, p. 131.
1843. ? Idotea Lafreillii, Gucrin-Meneville, Iconographie du

Regne Animal, Crustaces, p. jj.
1881. Idotea indica, Miers, Journ- Linn- Soc- London, vol. 16, p.

50, pi. 2, figs. 4, 5.

This species bears a rather close gcnend resomb'ance to Idotea

emarginata, Fabricius, but is distinguishable from it by the rather

■ sinuous and less convergent sides of the telsonic segment, and by

the side-plates of the perseon. Miers says that these latter parts

are " small, in the second segmeiU occu])yini;", in a lateral view.

&3

only the anterior half of tlie lateral margins, in the second and
third segments the middle portion of the lateral margins, in the
fifth and sixth segments they reach nearly, and in the seventh
•cgment quite, to the pos'tero-lateral angles."

His description was taken from the type in the Paris
Museum, " an adult male," 40 mm. long. It agrees
well with our specimen, which appears to be a female,
being without the male appendages on the seventh
peraeon segment and the second pleopods. The side-
plates are obviously quite different from those of the male
i. cmarginata, but they also differ very considerably from those
of the temale of that species^ which bars (Crustacea of Norway,
vol. 2_, p- 85, pi- 35, fig. 2) describes and figures as ''rather small
and not contiguous," It is important to remember the striking
dissimilarity between the side-plates in the two sexes of the
species in question, although I find that at least sometimes they
may be contiguous in the female as well as in the much larger
male, whereas in Idotca iiidica there is no approach to contiguity,.
the whole series being well separated.

Miers gives the flagellum of the second antennae as eighteen-
jointed, and states that the last pcraeopods have "their penulti-
mate joints thickened and considerably elongated-" In his
figure this is a very notable feature, ancl may be a characteristic
of the adult male. In our specimen the flagellum of the second
antennae has on one of the pair fifteen and on the other sixteen
joints; the last pergeopods are not very strikingly larger than the
penultimate pair.

The mouth-organs are in near general agreement in most
respects with those of the type species of Idotea, the /• balthka
(Pallas)^ as recently figured by Sars- In both species it seems to
me that the upper lip has a small emargination which Sars does
not indicate, and that the lobes of the lower lip are more squared
than in his figure. In both species the inner plate of the first
maxillae carries at the apex three phmiose setse, but its shape is
notquitethesameas both, the widening being near its junction
with the stem in 7. balfliica, but higher up in /. iiidica. The most
notable difference is in the maxillipeds, for these in I. balthka
have thepalp very distinctly four- jointed,whereas in /./W/^rt the
dividing line between it> second and third joints is only faintly
discernible, except at the edges, nor does our specimen show any
trace of the notch near the apex of the fourth joint, which at least
sometimes in /• balthica marks the place at which a small fifth
joint is lost in coalescence with the fourth. The epipod is oval,
'i he outer apex of the second joint of the stem carries four setae,
its process is armed with one hooked spine.
Length, 27 mm.

Locality : — Hout Bay, from a depth of 9 to 20 fathoms, on
fine sand and broken shells.

64
FaM-: SrilAERO.MIDAE-

1840. '■'■ Spheronu'ens,^' Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat., Crust.,
vol. 3, p. 197.

!847- ^'pliacroniidae, White. List of Crusitacea in P.rit. AIus., p.
102.

1900. Sphacroinidac, Stebbini;-, Proc. Zool- Soc London, p- 552.

1901. Sphacromidac. Harriet Richardson, Proc. U.S. Mus-, vol-

23- P- 532.

1902. Sphaerofnidac, Harriet Richardson, Trans. Connect.

Xcad, Sci., vol. 1 1, p. 291.

In the Proc. Zool Soc. London for 1900 a list of authorities on
this family is given^ and it is scarcely necessary to repeat it here.

Gen. : ExosiMiAEROMA, Stabbing.

3900. Exosphaero)/ia, Stebbing, Proc. Zool. Soc. London,
P- 553.

EXOSPHAEROMA AMPI.IFKONS, n. Sp.
Pl..\TE II.

The head, which is slightly notched at the summit, is remark-
able for the wall-like steepness with which it rises in front far
above the eyes- A small triangular rostrum separates the cavi-
ties from which spring the bases of the first antennae, and, on
€Uher side of these a small wing or hollowed surface of the head
lies below the greatly projecting eye-lobes.

The peraeon is broad, strongly imbricated, a deep cavity being
formed by the dorsal slope of the first segment and the postero-
dorsal slope of the head. The side-plates of the last six segments
are rather abruptly bent downwards and even a litde inward, the
last thi ntling less acutely than the prtneding three. The
infero-lateral margin of the first segment forms an acute angle at
either end, in front hel])ing to embed the eye-lobe, behind slightly
under-riding the side-]:)late of the second segment. A very
notable peculiarity of the species is furnished by the eroded
appe 'r ( f caused by little pits in the intesjument. These are
conspicuous on the lower part of the liead and its adjoining
appendages, over much of the first peraeon segment, on all the
side-plates and hind margins, and over a great part of the pleon-
In the last three ])eraeon segments the hind margins are cut into
several blunt denticles, of which there are two, not always very
■distinct, on each of the three preceding segments.

65

'Ihe plcon is very strong featured, its basal portiun being pro-
-duced into prominent submedian bosses, and tlic terminal portion
also having two that are even more prominent, overhanging the
triangular telsonic portion, the apex of which is somewhat
trilobed and curves upward beyond two little notches. There are
two tufts of setulcs on the underside of the apex, and the medio-
lateral parts of the pleon are setulose. The basal portion shows
four components, the first marked by a sinuous dorsal line, the
next two only by lateral sutures, but the second, third, and fourth
segments are much broader than the first, and the second has a
more extensive lateral margin than the rest, and one which out-
lianks the side-plate of the seventh perseon segment-

The eyes are dark, of irregular shape, tending to oval, with
about a hundred small components.

The first antennae have the first joint much longer than the
second and third combined, the second much narrower than the
first, broader but considerably shorter than the third. The
flagellum of nineteen joints, carrying hyaline filaments, is shorter
than the peduncle. The second antennae are rather longer than
the first^ with the penultimate joint of the peduncle not shorter
than the ultimate, the fifteen-jointed flagelhmi subequal in length
and proximally in breadth to the peduncle-

The epistome and upper lip, as seen in situ with the other
■' oris partes," and as seen when detached, are shown in the
figures. The mandibles are particularly massive, with the palp
especially inconspicuous and membranaceous. The cutting edge
is very dark^ and looks like a single undivided tooth, very blunt.
The secondary plate on the left mandible is also dark-coloured,
simple but comparatively thin and small ; the crown of the molar
is light brown in colour, so prominent and so close to the
secondary plate that no spine-row could be perceived between
them. On the right mandible the secondary plate is divided into
slendei" teeth.

The lower lip has the principal lobes quadrately rounded,
rather strongly spinulose, their inner margins indented, the innier
lobes pretty strongly developed-

The first maxill?e have the usual four plumose setse on the apex
of the inner plate^ these setae slightly increasing in length from
the outer to the innermost. On the outer plate nine horn-
coloured spines surmounted the apex on one maxilla, and ten on
the other.

The second maxillae have w^hat I suppose to be the exopod very
distinctly represented by a rather long, narrow lobe of the outer
margin;' of the three plates, the inniermost has some plumose
spines mixed with the others, while on the middle and outer
plates there are to each about ten thin graduated spines.

The maxillipeds have the plate arising from the se-cond joint
more than twice as long as broad, with the greatest breadth

A1847. ^

66

beyond the middle, the apical border a little oblique. J{ach
plate has a strong" coupling spine. Of the five joints of the
palp the first is small, the second large, the others successively
smaller, the second to the fourth produced into narrow lobes,
apically tufted with sette, like the narrow unlobed fifth.

i^rst s:^natlio])(»(ls — 'i'hcse are distinguished from tlie following
six pairs of trunk-limbs by the triangular shape of the fifth joint,
and its position overlapped on the outer side by the apical lobe of
the fourth, and on the inner side under-riding the sixt;h joint.
On the inner margin the fourth and sixith joints have each five,
and the fifth has four spines, which are plumose in such a way as
to give a hand-like appearance to the upper shorter ones- The
nngcr is biunguiculatc, with a seta between the outer and the
shorter inner unguis. In the other limbs, the fifth joint, though
smaller than any of the rest, except the finger, is similar in shape,
iu-mature, and mode of articulation to the fourth-

Fleopods — The inner apex of the peduncle has not more than
three or four spines with bent tips. The male appendage of the
second pair reaches a liittle beyond the margin of the ramus, and
is blunt-ended. The sutured plate of the fifth pair is distally
squamose, its projecting bosses being especially conspicuous
in this respect. This character is perhaps general in the
Sphseromida\ In shape and relative dimensions the rami
of the pleopods seem to show some differences from species
to species, but whether the differences are stable and really
specific I ain not in a position to say.

Uropods — The peduncle has a strong ridge on the upper
side. The fixed inner ramus is oval, setulose on its margins,
and has an apical tooth directed a little outward. The
movable outer ramus is longer and broader, with irregular
outline, the upper surface hollowed, carrying a row of
setules, the under surface having two such rows ; the apex is
tridentate, the middle tooth large and prominent.

Length about twice the breadth. The largest specimen, if
it would submit to be unrolled, might be i6 mm. long. The
smallest differed from the largest and from the one figured,
which was 12.5 mm. long, in slightly bent posture, and 7.5
mm. broad, by having the telsonic apex simple, not trilobed,
and by having much reduced lobes on the basal part of the
telson.

Locality : — Between Bird Island and mainland, Algoa
Bay, in a depth between 10 and 16 fathoms, on a bottom of
sand, shells, and stones. The extraordinary appearance of
the head has suggested the specific name of this remarkable
form.

67

EX(JSI'I1.\KK<).\I.\ \.\J.1DLM, n- Sp-

PJ,ATE I 2 A.

The head of this species is distinguished from that of E. am[>U-
frons chiefly by the want of any eccentric elevation above the
eves, its upper line in a front view being gently convex instead of
forming an almost pointed arch-

The peraeon is broad, with the imbrication even more strongly
marked than in E. amplifroiis, the transverse ridges occasionally
carrying four widely spaced low tubercles, which, however, were
obsolete in tne -specimen figured. The integument is not at all
eroded- The segmentation of the i^leon is as in the preceding
species, but here the basal part has two tubercles instead of great
bosses, and the terminal part, though it carries two large bosses
surmounted by two tubercles, ends in a commonplace manner,
the apical margin being truncate and shallowly trifid like the
British form known as Sphacroiiia pridcauxiaiuivi.

The first and second antennae are distinguished from those of
E- ampUfrons by characters of doubtfully specific value- In the
first pair the first joint is more massive, but the angular projec-
tion on the side margin is much less prominent. In the second
pair the penultimate joint of the peduncle is shorter than the
ultimate. That the flagella have a joint or two more than
•observed in the other .species cannot be a matter of importan :e.

The u;>U' r r. p on the inner side has the transverse line above
the apical margin more prominent, -traighter, and carrying
>tronger setules than in E. aiupUfrons.

The mandibles are less massive than in the species just men-
tioned, though generally similar, but with the ci.tting plate mord
outdrawn, the secondary plate on the left mandible trilobed,
•obscure, and at most very slight on the right ; on both there is a
'distinct spine-row of five or six spines, some of which are a little.
<lenticulate- The molar has on one side above the crown a small
appendage, probably common to all the species. The palp is a
little stronger than in 7i- aiiiplifro'is, but as there, with the joints
nearly equal, the second and falcate third fringed with spines, of
which two or three at the apex of eacli of these joints are the
longest-

The lower lip and maxillre are as in E. ampUfrons, but the
inaxillipeds have a rather differently-shaped plate to the second
joint, its greatest breadth being at the middle, and the apical
margin much more obliciue. On one of the first maxillae eleven
spines could be counted on the outer plate-
First gnathopods — These are nearly as in the preceding species,
but the fourth joint has a row of seven spines with two others out
of the row, the fifth has five spines, and the sixth has six. The
t3ther limbs may show similar ilififerences. but they arc not
striking-.

68

The plcopods liavc from four lo three hooked spines at inner
apex of peduncle. In the second pair the male appendaj:;'e in the
specimen examined did not quite reach the extremity of the
ramus- The central appendages on the seventh segment of the
pcrxon are rather flift'erent from those of li. gigas (Leach), being
closely adjacent and slightly curved-

The uropods differ considerably from those of E- amplifrons,
being much simpler, the peduncle not ridged above, the fixed
ramus the larger, with squared end. the outer ramus shorter,
oval^ with subacute aj)ex.

The specimen figured is remarkable for the numerous purplish-
brown spots with which its dorsal surface is richly sprinkled.
L'nfortunately, there is no constancy in the colouring of speci-
ir.ens-

Length, i6 mm., breadth, 8 mm.

Localitv : — Between Bird Island and mainland, AlgoaBay^
Dredged from depth of 10-16 fathoms-

ExOSrUAKKOMA SETULOSUM, n. Sp-
PLATE I2B.

The head is nearl\ as in E- validiim, but even less raised above
the broadly rounded eye-lobes. The whole surface is pubescent,
this characteristic showing most distinctly on the hind margins
of the perjeon segments and on the pleon. The pera^on shows
a tendency to develop inconspicuous tubercles on the hind
margin of the otherwise smooth segments. Tn the pleon the
basal portion has two small tubercles at its hind margin, and the
terminal part has two parallel longitudinal ridges stopping con-
siderably short of the depressed trifid apical margm, ci which the
centre-piece is more advanced than in E- validuni.

The first and second antenme are nearly as in E- validum, bu-t
in the first pair the first joint has the angular projection more,
prominent, and the llagellum, though consisting of only the same
number of joints — twenty-ono — is here not shorter than the
peduncle. The second pair have a llagellum of eighteen joints
as compared with sixteen in the much larger E. validum-

The epistome and upper lip show a somewhat different appear-
ance from those of E- z'aHdum, as will be seen in the figures of
these parts as dissected. In the other mouth organs there seem
no essential differences, except in the plaltes arising from the
second joint of the maxillipeds, these plates having a length
decidedly less instead oi greater than twice the breadth.

The first gnathopods have on the fourth joint five spines in a
row, on the fifth foin-. and on the sixth four, but in each case
there is an additional spine on one side of the row, and a spinule
in front of the series on the sixth joint. Here, as in the preceding

69

species, the last three pairs of liml)S are a httle more slender than
the three preceding pairs.

The pleopods are nearly as in the preceding- species, but no
male appendage was discernible on the second pair-

The uropods are as in the preceding species, except that the
outer ramus is as long as the inner, with a strong outward-
directed apical tooth, and that the whole appendage is strongly-
fringed with setules-

The specimen figured was ornamented by a narrow transverse
purple band near the hind margin of each person segment, and
by transverse and longitudinal bands on the telsonic segment,
but this striking pattern was not repeated on other specimens.

Length of unrolled specimen would be lo mm-

Locality : — Between Bird Island and mainland. Algoa Bay,
dredged from depth of 10-16 fathoms.

The specific name refers to the pubescence on many parts of
the integument- Between this species and E. ralidiim the alliance
is very close, but it has not seemed feasible to attribute all the!
differences mentioned to conditions of age or sex.

ExosplIAl•:RO^[A c.igas (Leach).

3818. Splwcroma gigus, Leach. Diet- Sci- Nat., vol- 12, p. 346.
1900- Exosphacroma gigas, Stebbing, Proc. Zool. Soc. London^

P- 553. pl; 39- .

The synonymy of the species is given and discussed in the Pro-
ceedings of the Zoological Society for 1900. in combination with
that of AMiite's SpJiacroma lanccolatum- On the whole, it noAv
seems to me that the two forms ought to be kept specifically
separate, and that the names allotted by Leach and White may
conveniently stand, although it may not be absolutely certain
Avhich of the forms Leach had before him-

The South African specimens appear to be in substantial
agreement with those described and figured as Exosphaerouia
gigas from Mr. Rupert \'allentin's Falkland Island collection,
except that in point of size they by no means merit their specific
name of gigas. They are quite small. The specimen dissected
was 9 mm. long by 5 mm- broad, with the male appendages well
developed, those on the second pleopods being considerably
longer than the rami. The first antennae have the
iiagellum 11 -jointed, a little longer than the peduncle,
and in the second antennae the ilagellum is
iQ-jointed and considerably longer than the ppduncle.
These numbers and dimensions contrast with those in the large
Falkland Islands specimen, in which the first fiagellum is 17-
jointed but shorter than the pedimcle, and the second has about
16 joints- These fiagcUa, however, are notoriously subject to

70

much variation, ^o thai tli.e cHft'erences noted are of little import-
ance compared with all the numerous points of agreement. The
thick fur on the pcrxopods is a very conspicuous feature-

Locality :— Two miles up Buffalo River, taken with small
ilirimp net on a nmddy bottom-

Parasphakro.ma, n. g.

I'ifth and sixth segments of the pcrieon laterally projecting*
beyond the rest. First diyision of the pleon with its lirst com-
ponent segment conspicuous, the second overlapping it, and alsa
the seventh segment of the perseon, but not the third of the pleon-
of which the second^ third, and fourth segments are, as usual^
coalesced in the middle; telsonic segment with blunt dorsal pro-
cess near the middle and shallowly concave emargination of the
ajjcx- Epistome elongate- its apex prominent beyond the rostral
p(.)int of the head and between the somewhat projecting bases of
the llrst antenna?. Second antemue geniculate between the
fourth and fifth jomts. The trunk-limbs not bidentate in appear-
ance, a slender spine lying close withir. the nail. Hind perseo-
pods slender- Last joleopods without conspicuotis transverse
])leating-

The generic name alludes U) the obvious affinity between this-
and other Sphaeromidse.

This genus agrees with Dyiiaiiiciu-. Leach, in having a simple
excavation of the telsonic apex, but several distinctive marks are
presented in the above definition. DyiiaJiicnc itself still remains
obscure, the adult male form not having been determined. Bate
and Westwood in their discussion of it (British sessile-eyed
Crustacea, vol- 2, p. 418) say. '' Tn our figures of the second
maxilla in D. rubra and MoiiUiq;/!!'. onl\- one of the lobes was
observed on dissection." Their figures, however, show that the\-
are referring nottothesecond buttht-first maxilke. Both pairs
are normal, as they might easily have satisfied themselves, in the
two forms m»^ntioned.

It is possible that Cunningham's CyinoJocca ilar:,.u'iiii if better
known might be included in this genus, although that species
has the outer branch of the uropods scarcely half as long as the
inner, while in the si)ecies here to be described the outer branch
is fully as long as the inner (see Trans. Linn. Soc. London,
vol. 27, p. 499, pi. ,59, fig. I, 187 1, and Studer, Isopoda of the
r-razelle, p. 18, Berlin, 1884.

r.\KAS:'IIAEl<OMA l'J«»MIXK\S, U- sp.

Plate 13.

'file head is nuich l)roader than its length, hounded by a slight
ridge in front of tlic eyes, in advance of these being folded

71

InnccUh- The first four segments of the pertciui are bent sharply
<lo\vn\vards at the sides so that in dorsal view the side plates of
the second, third, and fourth are inconspicuous, but those of the
tifth and sixth segments are more outstanding-, so that in folding
up the animal does not become smooth!}- globular. The first
division of the pleon has been described in the account of the
genus, apart from notice of a central blunt process which over-
hangs the hind margin of the fourth segment. This and thb
similar process on the following division seem sl.glitly to vary in
relative size_, the former being usually the larger, and both be-
coming very prominent in lateral view when the animal is rolled
or folded up. The telsonic segment is broad, widening to the
insertion of the uropods, thence with convex sides converging to
the apical emargination-

The eyes are large and prominent- their hind margins inserted
in the first perxon segment- Their colour (in formaiin) is
purplish red.

The first antenna have the usual geniculate joint, followed by
a small second joint, which is longer than broad- The slendei'
third joint is longer than the first. The flagcUum of 2.2 joints is
longer than the peduncle- It begins with a very short joint,
followed by a long one; most of the others carr\- hyaline fila-
ments.

The second antennae have a stout peduncle, the tirst three joints
short, the fourth a little shorter than the fifth, which is subequal
to the first three combined. The flagellum of 19 joints is longer
than that of the first antennae, and in the first 9 joints much
stouter, these, in addition to the apical set;e present on all the
joints, having on the sides brushes of elongate setcC — probably a
masculine feature.

The epistome is very much longer than tlie upper lip ^\hich it
partially embraces with its narrow ends, the elongate trimk having
slightly sinuous sides and a rounded top which folds over so as
with a more or less pointed return piece to meet the apex of the
rostrum. The broad basal joints of the first antenna are yet kept
completely apart instead of meeting, as they do in most Sphsero-
midffi, at or over the apex of the epistome-

The upper lip has a broad, not quite s\ inmetrically, bilobcd
distal margin, and on the surface a pair of reticulated clear spaces-
The lower lip has the hinder angles more squared
than is usual in this family. The mandibles
are strong, the cutting- plate divided into three
hornv-looking teeth, the secondary plate on the left
mandible with three horn-coloured teeth, of which the middle one
is the smallest, this plate on the right mandible being slighter
with the teeth not horn-coloured- The spine-row consists of
eight or nine spines closely set, most of them broad. The molar
has a rounded crown fringed with teetn and traversed by
faintl\- -marked rows of denticles, haviu"- also on the outer side

72

some seta-like spines. The second and third joints of the
paip have numerous spines.

The first maxilUe iiavc on the apex of the outer plate eleven or
twelve spines, unequal but all slender, and on that of the inner
])late four plumose seta;.

The second maxilla have several plumose setje on the inner-
most plate^ all three plates having; the usual spine-armature, and
the outermost being articulated considerably above the middle
<Mie. Near the base of the appciKlag;e below the channelled outer
margin] is a very jironu'ncnt lobe, fringed with upward cuning"
setules. Such a lobe is often indicated rather than developed in
other genera. In the case of KxospliaeroDUi aiiiplifrons the
suggestion has already been offered that it represents an
exopod.

The maxillipeds are as in Exosphacroma. The plate of the
second joint is broad, the processes of the fourth, fifth, and sixth
are narrow, and the seventh joint is slender-

The first gnathopods have the fourth joint as long as the third
and broader, its inner margin carrying four denticulate spines, of
which the small triangular fifth joint has six, and the rather long
sixth joint has ten, besides two dozen smaller spines planted
well within the margin on the inner surface. Between the
margin of the finger and its adjacent spine there is a spinule,
as in ExosphaeroiHa and elsewhere, but here these three part.«i
lie in close proximity.

The second gnathopods have the third joinlt quite as long as
the second, and nmch longer than the fourth, which is even
shorter than the fifth. The latter has two or three spines on the
inner margin, and within it a close-set row of eight or nine stout
spines. The sixth joint is rather large, the upper part fringed
with seven stout spines. The tmguis is arranged as in the rest of
the limbs.

The first pcra:^oi)od has the second, third, and sixth joints sub-
equal, the sixth a little longer, and the fifth a little shorter thain
the second or third, the fourth being the shortest of all. The
third, fourth, and fifth are fringed on the inner margin with
brushes of seta?- The rather elongate finger is ftu-ry on its outer
margin. The fifth perasopod is more .slender than the first, and
has its second joint longest, the third, fourth, and fifth stibeciual,
the sixth not greatly shorter than the second, the finger fnrry as
in the first pair, btU. a little shorter.

The pleopods. The spines on the inner margin of the peduncle
of the first three pairs are three in number. The male appendage
of the second pair is more elongate than the rann', not acute a(t
the apex- 'J'he third and fourth pairs have the outer branch two-
jointed. The fourth and fifth pairs have both branches
branchial, but not pleated, and in the fifth pair the
squamiferous processes are scarcely in relief.
The uropods have the inner imarticulatcd branch adjacent to

73

4:he telson, the rounded end just projecting beyond the eniarg-iua-
,tion of' the segment ; the equally long outstanding outer branch
is apically acute and usually (though not in the specimen figured )
rather sickle-shaped at the end-

The colour (in formalin) long retains bright orange red trans-
verse bands, often interrupted in the middle, especially in the
pleon being limited to the extenlt of the transverse sutures.

Length, 19-5 mm. Breadth, 9.5 mm.

Locality : — Vasco de Gama Peak S. 75° E- 13^ miles, at a depth
•of 166 fathoms-

The specific name refers to the prominence of the epistome.

Gen- : Cymodoce, Leach.

1814. CyiiiodoiC, Leach. Edinb. Encycl, vol- 7, p- 433.

1815- Cyiiwdicc, Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc- London, vol. 11. p-
'368.

1816. Cyjiioilicc. Leach, Encycl. lirit.. Art. Annulosa, p- 427.

1818. Cymodocea, Leach, Dictionnaire des Sciences Xaturelles,
vol. 12, pp. 34 1 . 342.

1868- Cymodocea, Bate & Westwood, Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust-
acea^ pt. 20, vol. 2, p. 425.

1 89 1. Cyiiiodocnu Ives, P'oc. Acad. Philad., pp 188, 194.

1893. Cymodoce. Stebbing, History of Crustacea, p- 362.
Leach, not content with using three different forms of the name

-of this genus, in the Linnean Transactions misquotes the earliest

form of it as C\'modycc.

Cymodoce uncinata, n- sp.

Plate 14.

The head and peraeon have no very striking peculiarities, but
"rthe tip-tilted pleon is characteristic. In large specimens its sur-
face is rougher than that of the rest of the body, as if covered
with minute hexagonal crystals. Its first division extends
laterally beyond the side-plates of the seventh per?eon segment,
diaving the boundary line of its own first segment almost con-
cealed- Of the three followinp- centrally coalesced segments the
first is the broadest, and has the longest lateral margin, but docs
not overlap theothers ; thelasthastwo conspicuous submedian
teeth projecting over its hind margin- The telsonic segment
yrarriestwo large, somewhat carinate,submedi an bosses,beyond
Avhich it is depressed and narrows rapidly to the trifid apex, the
■centre piece of which is faintly trilobed and carries on its upper
surface a reverted lobe or tooth, forming the hook to which the
■specific name refers.

74

The eyes arc dark^ with luuncroua compouciils, ilic margin
turned towards the side of the head nearly straiglit, that
towards tlie middle of the head being angularly convex.

The antennae are normal^ the flagclhun of the fust pair com-
posed of eighteen joints_, that of the second stouter and a little
longer, with fourteen joints; in this pair tlie filth joint of the
peduncle is a little longer than the fourth-

The epistome is nuich broader than long, the apex pointed.
The upper lip is rather deep, with broadly rounded outer margin-
The mandibles have the characters usual in this genus, the
joints subequal. In the lirst maxillae eleven spines were counted
cutting edge undivided^ the palp slight, with its first and second
iin the outer plate, the inner having the usual four plumose setse.
In the plate of the maxillipeds the greatest l)rcadth is in the
iip]jer half.

The first gnathopods. like all the other limbs, ha,ve a spine out-
standing from the lower apex of the outer margin of the third
joint- Uwmg to the channelling of this joint its outer apex seems
to lose its apical position. The fourth joint has five stout and
more or less plumose spines on the inner margin, the triangular
iifth has four and the sixth has six.

The second gnathopods are considerably Knger than the firsts
and closely resemble the five pairs of perxopods, all having the
lif.Lli joint .^-imilar to the fiurth but .'^horter, both l^eing spinose
along the inner margin and on the cuter ape.x. 'fhc sixth joint
has spities a'ongthe inner margin. The b.lid linger is stout. The-
male organs on the seventh peiseon segment are elongate, taper-

'i he pleopods have only three hooked spines on inner apex of
peduncle. The male appendage of the second pair is much longer
than the rami. In the fourth and hfth pairs the .branchial ramus
is strongly plicated. The covering ramus in the fifth has a trans-
verse suture as in the third and fourth pairs-

The uropods are broad, somewhat hirsute, the iiKJvable outer
ramus having a little notch at the apex of its outer margin, which
is often obscured by the setulcs ; it reaches a little beyond the
inner ramus and the telson.

Length of specimen figured, in slightl} bent jxisititni, 12.5 mm.,
breadth, 6.5 mm-

Localities: — Table i'.ay. 21 fathoms- ('I'ii I'.ntYalo r>ay, 30
fathoms.

1'"aai.: Cvi'uoxiscio.vi:.

TiSSy- Cyproniscidac, Giard and I'.onnicr, 'fravanx de Wimeretix,

Hopyriens, p. 22 j-
.1893. Cyproniscidac, Stebbing, History of Crustacea, p. 397.
1900. Cyproniscidac. Uonnicr. Travau'x de Wimereux, vol- 8, p.

190.

Gen-: CvrkONiscus, Kossiuann,

1884. Cyproiiisciis, Kossnianu, Sitzungsbcrichte K- Akad. Wiss-

iierliu, Heft 22, p. 4O0.
1887. CypivnisciiSj Giard and Bonnier, Travaux d(j Wimereux,

ijopyrieus^ p. 220.
1893. Cyprojiiscus, btobbing^ History ot L rusiacea^ p- 397.
1898. Cypronisciis, Sars, Crustacea of Norwa}', v(j1- 2, p- 232.
1900. Cyproiiiscus, Bonnier^ Travaux de \\ in\ereux, vol. 8, p.

Sars gives the following delinition ui the genus: —
■ iJody of the adult female forming an inert curved sac wholly
hlled with ova or embryos^ and affixed to the host .by the aid of a
thin llexible cord; dorsal face convex and exhibiting distinct
traces of segmentation, ventral face llattcucd. lateral parts ex-
panded, anterior extremity broadly produced, posterior obtusely
rounded and incurved- IJody of inuuature female sub-pyriform,.
bluntly truncated in front, hind extremity narrowly exserted?
lateral parts not distinctly defined. Body of young female, imme-
diately after the transformation subfusiform, ver\' faintly seg-
mented, front part still enveloped by the larval skin, and deeply
immerged within the body of the host, being anchored by a pair
of long, fiexuous, root-like processes. Adult male exactly re-
sembling the female larva of last stage, being rather slender, and
without eyes; hind expansion of basal joint of antennule divided
mto a restricted number of teeth, coxal plates coarsely pectinate;,
outer ramus of uropoda much smaller than the inner- Parasitic
on Ostracoda-"

The single species for which the genus was founded, and on.
which the above definition is based, was originally described by
Sars in 1882 under the nanii ot Cryptotliiria cypridimiCy the
specimens havmg been found infesting Cxpn'diiM fiorvcgica,
Baird. So far as the material permits a decision, the new species
about to be described agrees accurately with the generic defini-
tion drawn up by Professor Sars, except in one particular. In
the new species the outer ramus of the iu-ii]wda is very little
smaller than the inner.

In the male and last larval stage of female the type species
shows the terminal segment with an undivided margin. In the
new species the margin is divided into teeth. This character is
found also in the larval ]\'irasite of Acs^a vciitrosa, .M. Sars, de-
scribed by G- O. Sars as " Cryptoniscid \o. 2 " in the Crustacea
of Norway, vol- 2, p. 246. pi. 100, fig. 3. Further, in Hansen's
Isopoden. Cumaceen und Stomatopoden der Plankton Expedi-
tion, 1895. it appears clearly in the larvie which lie designates
EntoniscHs «, Bovh'iis ,1, Hopyrus 7, Bopynis , . That such a
peculiarity should be common to the parasites of Ostracoda, of
Isopoda, and of one or more higher Malacosiracan grottps, is
woriliv of notice, as one more link connecting the numerous

76

species wliich in the ovig'crous female attain the most remarkable
•diversities of form- Professor Sars unites in the singfle family
•Cryptoniscidae parasites which MIM. Giard and IJonnier distri-
bute among- the Cryptoniscidae, Cyproniscidae. Podasconidae.
.and Cabiropsidae, according as they respectively infest Thyros-
traca, Ostracoda, Amphipoda, or Lsopoda. The latter
arrangement is confessedly provisional, and viewed in that
light it may be allowed to have the considerable merit of
•convenience.

Cypronjscus CKussoi'iioRi. Stebljing.

Plate 15B.

1901- Cyproiiiiscits crossopJiori, Stc])l)ing, Knowledge, vol. 24, p.

JOG.

An ovigcrous female^ somewhat long-er than broad and slightly
.unsymmetrical, shows no definite division into segmenlts- (if
lateral lobes the two or three in the centre are well defined, and
from these sutures run both dorsally and ventrally, but without
meeting in the middle either of the convex side or the flattened
opposite side- Both apices are broadly rounded. The flexible
-cord is attached high up on the convex surface.

In the last larval stage the animal is somewhat fusiform, with
fine strife across the back. The headis raihernarrowlyrounded
in front, widening- greatly to the strongly-produced subacute
jjostero-latcral angles, the under surface of the front showing a
reflexed median point. ( )f the seven segments of the peraeon the
first is completely ovcrlajjped by the angles of the head, the sixth
is the widest and slightly the longest; all have denticulate sides-
The six segments of the pleon are. together, about as long- as the
six preceding- segments, and taper gradually to the inserltion of
the uropods, behind which the telsonic part of the sixth segment
is triangular with somewhat sinuous sides and a rather rounded
apex, the whole margin being cut into fourteen teeth, or twelve,
if the uppermost i)oints are not included in the reckoning.

Eyes not ])erceived and probably absent, in accord with the
generic definition- I'irst antennae adjacent on underside of head ;
the basal expansion hand-like, showing on the inner side a short
thumb and towards the outer side four fingers, and besides these
two others not accurately in the same ])lane, one lying on the first
finger, the other projecting between it and the thumb. The
second joint is nearly as broad as long, and carries two short
branches, of which one at least is ti])ped with a long seta; the
small third joint carries a great tnfl of divergent hyaline fila-
mcnts-

Thc second antennae arc nmch longer, with a tapering peduncle
of four joints, of which the first is much the stoiVtest, tlie second
considerably the Utngost: the slender llagellum is about as long

//

as the last throe joints of the pechincle^ its own five joints succes-
sively shorter^ all these eight joints with a seta a-piece. the last
of them with two setae.

The lirst and second g^natliopods differ from the following-
limbs by having- the fifth joint more prolonged and more strong^ly
under-riding- the hand, which is plump and oval, affording a
slightly oblique palm for opposition to the short curved finger.
The five pairs of perccopo^ls have the wrist or fifth joint very
small, the sixth joint somewhat tapering, seemingly with a little
notch or spine near the middle of the opposable margin, though
these hmbs can scarcely be called subchelate. since the finger is
straight^ except at the extreme apex. In all the trunk limbs the
long second joint is attached to a pectinate coxal plate, which is
prominent in a ventral view of the animal-

Pleopods. The peduncle is short but broad, its outer part form-
ing a narrow apex, to which the outer ramus is attached ; its
inner margin, at least in the lirst pair, carries two apically bent
spines; the inner ramus is rather the broader, and has its distal
margin armed with five long plumose setse; the outer ramus has-
four such setas and a spine or simple seta on the outer angle-

The uropods have a peduncle as long- as broad, and as long as-
the inner ramus; the latter has a seta at the middle of its inner
margin and four setse on the apex ; the outer ramus, which i?-
rather shorter and narrower, has also four on the apex.

The ovigerous female, with eggs not far advanced, was 8 mm.
long by 7 mm- broad ; the larval form was 2.5 mm. in length, and
rather less than three times as long as broad. There were three
larvae in the same Ostracode with the developed female above
described, and wdth a well developed egg of the host, CrossopJiorus
africanus- In another female of the same Ostracode a single
larva of the parasite occurred.

CRUSTACEA ENTOMOSTRACA.

OSTRACODA.

Myodocopa.
Fam.: Cvi'Kidinidae

1896. Cypridinidac, Brady and Norman, Trans. Royal Dublin

Soc ser- 2, vol. 5. p. 638-
lyoo. Cypridinidac, Stebbing, Willey's Zoological Results, Part
'5, p. 662. , . , ,

Further references arc given in the last-mentioned work.

Gen-: Ckossopiiokus, Brady.

1S80. Crossophonis. Brad}-- Challenger Ostracoda, Rejjorts. vol-
I. p. 157.

i888. Crossophonia, Sars, Arch. Naturv., vol. 12, p. 182.
1896- Crossophon/s, Brady aiul Norman, Trans. R. Duljlin Soc-,
scr. 2, vol. 5, p. 643.

Shell porcellanous^ broadly rounded at hinder extremity;
antennal notch ovcrhimg by suljacute rostral processes. First
antennai uith second joint Ioniser than third and fourth com-
bined; fifth joint with sensory appentlag-e in both sexes- Second
antennae with three-jointed secondary ap|)enda,^e, its third joint
in the male falcate, clasping, in the female continuous with the
second joint and ending- in a long seta. Mandibles five-jointed,
with strongly bifid hairy masticatory process on first joint, and
small bisetous exopod on the second. First and second maxillae
about as in Cypridiua- Alaxillipeds six-lobed. the ])enultimate
division forming a large sub-triangular lamina continuous on the
inner margin with tlie small apical lobe. Apex of vermiform
appendage variable, the armoured spines on these limbs numer-
ous- Caudal laminae having stout ungues interspaced with
slender ones, the graduation in the length of the ungues being
also discontinuous, although continuous for those of similar
stoutness, except that the hindermost is shorter than the penulti-
mate.

In hisNeapolitan monograph Dr. (r. W.MiiUerdismissesthis
genus as insufficiently described (p. 174, 1894). But this was
before the revision of it by Brady and Norman had appeared.
Those authors had the oi)i)ortunity of examining a female speci-
men 7 mm. long, taken by the Porcupine Expedition
of 1869, in the Atlantic, west of Donegal Bay,
Ireland, lat. :=,^'- 11 X., long, n" 31' W., in which the
genus was originally founded was a malp, 84 mm. in
length, taken by tlie Challenger from a reputed dep'th of iioo
fathoms, bottom tcmjicrature 35°. 6 Fahr., a little to the East of
New Zealand, lat. 40' 28' S./long. ^y7° 43' E- That the two
specimens belong to the same genus cannot reasonably be
•doubted, and, notwithstanding the enormous interval between the
places of capture, Brady and Norman assign th»-m to the same
species, CrossopJionts iiiipcrafflr. That they are very nearly allied
may be readily allowed, but their specific identity is not so clear.
The Irish specimen appears to have the antennal notch more
widely open but considerably less deep than it is in the .shejl
from the Pacific Tn the figure of tlie latter it penetrates back
decidedly beyond tlie middle of the valves toward the dorsal
margin, while in the former it scarcely reaches the middle. Di's-
tally on its front margin the mandible has a row of 12 setae in the
Pacific specimen, but only 6 in that from the Atlantic. The fittle
apical lobe of the maxillipcds is well marked in the Pacific speci-
men,hut much lessdistinctintheother. Th*^vermif-rm appen-
dage of the male is described as almost exactly like that of
Cypridhia. whereas in the female " at the extremity one lip is in

79

the form of a l)hint tooth ; the other is divided into several (six?)
finger-like curved processes, which are ciliated on the edges."
In the caudal laminae the stout ungues are seven in number in
the female specimen, but in the male they seem to be certainly
less numerous, though here, unfortunately^ we have to judge no!t
from the spines themselves, but from the scars of their places of
insertion. The differences mentioned have led me to give the
Irish specimen a distinctive name. Crossophorus hnpcriaUs-

In discussing the large lamina in the maxillipeds of Cypridina,
G. W. Miiller sue2fe«;ts that it represents the coale-ceticeof two
joints, and t(^ tjiis view the apical lobe of the lamina in Crosso-
phorus lends probability-

Cross(3imtorus AFRiCAxrs, Stcbbing.
Plates 15A and 16.

I90I. CrosupJiunis nfricanuSy Stabbing, Knowledge, vol. 24, p.
100.

Shell smooth, not very hard, surface diversified by oily-looking
little circles; antcnnal notch not widely opened, reaching ito the
miuale of the valve, the subacute rostral process fineily ciliated on
its lower margin.

Of eyes, median ocellus, or frontal tentacle, I have not found
any trace^ nor is mention of them made under this genus by
Brady or by ]>rady and Norman- The first antennse have the first
joint long and broad, the second narrower and not quite so long,
but longer than all the remaining joints together, more than
twice as long as the third, which is obliquely articulated with the
much shorter fourth ; the fifth has an annulated sensory seta,
carrying on one side a double series of branchlets, followed after
a considerable interval by some very small ones at the distal end ;
on the two little terminal joints there are seven^ mostly very un-
equal, setae, three of them very long. Ih-ady and Norman in-
clude in their character of the genus antennules with second
joint only slightly longer than the third, but their figure shows
it considerably longer than the third and fourth joints combined-

Ihe second antennae have the swimming branch divided
between the long apically widened first joint and the eight follow-
ing joints, of which the first is considerably the longest, the first
seven each armed with one plumose seta attended by a short
spine, the terminal having seven such sdtse; the secondary
appendage in the female is straight, its middle joint the longest,
the third tapering-.

The mandibles haAO the strongly hirsute and sharply two-
pointed masticator}' process projecting from distal part of first
joint, with several spines adjoining on base of second, from inner
margin of which issue*; a long plumose seta, the outer margin

8o

carrying- about nine spines below the ape.\ and ai iIk- apL-.v the
small ponited exopod; the third joint is short, with two phimose
setce and three or four simple seta^ on tlie inner margin ; the
fourth joint is long, thickly set with spines along nnicli of the
outer and at the apex of the inner margin ; tiie short fifth joiji.t
carries two long ungues and some straight spines.

The first maxilUe have a rather broad inner plate surmounted
by numerous plumose spines or setie; within this is another plate
which carries a long plumose seta on the inner margin, then
narrows to a rounded apex set with nunierous spines ; close by
the side of it is another plate, hairy on the inner margin, and
distally carrying three setae; on the outer side is the longest and
bi-oadest part of the maxilla, carrying three slender spiites on a
projection of its outer margin near the base and a group at the
apex, with which is articulated a short terminal joint armed with.
several spines, some of them denticulate.

The second maxillae have at least a hundred plumosie setae
fringing the great vibratory lamina; close to the apex of this is
a small plate carrying two setae, then a two-jointed plate with
numerous slender spines, and to this succeeds a series of five lobes
variously armed, the first three having each a set of graduated
spines so closely placed that from one view the largest hides all
the rest ; on the lowest lobe there is a bunch of feathered spines.

The maxillipeds have on the lowest lobe three plumose setae,,
and several shorter plumose setae or spines on the apices of the
next three lobes; the large sub-triangular lamina has its convex
outer margin fringed with numerous spines and long plimiose
setae, of the latter the little apical lobe carrying thirteen, the six
nearer the notch considerably shorter than the distal seven.

The vermiform appendage has a head-like apex, wider than the
trunk, with a brush of terminally denticulate sjjines on each side;
the mouth is formed by a rather strong tooth over a denticulate
margin, confronting what ma}' be called the upper jaw. which
consists of a circlet of fine denticles; the annulated trunk is armed
far along with at least a hundred and fifty denticulate spines.

The caudal laminae have twenty-five ungues a-piece, more or
less conspicuously dentate ; the largest of all is on the apex, a
rather slighter one being planted close behind this a little on the
ventral margin; the apicaluntruis is luilowedby twomuchmore
slender ungues, then by two similar trios on a smaller scale, and
finally by a stout unguis heading a procession of fourteen small
graduated spines- In advance of the furca the margin is downy
for a space, and the strongly-bent part of the dorsum is trans-
versely corrugated, the narrowness of the numerous folds or
stripes producing an annulated appearance.

As already noticed the shell surface of the preserved
specimens does not present an uniform texture The opaque
ground is everywhere beset with glossy circles in great
numbers, of very different sizes, though none of them are-

large. Within the valves ot a dissected specimen there were
found in corresponding variety crystals, singly or in laminar
groups, examples of which are figured on plate 15 A.
Professor S. H. Vines, F.R.S., President of the Linnean
Society, having kindly undertaken to examine the shell and
some of the detached crystals, writes : —

' As far as I can make out, these sphaero- crystals are not
soluble in boiling water, but dissolve in acetic acid with
evolution of bubbles of gas which is no doubt carbon dioxide.

'* The examination of the piece of carapace seems to show
that, for some reason or other, the carbonate of lime has
crystallised out from the chitin. The crystals from the
inside of the carapace are, I am inclined to think, some of
the sphaero-crystals of carbonate of lime which have got free
from the carapace altogether.

" I think that this separation of the lime from the chitin
must be due to the action of the preservative in which the
animals have been kept, though I am unable to account for
it."

In the Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 16, part 4, April,
1902, Dr. G. S. Brady, F.R.S., says in regard to Cyclasterope
fascigcra, n. sp., "The antennal setae of this species are often
much encumbered, or even glued together by crystalline
calcareous concretions similar to those which I have already
described and figured as occurring in Philomcdes sculpta."
The latter species was described by Dr. Brady in the same
Transactions, vol. 14, part 8, December, 1898. Dr. Brady,
after discussing the nature of the concretions is disposed " to
look upon them as pathological products which have with-
drawn the lime otherwise available for shell-formation."

Mr. W. A. Cunnington, writing from Jena, states that in
his study of the common Cladoceran Siinoccphalus he happens
" to have noticed that the shed shell (or Ecdysis) is always
accompanied by a large number of minute crystals," and
asks, " might it be that the calcareous saks in the shell
are temporarily dissolved to facilitate ecdysis, and the
mineral matter is then thrown down in the presence of the
excess of water r "

That there is some connexion between the presence of the
detached crystals and the animal's preparation for changing
its coat, seems highly probable. But the Ostracoda must be
able to shed the carapace with great ease, and the adhesive
character of the crystals under discussion would be so incon-
venient to the living crustaceans that it will be satisfactory
if the observed conditions can be definitely attributed to the
action of the preservative fluid.

Size: — The largest specimen was 15-5 mm. long by 13 mm. in
height, or what may be called the breadth in a lateral view.
A1847 ' G

82

Anotner specimen measures 15 mm. by 11.25 '"^"- ^^^^^ smallest
specimen was 11-25 mm. by 875 mm.j, and in this there was a
young one measuring 2.4 mm. by 1.66 mm. ^VU the specimens
appeared to be females.

ihe young one just mentioned exhibited the various append-
ages in a forward condition of development^ with the exception
of the vermiform limb, the presence or absence of which was not
ascertained. The second antennae have a single simple se^a
attended by a spine on the apical joints and each of the preceding
joints similarly armed-The secondary appendage is indistinctly
jointed^ and has a long apical seta- The antennal notch is set far
back^ instead of being forward as in the adult ; the ventral
margins of the valves are wide apart, and dorsally the valves are
open anteriorly, showing bases of the two pairs
of antennae. A much less advanced embryo from the
largest specimen shows the same backward position of
the antennal notch, but the valves more nearly meeting in front.
By comparison of these two examples, it may be supposed that
the body at a certain stage develops more rapidly than the valves.

Locality: — Cape St. Blaize N. by E- 73 miles. Dep^th, 125
fathoms- Bottom, sand and shells- And, Cape St. Blaize N. by
E. 67 miles. Depth, 90-100 fathoms- Bottom, rough.

Professor Chun, in his account of the Valdivia expedition,
figures some giant Ostracoda from depths of the Atlantic and
Indian Oceans. Some of the specimens were taken off the East
African coast, but they do not agree in shape Avith the species
above described, and arc assigned to the family Halocypridae (see
Aus den Tiefen des Weltmeeres, p. 515, figures in text, I900).

83

ADDENDA ET CORRIGENDA IN "SOUTH AFRICAN

CRUSTACEA," PART L, 1900.

On p. 30 in the reference to " Linuparis, White, 1847/' the
generic name should be Linuparus- Attention was called to this
by Dr. Woodward in the Geological Magazine, vol. 7, p. 394,
where, however, the error is not traced back to its source in the
report on the Challenger INTacrura.

F. 7,7^- To the list of those who have used Asfacns as the
generic name of the lobster may be added Westwood, in the
PIntomologist's Text-book, p. loi, 1836.

P. 37- In the last line the epithet " perplexing" is quite in-
appropriate to the statement quoted from Huxley, and the
comment upon it with which the paragraph ends on p. 38 is quite
beside the T)urpose. The mistake arose from a confusion
of the eighth somite of the body with what is sometimes called
the eig-hth thoracic somite. As my friend Dr. W. T. Caiman
promptly pointed out. there is only an infinitetsimal difference
between Huxley's observation that the second maxilliped in the
lobster is without an arthrobranchia, and the explanation by Boas
that this arthrobranchia is reduced to a pimple-

P. 49- In the synonymy of AEgcon should have been included
a reference to Faxon's Stalk-eyed Crustacea of the Albatross,
Mem. Mus Comp. Zo()l Harvard, vol. 18, 1805. where an im-
portant footnote to p. 134 discusses that genus (with the changed
spelling AEgaeon), and expresses the opinion that Bate's Pauto-
caris is to be identified with it-

Pp- 54- 55- Some modificatione in the description of the first
maxillae and maxilHpeds of Paridotca unguhta are supplied in the
account now given of the family Idafeidac-

l^ 60- It should have been mentioned that the specimeu of
Sphi/rion laet'igatum was taken from a Gennjtfenis capens'tH,
locally known as the " King-Klipfish."

84
EXPLANATION OF PLATES. ' ^

2 he plates are niunbered consecutively to those o/ " SontJi
African Crustacea^' Part I.)

Plate 5.
Platvmaia tl'rj'.ynei. II. sp

A- ns. Dorsal view of a specimen, natural size. Fourth trunk-
limb missing on the right side, and two terminal joints of the
third limb on the left.

B. DC, a.s , a.i., pal. Underside of head of another speci-
men showing eyes, first and second antenn?o, epistome, and
part of palatal floor. INIagnified.

B. car- Carapace of second specimen in lateral view, left side
a little raised, natural size.

B. Pl. Sternal plastron and pleon of tlie second specimen,
natural size.

Plate 6.

SCYRAMATIIIA HERTWIGI, Doflcin.

Dorsal view of a male specimen, life size, without the right
cheliped and three following feet-

CV. Cephalon in ventral view, showing the two pairs of
antennae and one member of the third maxillipeds in situ, natural
size.

PI. Dorsal view of pleon, natural size.

a.s- First antenna-

m- Mandible.

mx. I, mx. 2. First and second maxillre.

mxp- \, 2, 3- First, second, and third maxillipeds.

Ch, Right cheliped, natural size-

The separate figures of first antenna and mouth organs are
magnified two diameters.

Plate 7.

Jasus tarkeri. n. sp.

Dorsal view of specimen, natural size, with second antennae
truncated not far alxn'e the peduncles.

8s

Plate 8.

Calliahassa rotundicaudata,, n- sp

n.s. Natural size of specimen, lateral view;
dorsal view of the same specimen magnified two diameters.

a.s., a.i- First antenna, with basal joint covered by the eye;
peduncle of the second antenna-

m. Mandible.

l.i. Lower lip,

mx. I, mx. 2. First and second maxillae-

mxp. I, 2, 3- First, second^ and third maxillipeds-

prp. 1-5. First to fifth perjeopods- The larger cheliped from
the right side of the specimen is on the left side of the plate, with
the outer surface shown. The smaller companion cheliped is on
the right side of the plate.

pip. A pleopod-

pip. r. Retinaculum of the pleopod greatly magnified,, with one
of the marginal setae-

T., urp. Telson and uropods attached to their segment.

The detached antennae and limbs of pergeon and pleon are all
magnified to the same scale. The month organs are magnified
to a scale double of the preceding-

PL ATE 9.
CiROLANA VENUSTICAUDA, n.sp.

n-s- Natural size of the specimen which is shown in dorsal
view.

T., urp. Dorsal view more highly magnified^ from another
specimen^ extending from sixth segment of peraeon to end of
telsonic segment and the uropods-

Pl. L. Lateral view of pleon.

a.s., ai. First and second antennae; distal joints of first more
highly magnified.

Is. Upper lip. with epistome and frontal lamina.

m. ]Mandible from the inner (upper) side ; with the cutting-
edge, accessory plate, and equivalent of molar, more highly
magnified.

mx i,mx.2,mxp. First and second maxilla? and maxilliped ;
with spines and setae of first maxilla more highly magnified.

gn. I, gn. 2- First and second gnathopods.

prp. 4. Fourth peraeopod-

The mouth organs are magnified to a higher scale than the
other appendages.

86

Plate lo.

Glyptidotea tjciitenstetnii (Krauss),

n-s. Line showing natural size (length) of specimen figured at
the top of the plate in dorsal view.

as., a.i- First and second antennae, M'ith flagellum of first more
highly magnified.

l.s. Upper lip, surmounted by the epistome.

g. Part of stomach, showing the cardiac folds above and the
ventral fold below-

m.m. Mandibles, viewed from the inner side: with cut-
ting plates, spine-row, and molar, more highly magnified.

mx. I., mx. 2. First and second maxilla^; with spines of
the first more highly magnified, as seen from the outer and
inner sides.

mxp. One of the niaxillipeds.

gn. I, gn. 2., prp. 5. First and second gnathopods and fifth
per?eopod. A grasping spine and one of the surface spines of
tnc first gnathopod more highlv magnified-

urp. One of the uropods.

Whole specimen enlarged two diameters ; antennae, limbs, and
uropod drawn under three-inch obfective, mouth organs under
two-inch, and more maq-nificd details under one-inch.

Plate i i .

ExOSPTT.\F.ROMA AMPLTFRONS, W. Sp.

n-s. Natural size of specimen, of which lateral view is given-

C. Head seen from front, with epistome flanked by basal
joint of first antennas and mandibles showing below.

PI. Dorsal view of pleon.

or. p. Oris partes, ventral view of mouth-parts in position.
flanked by lateral parts of head and first perceon-segment-

a.s., a.i. k'irst and second antenna^ ; the first seen from
outer side.

l.s. Upper lip, stu-mountc'd by epistome attached to part of
head.

1-i. Lower lip-

m-m- Mandibles from inner surface.
mx. I. I'lrst maxilla,
mxp. Maxillipeds.
gn. I. First gnathoped.
prp. 5- l-'ifth perseopod.

^1

Plate 12 a.

EXOSI'HAEKOMA VALIDUM, 11. sp.

a.s- Natural size of specinitu represented in the adjoining
figure^ nearly full dorsal view-

C. Pr. s. I. P>ont view of head and first peraoon segment.
The first antenna?, epistome, upper lip, and mandibles are
shown in situ.

a.s., a.i. First and second antenna ; the first seen from
inner side.

I.S., l.i- Upper lip and epistome in attachment to margin of
head, and lower lip.

mxp. Maxillipeds.

gn. I. First gnathopod.

Plate i2B.

EXOSPHAEROMA SETULOSUM^ n- Sp.

U.S. Length of specimen in partially bent posiition, as shown
in lateral view.

C Front view of head, with basal joint of first antennse in situ.

PI- Dorsal view of pleon.

a.s., a.i. First and second antennae ; the first seen from
inner side.

l.s- Upper lip and epistome.

ULxp- Maxillipeds.

Plate 13.

Farasphaeroma prominens, n. g- et sp.

n.s- Natural size of specimen in d(n-sal view at top uf plate.
a.s-^ a.i. First and second antennas,
ep., l.s. Epistome and upper lip.
mx. I, mx. 2- First and second maxillae.
mxp. JVlaxilliped-

gn. I, gn. 2. First and second gnathopods.
prp. I, 5. First and fif-th perseopods.
pip- 2, 5- Second and fifth pleopods.

The separate appendages magnified to the same scale, about
twelve and a half diameters.

Plate 14.

Cymodoce uncinata. n. sp.

n.s- Natural size of specimen in lateral view at top of plate.

PI. D- Dorsal view of pleou, magnified throe diameters.
PI. L, Lateral view of pleon, much more magnified,
a.s-^ a.i. First and second antennae-
ep-, l.s. Epistome and upper lip.
mx. I, mx- 2- First and second maxilla;.
mxp. Maxilliped.
gn. ] . First gnathopod-
prp. 5. Fifth perseopod.

pen- Male organs from seventh segment of per^eon.
pip. 2, 3, 5- Second, third, and fifth i)lcopods.
The separate appendages all drawn to the same scale, magni-
fied about twelve and a half diameters.

PLATK IjA.

Crossophorus africanus.

app. V, and c. 1. Hind portion of a specimen with eggs, in
lateral view, showing the vermiform appendage directed upward,
the caudal lamina pointing downward, and above this on the
right the two genital tubercles-

ov. I. Large egg, in lateral and dorsal vievv_, from small speci-
men.

a.i. Second antenna from the large &%%.

ov. 2. Egg from a large specimen which was infested with well-
developed female and larvae of Cyproniscus.

cr. Crystals forming flattened layers within llic valves of a
large ovigerous female; many of the crystals carrying setules and
plumose set£e evidently stripped from the',organs of the
Ostracode.

All the above are much magnified representations.

Plate 15B.
Cyproniscus crossophori-

n.s. Natural size of the larva, figured in dorsal view at the
middle of the plate, and also natural size of the developed female,
figured on the left hand below, much less highly magnified, with
a larva beside it to the same scale-

C.V- Cephalon of larva in ventral view.

a.s.^ ai. First and second antenna-.

gn. 2. Second gnathopod, in attachment to iits segment, with
ventral view of first segment and part of third-

prp. 5. Fifth perxopod. 1

pip. I. First pleopod- ■

T- tirp. Telsonic segment in dorsal view, with the uropods.

89

Plate i6.

Crossophorus africanus.

n.s. Natural size of a specimen, left side.

a.s., a.i. First and second antennae.

m- Mandible.

mx. T. mx- 2- First and second maxillae.

nixp. Maxilliped.

app. V. Vermiform appenda.^e.

c.l. Caudal lamina.

A1847 H

INDEX.

PAGE.

PAGE.

Acheritsia ,,

53

Cyproniscus

. 75

^geon

83

darwinii {Cyinodocea)

• 70

^gidx-

53

dehaanii (Porcellana)

. 28

afiicanus (Crossophorus), Plate

Diptychiis

3'. 32

15a, 16 ..

79

DiptycincE

• K

alata (Cttnomysis)

43

Dromia

. 18

amplifrons (Exosphaeroma), Plat<

Dromiacea

. iS

II . .

\ 64

Dromiidse

. '9

Anamatliia

. 5

Dumerilii [Acker m in)

. 53

aiigiilata (Goneplax)

. 15

Dnmerilii (Rocinela)

. 53

A/ihol'Us

12

Diivaucelii [EyicJithiis) . .

. 46

Anomala Brachyura)

18

Edotia

. t>o

Anomala (Isopoda)

48

edwardiii {Palimirus)

. 38

Anomala (Macrura)

27

elegans (LatreUlia)

• 24

Apseudes

48

Entoniostraca . .

• 77

Apseudidii.- ,, ..

48

Erichthus

. 46

arenarius [Cancer Mantis)

47

Eryonida;

• 35

armata (Squilla)

. 45

EryontidcE

. 35

artifuiosa [Droinia]

. 19

Exosphaeroma . .

. 64

artificiosiis (Conchcecetes)

. 20

fluviatilis (Cirolana)

• 52

Astacus ..

. 83

frontalis [Paiinurus]

. 38

allantica (Nephropsis)

. 34

Galathcidffi

. 29

ballhica (Idotea) .. 5

6,63

genuina (Brachyura) ..

2

baibata (Homola)

. 22

genuina (Isopoda)

• 49

hipKstitlaius [Platjonichtis]

13

genuina (Macrura)

. 3^

Brachyura anomala

. 18

Genypterus

. 83

Brachyura genuina

2

gigas (Exosphaeroma) , .

. 6q

Callianassa

. 41

Glyptidotea

. 5^

Callianassida- . .

. 41

Glyptuius

. 4«

Callichirus

. 41

Goneplacida:

• 15

capensis (Genypterus)

. 83

Goneplax

. «5

Catometopa

. 14

Go/iiusoina ,, ,,

9

cephalotes (Nerocila)

55

Goiiophix . . . , .

. 15

Charybdis

9

grossimanus (Apseudes) . ,

• '^l

Chiroitylidce

31

hertwigi (Scyramathia), Plate 6 ,

• /

Cirolana

. 49

hirtipes [Edotia)

. 60

Cirolanida-

. 49

hirtipes [Idotea)

. 60

Colidotea . . . . 5

6, 62

hirtipes (Synidotea)

. 60

co)uplauata (Athenisia) . .

• S3

Homola .. ,.

. 21

Conchcecetes . .

. »9

Homolidae

. 20

concolor (Uroptychus, var.)

. 32

Idotea.. .. .,

. 62

crossophori (Cyproniscus), Plate 15I

D 76

Idoteidae

• 55

Crossophorus . .

77

imperator (Crossophorus) .

78

cruciatus (Char3bdis)

• 9

imperialis (Crossophorus) .

• 79

cruciferu»2 (Goniosoma) ..

. 10

indica (Idotea) . .

. 62

Cryptotliiria

. 75

Isopoda anomala ,,

. 48

Ctenomysis

. 43

Isopoda genuina

. 49

Cyclometopa

. 8

Jasus . .

• 38

Cymodoce

. 73

King klip-tish ..

. 83

CymothoidK

. 54

lalandii ( jasus) .. .,

. 38

Cypridinida.'

77

lalandii {PiiinoslKs;

. 38

Cyproniscidre . .

74

lalandii [Palinurus]

. 38

gz

lanceolatuin (Exosphaeroma)

LatreilUa . .

Latreiflia ..

latreillii (Idotea)

Latreilliidae

Leucosiida;

l.eucosoidae

lichtensteinii (Glyptidotea), Plate

lichtensteinii [Idoha)

Linuparis

Linupaius .

Lophogaster

Lophogastridje .

Lupa . . .

Lysiericlithus .

Lysioerichthus .

Lysiosquilla

Macrura anomala

Macrura genuina

maculata (Lysiosquilla)

maculata {Squilla)

Maiidse

militaris (Munida)

Munida

Myodocopa

Nephropsidse

Nephropsis

Neptunus

Nerocila

nitidus [Dtptychus)

nitidus (Uroptychus)

nitidus var. concolor [Diptychus)

Ostracoda

Ovalipes

Oxyrrhyncha

Oxystomata

Piilinostus

Palinosytiis

Palinuridte

Palinurus

Paraspbaeroma

Paridotea

parkeri (Jasus) Plate 7

paidensis {Palinurus)

pennifera (Latreillia)

Pentacheles

Philyra

Plalymaia

PlatyJiiichui

pagk.

69

24
23
62

23
17
It)

57
57
83
38,83

43
43
II

46
46

46

27

33

46

46

2

30
29

77
II
35
II

55
32
32
32
77
12
2

16
38
38
37
37
70

56,83
39
38

24, 26
36
17

PAGl.

Polycheles

.. 35

Porcellana

.. j8

Porcellanidas . .

.. 27

Portunida;

.. 8

promioens (Parasphjeroma), Plate

»5 70

punctata (Philyra)

.. 17

punctatus [Phityonichus)

13. '4

Raninidae . . . . 2,

16, 27

rhomboides (Goneplan) . .

.. 16

Rocinela

.. 53

rotundicaudata (Callianassa), Plat

eS 41

sancti-pauli (Munida)

.. 30

sanguinolenta (Lupa)

II

Schizopoda

•. 43

sculpta (Cirolana)

.. 49

sc\i\p\.\is{Penticheles)

.. 36

sculptus (Polycheles)

.. 36

Scyra . .

.. 6

Scyramathia

•• 5

setulosum (Exosphaeroma), Plate

t2b68

sexdentatus (Cancer)

.. 10

Sphaesomidse . .

.. 64

Sphyrion

.. 83

spinifrons (Cancer)

•. 23

spinifrons (Homola)

.. 22

Squilla

.. 45

Squillidse . , . .

.. 44

Stereomastis

.. 36

Stomapoda

.. 44

Stomatopoda ..

■ • 44

streptocheles (Porcellana)

.. 28

sulcata (Cirolana)

•• 53

Synidotea . . . ,

56,59

Thelxiope

.. 22

trimaculatus (Anisopus) . ,

.. »3

trimaculat us (Ovalipes) ..

.. 13

turbynei (Platymaia), Plate 5

•• 3

typicus (Lophogaster)

.. 43

umbonata (Scyra)

.. 6

uncinata (Cymodoce), Plate 14

.. 73

ungulata (Paridotea)

.. 83

Uroptychidre . .

.. 31

Uroptychus

■• 32

valida (Latreillia)

.. 24

validum (Exosphaeroma), Plate I2a 67

venusticauda (Cirolana), Plate 9

.. 49

wyville-thomsoni (Platymaia)

•• 3

Xaiva .. .. ,,

12

[Published 7th October, 1902.]

Marine Investigations
South Africa.

Crustacea. Place V

de!. T R P.. StetlMD..

.JT.Remi.e Rcid.Liti.Edm^

PLATYMAIA TURBYNEl, n sp.

Marine Investigation:
South Africa.

Chustacea, Plate VI.

I mxp. ?.

mxp. 2.

Del T.R.R.Scebbin^.

J.T.H«nnie Heid.liib Edic'

SCYRAMATHIA HERTWKJI, Doflem.

Marine Investigatjon;
South Africa.

Crustacea, Plate YII.

DcLT R.R Stebbinj

JASUS PARKERI, n. sp.

J.T Racme Keia. Liti.Edii

Marine Investigations
South Africa.

■ R'o'STACEA Plate Vill.

P 3-

prp.i

D.l. T-R.K. StoibmJ.

J.7 P.fnmt! Reii Uti. Edax'

CALLIANASSA ROTUNDICAUDATA, n. sp.

Marine Investigations
South Africa.

Crustacea Plate IX.

, '^N^f

S^^wJn

\^

Pl.L

urp.

\

Del. T S.R.SKobiDfe.

J.T Renme £;id. LIul £dio'

CIROLANA VENUSTICAUDA, n. sp

Marine Investigations
South Africa.

Crustacea, Plate X

J.T.R.nnie Rsid. L;t>. ZiuK

GLYPTIDCTEA LICHTENSTEINri(Krau5s)

Urine Investigations
South Africa.

Crustacea. Piace XI

del.T.R. R Stabbing.

m.

J.T.Renme Beid.Lich. Edii

EXOSPH/EROMA AMPLIFRONS, n.sp.

Marine Investigations
South Africa.

Crustacea. Place

^V,

mxp.

del. T. H.R.StcVom^

J.T Rennie Read Lil-h. Edia

EXOSPH^ROMA
(A). VALlDUM.Ti.sp (B). SETULOSUM.ti.sd.

Marine Investigations
South Africa.

Crustacea, Plaice Xlll.

4el. T R.R Stebbi

J.I Rennife Reid, Lith. Edin*

PARASPH/^ROMA PROMINENS, n.^.etsp.

Marine Investigations
South Africa.

Crustacea. Plate XIV.

pen.

delT. R.R Subbing

0 T Eennio Keid Lith Edin

CYMODOCE UNCINATA, n. sp.

Marine Investigations
South Africa.

Crustacea Plate X7.

Bel.T R H.StebljmJ

J.TRenme Reid, Luh Earn'

CYPROHISCUS CROSSOPHORI, otshom^.

Marine Investigat.v,-.,.
South Africa.

•jsxACEA Plate K\"i.

.X

^FP-^'^- A-A-^^-

Btl. T K/a.Sccbbmj

CR05S0PH0RUS AFRICANUS, Stebbin^.

J.TRenaic Seid.Lit'o.Eain'

MULLUSGA UF SOUTE AFRICA,

BY

G. II SOWERBY, F.L.S.

Since the publication of my description of the remarkable
Ncptuiicopsis Gilchristi in " Marine Investigations/" 1898, several
smalj lots of mollusca have been sent to me., as the results of
more recent dredgings, for identification and description. A con-
siderable proportion of these belong to well known species, some
of which, however^ having now been taken for the first time alive,
art worthv of special notice, particularh- the / 'oliifilitlics abyssi-
cola, and the Ebitnia papillaris. In this paper, while making
mention of, and some notes on the known species, I am describing
six which I believe to be new to science — notably, a new Voluti-
iifhes, making the third recent species of the genus. Of this, un-
fortunately, only dead shells have as yet been procured, but,
having been dredged in deep water at a somewhat greater depth
than / '• abyssicola, it is quite probable that it may still exist in a
living state.

Ebtrxa papillaris. Sowerby (Plate II., fig 3). Tank. Cat- app.
22., Thes. Conch, vol- iii., p. 70, pi. 215, fig. 7,

One specimen only, procured by dredge at Algoa Bay. Lat.,
32*'5o'S. ; long., 25" 54' 30" E. Depth, 24 fms. Bottom, sand,
shells, and rock. ' : -»•

With regard to the shell, there is little to add to the original
description, but the markings are somewhat different, consisting
ot trausverselv oblong, not rounded, spots. The periostracum is
exceedingly thin and transparent, scarcely obscuring the pattern
of the shell. This may possibly not be always the case in tL'e
species, as the Eburn^e, like other Buccinoids, present consider-
able variation in the character and thickness of the periostracum
covering different shells of the same species; for instance, I have
before me an Ebitnia caiialiculafa with a thick, dark brown, scali-
rous coat entirely hiding the pattern of the shell, and another with
a light yellowish covering which is perfectly transparent, a light
veil which does not in the least mar the beauty of the pattern
bt neath. On the other hand. /:. ccylaiiica appears to have invari-
ably a very light covering.
A2144.

94

The specimen of lilnirna f^apiilar's has the body well distended,
revealing its form as in life. It is beautifnlly marbled Avith red
spots similar in form to those which adorn the shell. The foot is
broad and high, rtumdcd in front with a double margin, tapering
posteriorly, and terminating in a curious httle tail-like projection.
The head is small and flat ; tentacles rather short and tapering ;
eyes at the outer base of the tentacles on slight prominences ;
proboscis rather long and inflated ; siphon rather short and thin. •

Nassa eusulcata, n. sp. (Plate II. fig. S). Shell pale straw
colour tinged with light brown; spire rather long, sharply acumi-
nated ; whorls nine, the first two smooth and rounded, the rest
moderately convex, longitudinally ribbed and spirally grooved :
ribs rendered slightly nodulous by the intersecting sulci, and
narrower than the interstices: grooves rather deep (5 on the
penultimate, and about 16 on the last whorl), the one next to the
suture being broader and deeper than the others, dividing the
tops of the longitudinal ribs: suture slightly channelled. Tast
whorl rather more than half the entire length of the shell, slightly
inflated, contracted at the base. Aperture moderately wide,
narrowing posteriorly into a shallow canal; anterior canal short,
rather wide: columella covered with a rather thin proiccting
callus, roughly and irregularly ribbed within; outer lip slightly
crenulated; interior strongly lirate.

Length, 19; breadth, 10 millim.

Hab. : — Month of Tu?ela River N. by W., distant iS miles.

Depth. 46 fathoms. Bottom, mud.

This shell is allied to N- lizrscciis. Phil, which species varies
considerably in its proportions, &c., but the ribs are more distant,
and the spire seems to be invariably more sharply acuminated.

Xapsaria CKACir.is, n. sp. (Plate II. fig. 10). Shell whitish,
suffused with light brown, fusiform, spire acute, turrcted; whorls
10. the first 1^ rounded, smooth, the rest roundly convex, longi-
mdinally strongly ribbed and delicately striated, spirally lirate:
ribs rather thick and prominent, crossed by the spiral ridges of
''A'hich (in the penultimate and antepenultimate whorls) the two
middle ones arc the most prominent, and, being raised in crossing
the ribs, give a biangular character to the whorls: suture linear,
not channelled. Last whorl abotit half the total length of the
shell, roundly convex, constricted belov/ the middle, and terminat-
ing at the base in a slightly refiexed rostrum of moderate length,
and outside the aperture in a thick, broad varix- A]-)erture sub-
ovate, strongly lirate within: outer e(\Q;e sharp, very slightly re-
fiexed ; columella covered with a thin callus, which is raised in a
sharp ridge above the tmibilical region : canal moderately long
and reflcxcd. ^ . , -»^

Ltngth, 23; breadth, 12 millim. '-^

95

Hab, : — Tugela River mouth N. by W. 2, W., distant 15^ miles.
Depth, 40 fms. Bottom, mud.

Compared with A^ acuminata. Reeve (Triton) this shell is
smaller, narrower in proportion to its length, its longitudinal ribs
are more numerous, and the transverse lirae more detined and
distant.

LoTORiUM RAXELLOiDES, Reeve, Proc- Zool. Soc. 1844
(Tntonj, Conch. Icon. Triton (Tlate ill. fig. 10).

Hao. : — icoubburgn Ligni-uuiise,' iNaial in.W. by W., distant 8
miles. Depth, 92 tms. Bottom, sand and shells.

The shell is narrower, and the tubercles smaller and more
numerous than in Reeve's type. Similar specimens have been
received from Japan. Reeve gives — Island of Luzon, Philip-
pines, as the locality.

LoTORiUM XASSARiFOK.ME. u. sp- (^Platc 11. hg. /). Shell fusi-
form, rather soiid, yellowish w-hite, interruptedly banded with
brown, with a narrow white zone just below tne periphery. Spire
acuminate, acute, rather long; whorls /-^, apical ones reguiar^
the first minute, ihe third decussated with thm, rather distant,
longitudinal and spiral iirae ; the remaining whorls are rather
convex, closely nodulosly ribbed, spiially striatetl, and
furnished at irregular, distant intervals with rather prominent,
slightly reliexed, granular and tubercular varices, i^ast whori
about half the entire length of the shell, soni'.what intiated, con-
tracted below^ the periphery, and terminating in a somewhat
oblique, slightly recurved, rostrum- Aperture rather small, sub-
uvai, lip \\iiite, with the outer margin thm, slightly reliexed, and
spotted with brown; inner margin thickeii'^d, with seven
prominent tooth-like projections, the hinder one being the most
prominent ; coiumellar lip irregularly plicated, with a rather thin,
expanded callus, and a prominent tubercle neat the posterior
extremity : anterior canal slightly reflexed, with a narrow open-
ing, widening at the extremity. The entrance to the aperture of
the shell on the coiumellar side is decussated and coloured
between the decussating ridg-es with square brown spots.

Length, 35; breadth, iS millim.

Hab. .- — Scuttsburg Light-house, Xatal N.W. by W., distant 8
miles. Depth, 92 fms. Bottom, sand and shells.

This species, undoubtedly a Lotoriuw, has much the form of a
A assaria. Superficiahy, the shell has something in common w-ith
L. ranclloides, but it is manifestly distinct from that species, being
very much more closely tubercled, and having no posterior canal.

BuLLiA (BuccixAxops) AXXULATA, Lamk. (Plate IL fig. 4).
Two specimens procured in Algoa Bay. Jmi. ^i"^ 50 b., .ong.
25^54'3o" E. Depth, 24 fms. Bottom, sand, shells, and rock.

Ihe shells of this species are well known and abundant ot J^ori

96

Elizabeth, &c. The ligure of the animal represents the specimen
as received in formalin ; the length and slimness of the double
tail-like appendage at the posterior extremity of the foot being
remarkable, and very different from other species of the genus
that have been figured.

jMelapium LiNEATUM, Lamarck (Pyrula)=i?wcdwM;» biilbus,
Wood, Index Test. Supp- p. 12, pi. iv- fig. 8^=Melapiu)n btilbiis,
Auct. Dredged at Mossel Jiay, 11-19 tms. Bottom, hard, wiiii
clean grey sand.

Mr. Edgar A. Smith, in his interesting paper on the genus
Alelapium (Ann. and Mag- of Nat. Hist., Aiarch, 1889, p. 267J, has
pointed out that that figured as Pynila lincata by Kiener, followed
by Reeve and others, is not Lamarck's species, but a much larger
shell of very different character, which had been described by
Schubert and Wagner as Mclapiiiin datum. The true M . Uncatum
being identical with the small, compact, finely lined shell called
by W ood iSiicciniiiii bitlbiis. Air. v^mith places the genus between
Rapana and Coralliophila, though it differs from those genera in
having no operculum- ITe thus describes the animal : —

Foot oval, rather high, not truncate or bimarginate in front, in
length about one and a half times the width, pale beneath,
bordered all round above the margin with two bright red lines
about 2 millim. apart. Head small, compressed- Tentacles 5 or
6 millim. long, acutely tapering. Eyes minute at outer base of
the tentacles, on slight prominences. Penis compressed to to T2
millim. in length, obtuse at the end- Siphon shortish, mode-
rately acuminate- Branchiae in two plumes, the right large, the
left small. Odontophore most resembling that of Rapana buJbosa,
consisting of a tricuspid central tooth and a single acute curved
lateral. The central tooth is transversely elongate, and the cusps
arc nearly equal in size — short, acute, and approximated.

Latikls iMBUiCATUS, n. sp. (Plate II. fig. i )■ Shell fusiform,
lightish lirown, covered with a darker brown periostracum, which
consists of scaly, waved lamina. Spire rather long, acute ;
whorls 7-}, the first (apical) smooth, papillary, the rest slightly
angular in the middle, scarcely concave above, and armed with
stout, somewhat distant, tubercles at the angle, everywhere
closely spirally ridged; suture narrowdy channelled, irregular.
Last whorl armed with two rows of obtuse nodules, rather square
in the middle, and terminating in a broadish rostrum- Aperture
oblong, interior smooth, stained with purple ; columella rather
s'raight, smooth, without plaits; canal broad and open. The
outer lip in the type is thin and simple, but the s])ecimen is evi-
dently not fully developed.

Length, 44 ; widths 20 millim,

Hab. ;— Tiigela River mouth N. by W., distant 18 miles. Depth,
46 fms. Bottom, mud.

97

Like /-. jbiiorDiis, described by me in " Marine Shells of South
Africa,"' the shell exhibits no columella plaits. It differs from
that species in form, as well as in having two rows of tubercles on
the body whorl- The " imbricated " character from which I have
given this species its name consists chietly in its periostracum,
but here and there thin, shelly scales are also visible.

Tusus suLcoxTKACTL-s, n. sp. ( i'late 11- lig. 2)- Shell rather
elongately fusiform, pale yellow. Spire acutely turreted; whorls
9, angularly convex, spiral!}- closely lirate, keeled at the angle and
armed with narrow angular tubercles, passing into short, slightly
raised ribs above and below; suture closed, waved; last whorl
about two-thirds of the entire length of the shell, almost con-
cavely sloping to the angle, which is very prominent, the
tubercles becoming larger and more distant, and the ribs below
the angle more prominent, while those above are evanescent ;
rostrum moderately long and tapering- Aperture subovate : in-
terior white, smooth ; outer lip rather thin, with a slight callous
thickening, inflexed at the entrance to the anterior canal; colum-
ella nearly straight; canal straight, rather narrowly open.

Length, 40; width (at angle), 18 millim.

Hab. :— Cape Natal W. by N. | N., distant 1 1 miles. Depth, 200
fms. Bottom, sand and mnd. Procured by shrimp trawl.

vVn interesting shell, somewhat resembling an extremely
argular form of /'". rostraitis, Olivi. dlie curious contraction and
inliexioii of the lip at the entrance of the canal appears to be
charaetetistic ; although only having seen a single specimen, I
cannot be certain of this. It looks like a modification of the same
character that is seen in F. ciausicaiidatus hinds (a South Airican
species of which only t)ne specimen is known), where the in-
flexion of the lij) almost closes the canal and continues through-
out its length.

Ancilla oiiTUSA, Swainson, ]Monog. 2S2. Sowerby. Thes.
Conch, vol- iii. p- 62, pi. 211. figs. 15, 16 (shell). H- & A. Adams,
Genera, Plate xv. fig. 7 (animal). Three s]:)ecimens by dredge.
Algoa Bay. Lat., 33°5o' S-; long., 25°54'3o" E- Depth. 24 fms.
Bottom, sand, shells, and rock.

\ OLUTiLiTiiES APA'SsicoLA, Adauis and Keeve, Zool- Samarang
Moll. p. 25, pi. vii.;, fig. 6; Watson, Gastropoda of Challenger
Exped- p. 285, pi- XV., fig. I (shell); JNI. T- Woodward, Proc.
Malac. Soc- vol. iv. p. 121, pi- x. (anatomy).

Four specimens got in shrimp trawl. Lat-, 34''43'i5" S. ; long-,
i8°3o' E. Depth, 125 fathoms.

This interesting species was originally described from a '. e:v
young shell, which remained unique until fully gr(3wn specimens
were obtained in the \'oyage of the Challenger- It was at that
time the only known recent example of a genus w ell known and
pretty abundant among the Eocene and Miocene foisih oi

98

luirope and America. The shell of the recent species (,V. abyssi-
cola) differs so much from Swainson's type of the genus {V.
spirwsa, Lamk.) in its general form, cancellated structure, the
thickening of the outer lip, &c., that in a paper in " Trans- of
Wagner Free Institute;" vol- 3,, pp. 74, 75, Dr. Dall proposes to
remove it from the genus Volutilithes, and to place it with a groi'p
of fossil species which he separates under the name Volutocorbis,
taking for his type F. limopsis, Conrad. In the same paper he
describes and figures (Plate VI)- a new recent species of what he
considers a true Volutilithes, under the name V. PhiHppiana, Dall.
After comparing a number of fossil forms in the British Museum,
I haA^e come to the conclusion that there is not sufficient ground
for the separation, and that it is unnecessary. I think it better to
include under the common name Volutilithes all the fossil forms,
both the recent species and the third species hereafter described-

The late Mr- Martin F. Woodward, whose recent death we all
deplore as a great loss to science, as well as to all who had the
privilege of knowing him as a friend, thus describes the soft
parts : —

External characters — The head is slightly compressed dorso-
ventrally, and dixidcd anteriorly by a deep median cleft ; these two
anteriorly-placed head-lobes are intimately related to the opening
through which the introvert is protruded; at first sight they might
be thought to represent lips, but this is not the case, the true lips
being situated, with the mouth, at the extremity of the introvert-
Kach head-lobe is deeply grooved on its outer border, and the
inferior margins of these grooves meet ventrally behind the false
mouth in such a manner that these false lips form a V-shaped
thickening on the under side of the head. The itentacles are
stouty and related to the upper margins of the grooves in the
head-lobes. Behind each tentacle is a short but very stout eye-
stalk, bearing a prominent eye on its distal extremity. The foot
is very large, and probably capable of great expansion- There is
no operculum. The siphon is long and devoid of appendices.
The edge of the mantle is bordered by a single row of papilLx.

The pallial complex is in most respects like that of Voluia ancilla
or of Ncpluncopsis- The gill and dark-coloured osphradium
l)eing identical in structure, and the anal, genital, and excretory
orifices are similar in po.^ition. The only diti'erence, however, is a
striking one, and is due to the entire absence of the characteristic
hypobranchial gland, a structure present in the majority of the
Rhachiglossa-

The Alimentary Canal — The buccal mass and radula-sac form
a stout muscular mass, occupying the greater part of the intro-
vert- As in Volnta,- two pairs of pre-neural salivary glands are
present; one large, branched and whitish pair opens into the
oesophagus at its jtmction with the buccal mass, while the second
pair is tubular and yellowi.^]], and unites to form a fine duct,

99

which, as in Voluta^ opens into the floor of the buccal mass in
front of the odontophore.

The radula of Volutililhcs exhibits three teeth in each transverse
row. Of these rows there are about no, l)ut owing to the small
size of the teeth the radula is small and delicate. The central
tooth is tricuspid, the laterals unicuspid.

For further remarks upon this interesting niollusk see Proc.
Malac- Soc. vol- iv. pp. 122-124.

Conchologically, this genus is very closely related to I'olnta.
The tricuspid rhachidian tooth is similar to that of most of the
Voliitidac (as far as known), which, however, unlike this, have no
laterals. Having regard to this difference, and to certain differ-
ences in the anatomy, the propriety of retaining Vohiiilithcs as a
genus distinct from J''oIiifa is established, and Mr. Woodward
even suggests a doubt as to whether it may not be regarded as
representing a family apart from the VolufiJae-

\'oLi"TiLiTHES GiLCHRiSTi, n. sp. (Plate IT., fig. 5). Shell ob-
long ovate, yellowish white, surface cancellated; spire rather
shortly conical; whorls rather convex, longitudinally ribbed, and
spirally lirate, separated by a deeply channelled suture, above
which the top of the Avhorl projects in an acute crenulated ridge;
last whorl about two-thirds the entire length of the shell, convex,
and but slightly attenuated towards the base, with;a narrovvi^h
concave depression a little l^elow the sutural ridge; longitudinal
ribs about 16, elevated at ihc suture, and gradually becoming
obsolete towards the base; spiral lirre rather narrow, becoming
stouter towards the base. Aperture narrowly oblong; columella
covered with a thick callus; plicae 6, very small and faint, the
anterior one heino^ more proniinen*^! than the rest, oblique, ihin and
sharp; outer lip very thick, smooth and rounded, forming on the
exterior a broad, stout border to the whorl, as in tlie genus
MarciiiicUa.

Length 30; breadth 15 millim.

Hab. : — Cape Natal W. by N., distant 11 miles. Depth, 200 fms.

Plkurotoma Gilciiristi, n. sp. (Plate II. fig, 9). Shell elon-
gately fusiform, posterior longer than the anterior, whitish tinged,
and banded with pale yellow- Spire elongately turreted, slightly
convex at the sides, acute at the apex; whorls 12, apical ones
smooth, rounded, regular, the rest sloping, scarcely convex, with
a double keel above, beneath which is a deepish rut, and about
the middle of the whorl a stouter keel ornamented with rather
close-set. gem-like tubercles, the interstices between the keels
being ridged and grooved ; suture of the upper whorls trans-
versely plicate, and of the lower narrowly canaliculate. Last
whorl rather convex with the tubercles, becoming longitudinallv
narrower, and the keel bearing them less prominent, beneath
which there arc several -jcute keels and interveniuGf lirnc ; the

lOO

wliorl is also sculptured with numerous obliquely-curved longitu-
dinal plicie; rostrum oi moderate length. Aperture elongately
sub-oval; sinus rather deep, and not very wide; canal open,
moderately wide, and slightly curved.

Length,' 32; width, 11 millim.

Hab. :— Mouth of Tugela River N. by W., distant 1 8 miles. Depth,
S5 fms. Bottom, mud , .

This shell somewhat resembles P. gciiuiiata. Hinds, but it is
larger and somewhat different in detail. It also seems to have
affiViitv with tlie much larger Chinese species /'. Kirncri. Doumet.

PLKi'KOTo.NiA MAKMOK.viA, T.amarck, Anim. .'^. \ crt. \\\- p. 95.
Rccvo, Lonch. icon (Pleur.) fig. Ji . .'. war. inacuhila).

The shells resemble in colour and i)attern those which are
prcttv abundant in the China Sea, 1 'liili])pincs, &c-,, but the keel
is less prominent.

Hab- : — Same as last-

I iKKii i;i.i.\ I'l NCTICULATA, Sowcrby, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1870.
p. 253, .Marine Shells of South .\fnca (,IMate V. fig- 102).

Several small specimens obtained in large trawl in St. Francis
Bav. Lat , i,4"2' 45" S. ; long., 25° 10' P.. Depth, 30-34 fms-

SiLKiiA I'oi.ir.^. Wood (= 7'. Jupoiiica, Dunker).

Hab. :— Amatikulii River mouth N.W. by N., distant 10 mi'es.
Depth, 24 fms. Bottom, sand and shells.

This species is very widely distributed- The Japanese and Red
Sea shells can scarcely be distinguished, and though the South
. African specimens sent me not being Uilly develoiu'd, are smaller,
thcA- are m other respects similar.

Arca (i')Aur.Ai-i.\') i.ACTF.v YAK- cn'.T.A, Krauss (Plate IP ilg.
1 P). Sud Afric, .Moll- ]>. i6.

Hab. :— Durnford Point, Natal, N.K. by E., distant 9 miles.
Depth. IT, fins, 'dredeed . Bottom, sand and shells, bard ground.

Pi figuring this variuy, I intended to givt' it a si)ccific name,
relying ])rii;cii)allv upon ils obesity of form and its small
diam()n(k.slKi])ed ligameni. Pi)on comi)ariiig, lunvexer, a large
number of s])ecimens of -/ /(/(■/(■(/ -I'.ritisli. Mediterranean, and
South .\frican — 1 tind them to var\ so nuicli in the form of the
shell, as well as in the size and shai)e of the ligament, that I am
constrained to adopt Krauss' view that this form is nothing more
than a \arietv.

■:o:

Publi!-hed 25111 Septumlier, 1O02.

CAPE MOLLUSCA

Mar. Inv. S.A.

Pi. 11.

J-Gxeen. del.etlitK. MniternBros.imp.

t.LATlRUS IMBRICATUS -^ . BUCC I MANORS AN NULATA . 7. LOTORIUM NASSARIFORMIS.
2.FUSUS SUBCONTRACTUS. 5 . VOLUTl LITRES GILCHRISTI. 8.NASSA EUSULCATA.
3. EBURNA PAPILLARIS. S. ,. ABYSSICO LA .(RAD) 9. PLEUROTOMA GILCHRISTI -

lONASSARIA GRACILIS. II.ARCA LACTEA VA R .

SOUTH AFRICAN FISHES,

BY

J. D. F. GILCHRIST, M.A., B.Sc, Ph.D.,
Government Biologist to the Colony of the Cape of Good Hope.

The following' contribution to our knowledge of South
African fishes contains a description of three new genera and
four new species.

I h^ve to express my obligation to Air. G. A. Boulenger^
F.R.S., of the British Aluseum Nat. Hist.) for his ready
assistance and advice in the work.

The following is a list of the fish described : —

1. Choridactylodes natalensis, n.g. et n.sp.

2. Astronesthes boulengeri, n.sp.

3. Melanonosoma acutecaudatum, n.g. et n.sp.

4. Paraliparis australis, n.sp.

5. Paralichthodes algoensis, n.g. et n.sp.

6. Solea capensis, n.sp.

7. Branchiostoma capense, n.sp.

I. CHURIDACTYLODE.S, n.g.

Brianchiostegals si-x. Body, but not head compressed, a
groove in the occiput. Bones of head with osseous ridges ;
preorbital, preopercle and opercle with spines. A single
dorsal fin with more spines 14-15) than raj's (8-9); anal
uith 2 spines ; pectoral fins with three free rays inferiorly,
and with the upper ray prolonged into a hair-like filament ;
ventrals with one spine and five rays, articulate fin rays
branched, scales absent ; skinny appendages on the body.

This genus is most closely related to CJioridnctylus, Richard-
son, but differs from it in the number of spines, having one
more spine in the dorsal as a rule, but distinctively in the
possession of the hair-like prolongation of the upper ray of the
pectoral.

J02

CHORIDACTYLODES NATALENSIS, n.sp
(Plate V.)

Br. 6, D. XlV-XY + 8-9, A. II, g, V. 1 + 5, P. 8 + 111

Length of head 4^, pectoral 4^, caudal 5, height of body 3i
in length of body.

Diameter of eyes ;},}. in length of head, a little less than
interorbital space and i;^ in distance from end of snout.
Interorbital space deeply concave with two ridges, one at
each side,- forming a lenticular hollow over each eye ; a single
transverse ridge separates the interocular space from the deep
occipital groove.

Four faint ridges cross the occipital groove, two at each
side, and these are continued backwards on the humeral
region in the form of blunt spines, enclosing a triangular
space with a pit-like depression in its centre. Another blunt
spine occurs on the humeral region, just above the pectoral.
Preorbital has a sharp spine, which in most specimens stands
out from the head almost at right angles to it. Its length is
about equal the diameter of the eye and it has at its base a
smaller spine projecting forward. A ridge of blunt spines
runs from the base of the larger spine to the spine (ij
diameter of eye^ of the preoperculum from whence another
ridge, with four blunt spines passes obliquely forward and
downwards to the angle of the mouth ; the operculum has
three blunt spines. There is a tasselated tentacle over the
centre of the eye and two on each jaw, the anterior being
the larger.

Teeth villiform, in jaws not on vomer or palatine. The
dorsal fin has, with one exception out of six examples, 14
spines and 8 rays. In the exception, there are 15 spines and
7 rays. The pectoral (8 + iii; is rounded and emarginate,
having three free rays at its base and a long hair-like pro-
longation of the first ray reaching to the end of the spinous
dorsal. Ventrals attached to body from f of their length,
black. Anal, black, with white tips to rays, except last
four.

The colour varies very much from an almost uniform dark
brown to brown and white as shown in the figures. The
white band across the caudal is, however, always present.
The only parts showing a different colour are the free rays of
the pectoral, which are yellowish.

Fleshy filaments on dorsal and pectoral fins and on the
body which also has a row of long fleshy filaments (about 9)
iilong the region of the lateral line.

I03

The fish were only found on two occasions, viz. — two on
2.5th March, 1901, 2i miles off the Umhlanga River mouth in
22-20 fathoms of water with a bottom of hne sand, and five
on the same day and near the same place (Cape Natal Light
House bearing S.W. I W. (mag , distant 8 miles) ; depth, 22
fathoms, bottom, fine sand. On both occasions the shrimp
trawl net was used and was over in the one case for 2 hours and
in the other 40 minutes. In none of the other numerous hauls
on the Natal or Cape Colony Coasts were specimens found.

ASTRONESTHES BOULENGERI, n.sp.
(Plate VI.)

Br. 18, D. 16, A. 15, V. 7, P. 8.

Length of head nearly 5 times in length of body without
caudal, its depth nearly 8 times. Depth of body a little more
than depth of head. Barbel at least half the length of the
head, but probably longer, as it has apparently been damaged.
The opercular apparatus is incompletely developed. Near its
upper angle a part ot the margin is produced backwards as a
small lobe.

The dentition is well developed. There are two large
curved canines, which, when the mouth is closed, project
beyond the margin of the median line of the head. Inside of
these towards the symphysis of the jaw is a smaller canine,
that of the upper jaw being somewhat larger than that of the
lower. At the symphysis there is both in the upper and
lower jaws a small bony projection of a triangular shape.
Extending backwards from the large canines along the pre-
maxillary and dentary are rows of unequal, very sharp teeth,
three in the former, five in the latter. There is a small tooth,
scarcely projectingbeyond the skin, outside and a little behind
the upper large canines, and two small teeth almost on the
outer side of the dentary and near the middle of its length.
The maxillary is beset with fine unequal and closely set
serrations along the distal half of its lower margin. On each

?alatine is a row of five teeth, small and widely set apart.,
here are no teeth on the tongue.

The first dorsal is long, originating a little behind the
vertical from the ventral and ending slightly in front
of the vertical from the origin of the anal. As this
and all other fins have been damaged, the length of the
rays cannot be determined with certainty. The ventrals are
placed near the middle of the body, but a little nearer the
head than the root of the caudal. The pectorals are situated

104

close behind the gill opening'. The anal fin commences close
behind the anus and under the posterior extremity of the
dorsal, ending immediately in front of the supra-caudal
luminous gland. There is a small pit in front of the anus.
A dorsal adipose fin occurs about half-way between the end
ot the dorsal and the beginning of the caudal. Its base is
about ^ the vertical diameter of the eye, and its free portion
reaches to the supra-caudal gland. A ventral adipose fin, very
similar to the dorsal though smaller, is also present. The base
of attachment is ver}^ slightly longer, the free portion, however,
being markedly shorter. Both are coloured similarly, being
dark brown at the base with brown dots towards the margin.
Phosphorescent organs : These may be divided into three
categories, ist, minute pearl-shaped spots scarcely visible to
the naked eye. These are scattered like a cloud of specks
over the bod}^ and head, showing- no regular arrangement,
except on the ventral median line, where there are two rows
running along the whole length of the body, interrupted only
by the luminous glands at each side of the anal fin and by
the sub-caudal luminous glands. The)'- also form a ring
around the lower half of the orbit and a line inside the margin
of the mandible and part of the opercular edge. 2nd, larger
pearl-shaped spots quite visible to the naked eye and arranged
in rows chiefly along the ventral surface of the body. Their
distribution is as follows : 20 alternating- with the bases of
the 18 branchial rays, 21 between the isthmus and the ventral
fin, forming a line bent outwards towards the pectorals at the
7th and inwards at the i8th, where anotlier double series
begins, passes backwards between the ventrals and proceeds
in 2 almost parallel rows towards the tail, ending in front of
sub-caudal gland. They are not interrupted like the line of
smaller spots by the glands at either side of the anal fin, but
pass on the outer side, though very close to them. The
spots in this line number 35. l^xternal to this, and
almost on the side of the body, are two more prominent lines
of spots running in an almost straight line from about the
middle of the opercular opening backwards as far as the 3rd
ray of the caudal and numbering ;^-, in all. At the anterior
end of this series there is a single spot on the operculum at
the base of the small lobe already mentioned. The only other
luminous spot on the head region is one situated immediately
under the eye. It appears as a small protuberance of the
<lark skin, which, however, when drawn up is found to cover,
like an eyelid, a pearl-shaped organ similar to the others.
live openings, probably glandular, occur along the inferior
margin of the lower jaw, devoid of the pearl-shaped organ.
3rd, glandular organs, probably luminous in function. When
the fish was taken, these appeared as gelatinous pinkish

I05

patches, now (in spirit) white and of a spongy-looking tex-
ture. They are slightly elevated above the surrounding
surface of the skin, which can, however, be readily traced
passing over them. Their distribution is as follows : One
above the caudal region between the dorsal adipose fin and
the tail and another in front of this, between the adipose fin
and the posterior end of the dorsal, one, slightly divided into
two by a median line, on the sub-caudal region between the
anal fin and the tail, and two on each side of the anal fin.
Three much smaller roughly circular patches occur on the
side of the body between the ventrals and anal, about ^ the
diameter of the eye. Two smaller streaks, apparently of the
same kind of tissue, occur on the ventral surface behind the
ventrals; they are not symmetrically placed, the right being
nearer to the ventral fin than the left by about its own length.

The loose scaleless skin is very dark brown, almost black,
tinged with a loronzy lustre on the postorbital region of the
head.

Only one specimen of this fish was obtained. Locality,
Cape Point Light-house bearing S. 83° E. (mag , distant
i^^ miles, depth, 360 fathoms. Procured by shrimp trawl.

A much-damaged fish, however, was obtained, 60 mm. in
length by shrimp trawl on the East Coast (Buffalo River
N.W. by W., distant 21 miles) ; depth, 490 fathoms, bottom,
sand. The dentition and shreds of dark skin seem to indicate
that it belongs to the same species. The barbel, which is
undamaged in this fish is long, reaching well beyond the
posterior extremity of the lower jaw and has a flattened
terminal portion. The dorsal has apparently 14 rays
however.

Measurements of first specimen.

Length of body (without caudal) 213 mm.

Depth ,, „ 35 „

Length of head 45 ,,

Depth „ „ 32 „

Vertical diameter of eye 10 ,,

Length of barbel 20 (-f r) ,,

io6
MELANONOSOMA, n.g.

Head quadrilateral, body compressed, especially towards
caudal region, which terminates in a long tapering tail.
Mouth wide, anterior and lateral. Both jaws with narrow
bands of villiform teeth ; teeth on vomer and palatines. No
barbel. One long undivided dorsal fin commencing over the
pectorals and ending a short distance in front of the caudal
rays. One anal, commencing about the middle of the body,
similar to the dorsal, not confluent with caudal rays, though
separated from them by a short space. Pectorals and
ventrals narrow, in the same vertical line. No pseudo-
branchiae.

Very near to the genus Mclanoiiits Giinther, but has not
the anterior division of the dorsal described by him. The
" posterior division " of the dorsal and anal are present as in
his description of Melanonus, but as these are here regarded
as part of the caudal the present genus is described as having
one dorsal and one anal.

MELANONOSOMA ACUTECAUDATUM, n.sp.

Br. 7. D. 66. A. 49. V. 5.

Length of head nearly 6| in length of body. Depth of
head and body nearly equal, contained -jh times in length of
body. Diameter of eye 4 times in length of head. The dorsal
commences at a point in the vertical from the pectoral and
ventral, and consists of feeble rays bound together by a very
delicate membrane, the longest occurs in the anterior part,
and is a little more than half the length of the head. The
anal commences immediately behind the anus and under the
2 1 St ray of the dorsal. It is similar to the dorsal though
more delicate, and its longest rays are only about half the
length of those of the dorsal. The posterior rays of both
dorsal and anal overlap the small caudal rays, reaching to
about the 3rd or 4th when laid along the body. There are
about 50 rays in the caudal, four of the posterior median are
prolonged, being longer than the longest dorsal by about a \
of its length. The caudal region bears a very close resem-
-blance to that of Melanonus. A series of 5 scales between
the dorsal and lateral line and 9 between lateral line and
ventral median line. A large mucous pore immediately
above the eye and many smaller ones scattered over the

I07

upper surface ot the head ; about 5 large pores under the
orbit, three under the mandible. The colour of the fish is an
uniform dark brown.

It was procured by shrimp trawl off the Cape Peninsula (Cape
Point Light-house bearing S. 83" JK- rnag.) distant 35i- miles ;
depth, 360 fathoms, bottom, black specks. Only one
specimen has as yet been got.

Measurements of specimen.

Head, length 16 mm. Longest ray of dorsal 9 mm.

„ depth II „ „ „ „ caudal 12 „

Body, length 85 „ „ „ „ anal 5 „

„ depth II „ Eye 4 „

PARALIPARIS AUSTRALLS. n.sp.
• (Plate VILj
D. 48. A. 43. i'. 14 + 3- C. 9.

Height of body contained ^^ times in length without
caudal. I^ength of head over 4 times. Snout broad, trun-
cated, longer than diameter of eye, which is 3I in length of
head. Interocular space is greater than postorbital portion
of head and is 2| times the diameter of the eye. No rays in
space separating the two portions of the pectoral. Nostril
immediately in front of eye, about 6 mucous pores in a line
along the side of upper jaw and under eye. Two occur at
symphysis of lower jaw, close together, having one external
opening. A row of 5 extending along lower jaw and
opercular region to the narrow gill opening ; the last
opposite the gill opening, is much smaller than the others.
Teeth of upper and lower jaws in closely set pavemented band.
The origin of the dorsal is behind the base of the pectoral,,
and that of the anal below the 6th ray of dorsal. Length of
middle caudal ray 75 in length of body, the dorsal overlaps
the caudal more than the anal and to about | of the length of
the caudal. No trace of a ventral fin. The vent as seen in
the smaller and uninjured specimen is far forward, just behind
a line between the pectorals.

Skin is very loose and scaleless. The larger specimen
appears to be colourless, with the exception of the eye and
visceral mass, which are black. Examined with a low power,
however, the loose skin and body under it are seen to be
speckled with minute black dots. In the smaller these are
distinctly visible to the naked eye as a somewhat dark colour-
ing, most marked along the whole dorsal region.

io8

The specimen appears to represent a new species, as it
•differs in fin formula and has no trace of rudimentary rays
between the division of the pectoral. In view of the com-
paratively small size '50 mm. as against 200 of the mature
specimen secured and described by Collet, and the 7.V inches
of that described by Giinther, it might be considered an
immature form of 7-*. bailiybius. It has, however, the ovaries
well developed, with large eggs, which are apparently ripe,
being about i mm. in diameter. The mouth of one of the
specimens was filled with crushed schizopods, a fact probably
indicating a pelagic habit.

The number of known species of the section of the Disco-
boli without ventral disc the genus Paraliparis in the wider
sense) is limited. P. hathybiiis has been obtained near Bear
Island in 658 fathoms, and by the " Knight Errant " at
Station 8, 1882, in 640 fathoms; P. laparinus has been
obtained by the '" Fish Hawk " at several stations near ^(f
N. lat., yo"' W. long., at depths between 300 and 600 fathoms.
P. copei at about the same locality and depth, and P. mtni-
hranaccus (one specimen) by " Challenger " off Cape St.
Vincent from 40 fathoms The occurrence of a representative at
the Cape of Lxood Hope considerably widens the distribution
of this interesting group of fishes. The two specimens were
obtained by shrimp trawl, 40 miles W. by N. of Table
Mountain at a depth of about 300 fathoms. The larger had
the abdominal cavity considerably injured ; the smaller was
little injured.

PARALICHTHODES, n.g.

Dorsal fin commences before eye on the snout, anterior
rays branched and separate. Eyes on the right side. Teeth
very small and in several rows. No teeth on vomer or pala-
tines. Lateral line curved strongly. Scales not ciliated.
Strong anal spine. Ventrals unsymmetrical, right in front of
left and in the median line.

Nearest to Paraliclilhys ((xirard in U.S. Pacif R.R, Exped.
Fishes, p. 146.)

PARALICHTHODES ALGOENSIS, n.sp.

I^late VIII.)

D. 72. A. ,52. V. 6. L. I. 1 18 + 8.

Body moderately elongate, its height contained in its length
^without caudal) over il times, head a little over 4J times.
Breadth of tail 25 same as in head. Eyes on the right side, lower

I09

very slightly in advance of upper. Teeth small and in 3 niore
or less distinct series in upper and lower jaw. l.ower jaw
projects beyond upper by about ^ the vertical diameter of the
eye. Maxillary of left side more exposed than that of the
right ; the latter extends backwards beyond the centre of the
lower eye. Longitudinal diameter of eye greater than vertical
diameter and a little less than twice the interocular space.
The dorsal fin originates on the snout nearer to its anterior
extremity than to the eye, the first ray is inserted a little to
the left of the median line, and is entirely separate from the
second. It is divided into 6 branches. The second and third
are slightly joined at the base, but are still to the left of the
median line. The fourth and subsequent rays are in the
median line and the branchings of the rays gradually beconie
fewer till near the middle of the body they are simple, again
showing a dichotomous division towards the posterior end.
Longest ray of dorsal equal to that of anal and contained zf^
in length of head. Anal ends near caudal, but separate from
it. The right pectoral is longer than the left and about i^ in
length of head. The right ventral is slightly longer than the
left, the former being on the median line and nearer the head,
the distance between tlie origin of anterior rays of each being
equal to \ the horizontal diameter of the eye. The caudal is
rounded and covered with scales to near its posterior margin.
There are about 118 scales in the lateral line of the body and
8 on the caudal.

The colour of the specimen is now (in spirit), on the right
side, an uniform dark brown with small spots of darker
colour on head and anterior region of body. The left side is
colourless.

No example of this fish has been found in the numerous
trawlings of the Government steamer, and none have been
got from fishermen. The single specimen was found in the
Museum at Port Elizabeth, the Curator of which kindly
handed it over for description. He informed me that it was
found in Algoa Bay.

Measurements of the specimen.

Length of body (excl. tail) 345 mm. Interocular width 85 mm.

„ „ ,, (incl. „)4io „ Length of riglit pectoral 48

Depth of body 134 ,

Breadth of tail 30 ,

Length of head 80 ,

Diameter of eye (horizontal) 15 ,

„ ,, „ (vertical) 11 ,

„ „ left ;,

Longest ray of dorsal

30
30

,, ,, ,, anal
Left ventral

30

24

Right ventral

26

I lO

SOLE A (PEGUSA) CAPENS[S, n.sp.

(Plate IK.)

D. 79-87, A. 63-68, L. I. 1 1 3- 1 15.

Eyes on the right side, upper in advance of lower by about
f its breadth. Snout hooked, mouth unsymmetrical, extend-
ing' nearly to below centre of lower eye. Teeth minute, on the
blind side only. Gill openings moderately wide, with fringe
of papillae along edge. Head, snout, lips and extremity of
nostril of blind side covered with papillae. Nostril of blind
side dilated and surrounded by space destitute of papillae.
Depth of the body is contained nearly 2^ in total length
(without caudal), length of head 5^. Longitudinal diameter
of the eye is contained 5 times in length of head and is about
twice the breadth of the interorbital space. The dorsal fin
commences well forward on the snout at a point on a level
with the centre of the upper eye. The number of rays vary in
the different specimens from 79 to 87. The longest of these
occurs about the centre and is contained 2^ in the length of
the head. The posterior extremity of the dorsal is close to-
the caudal, but distinct from it. The anal fin commences
immediately behind the ventral, and runs backwards, ending
close to the caudal as in the case of the dorsal. It contains
from 63 to 68 rays. The right pectoral is contained 2^ times
in the length of the head, being slightly longer than the left.
It is covered with scales to ^ of its length. The caudal is
obtusely rounded and is contained 9^ times in the length of
the body. The breadth of the tail, between the extremity of
the vertical fins, is about h the length of the head.

Scales strongly etenoid on the right side, cycloid on the
left. Lateral line straight with 113-115 scales.

Colour in fresh state, brown, with shades of green, and
dark brown and greenish blotches of irregular size and shape,
sometimes assuming the form of rings with a brown spot in
the centre. These are smaller, more closely set and irregular
in shape on the caudal dorsal and anal fins and on the head.
The pectoral fin is coloured in a similar manner to about |^ its
length, the distal portion being dark brown and the tips of
the rays yellowish white. The iris is of a sandy yellow
colour, with black dots, except in its inner margin, where it is
of a golden yellow colour. The blind side is colourless,,
except the papillae, which are ochreous yellow, occasional
patches of the same colour appearing on the left side of the
unpaired fins, especially the caudal. On these fins also dark.
.streaks appear between the rays. The left pectoral is of a
pinkish colour at the base and light brown, sometimes black,.
on the distal half. In one specimen however this fin was
entirely devoid of colour.

1 1 1

This sole is apparently confined almost exclusively to
fairly shallow water. Specimens were procured from Fish
Hoek and Muizenberg (in False Bay) by seine net. No
specimen has been procured in the frequent trawling opera-
tions of the Government vessel in this locality, nor to my
knowledge in the subsequent trawling operations of other
vessels. One specimen only has been procured by the
Government steamer, 4^ miles oflf Cape St. Blaize, in 30
fathoms (mud). It was in a much poorer condition than
those caught in the shallow waters of False Bay. Two
specimens, said to have been found in Algoa Bay, were
procured from the Port Flizabeth Museum.

Length, 338 mm. (including caudal).

BRANCHIOSTOMA CAPENSE, n.sp.
(Plate X.)

Myotomes 47 + 19 + 9. Length 30 to 48 mm. Dorsal fin
low, rays commencing over first myotome, attains its greatest
height a little in front of the vertical from the anus and in
several specimens shows the characteristic lancet shape of
B. laficeolattun, but in others this is not so marked ; about the
middle of the body its height is 7^ in that of body. The
anal fin is somewhat deeper than the dorsal and extends from
the posterior extremity of the body to the atrial opening, the
border being uninterrupted with no trace of the lancet-shaped
outline as in the dorsal ; it is not continuous with either of
the metapleural folds and has fin rays at its base. The oral
cirri are 36 in all ; the basal pieces forming a ring which is
interrupted at the upper part where the last segment on each
side bears four very small cirri ; the anterior part of the ring
falls under the second myotome. The cirri are connected by
a low membrane to about -I of their length. The dorsa) fin
after passing over the anterior extremity runs along the
ventral side into the right buccal fold, the origin of the left
buccal fold being thus not in the median line, but on the left
side.

There appears to be no pigmented spot or " eye " in front
of the nerve chord, but there is a series of very distinct black
spots running along the top of the chord, beginning from
about the 3rd segment and extending to near the posterior
end. This line of spots appears broken up roughly into
groups, there being a tendency to aggregate at each muscular
segment.

In a specimen examined by staining and mounting in
balsam there were 30 gonads on the left side, the first in the
18th segment, the last in the 47th. A similar number was
found on the right side.

I 12

The species seem to occur on the South and East Coasts
having been found at the following places : —

Locality.

Depth
in fms.

23

Nature of
bottom.

Rock with many

No. i
procured.

Size in mm.

False Bay (Rockland Pt.

I

39

N.W. i N., 2imile«-.)

sponges.

False Bay (Roman Rock,

18

Sand and shells.

3

42,42andbroken

N.W. ^N., i mile )

specimen.

False Bay (Bakkoven

22

Broken shells.

2

42 and 26.

Rock, W.iN.,^' mile.)

False Bay (Paulsberg,
W.N.W., I mile.)

24

Sand and shells.

I

48.

Mossel Bay (Cape St.
Blaze, N., i mile.)

19

Fine sand.

4

35. 27, 39 and
broken speci-
men.

Al-,'oa Bay (Lat. 33°, 52',
30" S., Long. 25°, 50',
33" E.)

25

Fine sand.

2

38 and 39.

Algoa Bay (Lat. 34°, 2'

29

Fine sand.

3

39, 47 and broken

S., Long. 25". 45', 30"
E.)

specimen.

The majority of the specimens secured were unfortunately
so damaged in the dredge that a careful comparison of the
number of segments in all was found impossible. It is
probable, however, that .subsequent dredgings will produce
them in abundance now that their habitat is known.

They have not yet been found in the colder waters
of the West coast. In addition to these specimens procured
by the Government steamer I found one in the collection of
the South African Museum, which I am informed by the
Assistant Director, Mr. Peringuey, was procured about 20
years ago from Simon's Bay.

The occurrence of Branchiostoma in South African waters
is interesting as filling an important gap in the geographical
distribution of this interesting- form. The following table,
containing the names of the known species with the approxi-
mate number of myotomes and place of occurrence, will
indicate the taxonomic position of this new form as based
upon the number of myotomes and also its relative
geographical position : —

Species of Brachiostoma.

B. cultellum
B. caribaeum

B. lanceolatum

B. cingalense
B. nakagawae

B. belcheri

B. lucayanum
B. pelagicum
B. californiense
B. bassanum
B. capoise
B. elongatum

"3

No. of Myotome5.
324-11 + 10=53

00

+ 14+ 9-58

36+144-12=62

39+17+ 6 = 62

37+ 16+ 1 1 =64

37 + 14 + 13 = 64

44+ 9+13=66
36+16+15=67
44+16+ 9 = 69
44+13 + 18=75

47+19+ 9=75
49+18 + 12=79

Distribution.

X. Australia.

E. Australia.

S America.

S. United States,

Antilles.

Europe.

Chesapeake Bay

Ceylon.

Japan.

Borneo.

N. Australia.

Bahamas.

Honolulu.

California.

S. Australia.

S. Africa.

Peru.

It would appear from this table that the African form some-
what resembles B. bassanum, Giinth., both from the similarity
of the number of myotomes (75 in all in both cases) and
geographical position, the most distinctive difference being
in the number of myotomes of the caudal region.

[Published 7111 October, 1902. J

jT-iz' e Inve sti dsLti ons ,

O

Scuth Africa .

Fishes P]V.

Pi^.i.

Fitf.n.

LA.Bnm-ble del. Miii.teriLBros.litK

FigsI.Z. CHORIDACTYLODES IslATALENSIS . Nov.geii.etspee.

^

PL

to

N

>^^

\ \'

W
J
P
o

ffl

CO

w

m
H

I?

o

CO

in
o

■ r-i

r-l ■ .-<
-P P^

CD -<

1^

H
dJ O

P

'7'^

>

1 — I
w

CO

• r— I

-p ,^^

QJ O
.5 CO

.cd

0)

.V.

-=»*" \

i'

to

c

o

■ ^

a]
o

^

E

-p

C4-.

Ifi
0)

<

>

d

(U

o

f:

(Q

!x!

CO

CD

#%

f

v-7

^'

Va/

i\l''

a^

d

cd

"Ooo;

■ r-i

■ .— 1

-P

,P-

CO

^

g

4— '

' '

^

OJ

o

g

CQ

h

. cd

X

ID

in

P^

o

- r— <

-P

CtJ

nj

XIC

CJ

• I— <

-p

,E^

LQ

QJ

<

>

r^

^

-1-3

;i

CD

o

ri

CQ

P

cd

SOUTH AFRICAN CuRALS OF THE GENUS

FLABELLUM, WITH AN ACCOUNT OF THEIR

ANATOMY AND DEVELOPMENT,

BY

J. STAMLEY GARDINER, M.A.,

FELLOW OF GONVILLE AND CATUS COLLEGE, AMD DEMONSTRATOR
OF ANIMIL MORPHOLOGY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE.

C<JN TENTS.

1. Introduction.

2. General.

3. The Genus Flabellum.

4. Flabellum pavouinmn.

5. Flabellum rub rum.

6. General Anatomy of the Polyps of F. rubrui/i.

7. Minute Anatomy of the Polyps of F. rubrtim.

8. On the postlarval Development of F. rubruin.

9. Conclusions relating to the Genus Flabellum.

X216i.

I. INTRODUCTION,

The present paper forms the first part of an account of a
remarkably fine collection of corals from the Cape of Good
Hope, entrusted to me for identification. Most of the specimens
appear to have been preserved in formalin, an excellent re-
agent, but one which is somewhat uncertain in its results. To
give an instance, corals of the genus Flabellum are almost
uniformly well preserved, while those of Caryophyllia are
almost useless for anatomy. In any case the examination of
more than the gross anatomy of the polyps of the various
species, or forms, in the different genera is not, in view of the
results obtained in the present genus, particularly to be
desired.

The collection is of peculiar interest from the fact that the
same forms have been repeatedly dredged in slightly or
considerably different localities. Thus the variation due to
different habitats may subsequently be worked out, and corre-
lated perhaps with the physical and other conditions. For
this purpose accurate charts for each locality of the tempera-
ture of the sea, of the character of the bottom, and of the
currents both on the surface and to the bottom are desirable,
as well as a knowledge of the topography and the fauna and
flora. The present and further collections will give a correct
knowledge of the " normal '^ or " continuous " variations in
each species, and it may be hoped that the presence and
nature of "discontinuous" or "specific" variation in the
group may be elucidated. At the same time the accurate
knowledge of the coral fauna in anyone locality /// relation la
lis environment must necessarily be of immense value in
deducing the conditions under which tertiary and earlier
coralline deposits have been formed, in effect in studying the
history and geography of the earth.*

Most workers on the systematic side complain of the
enormous difficulty of determining the species of corals. This-
seems to me to be more apparent than real. It has probably
arisen largely owing to the not-unnatural desire to refer each
specimen to a species — to give each a convenient handle by

* The above paragraph was written before I received the ''Report of the
Government Biologist for the Year iqoo." I find therein most or all the informa-
tion I desire as to the environment, i:)hysical conditions, etc.

A27o4. B

Ii8

which to grasp it — while nothing may be known of its habitat,
its locality alone being broadly indicated. Most collections,
too, if they contain many colonial forms, are small in speci-
mens, so that variability cannot be properly studied. Lastly,
it must be recognised that sedentary animals vary in accord-
ance with their surroundings in the same way as do trees
and other plants.

Having determined which are the species in any collection,
it is necessary to examine into the question as to whether
these species are already known or new. This is a far more
perplexing and arduous task.* So far as my experience goes,
I find that there are in each genus only a limited number of
characters, which vary in a species-making manner. Most
of the other characters are those of the family and genus, and
require no particular remark. The rest are of but small
importance, and belong rather to the individual than the
species. They become eliminated necessarily as a larger and
larger number of examples is studied. In the earlier descrip-
tions the recorded characters often do not include those on
which the species are necessarily founded at the present day.
Later workers may have recorded these from an examination
of the same specimens, or elucidated them from others. In
the latter case there must always be some element of doubt,
but this is unavoidable. Again, if the variability oiving to
enviro7iment may be expressed as from i to i oo, the original
specimens — especially if few in number, as is usually the
•case — may be placed between i and lo or 90 and 100, while
the great bulk of .subsequent collections will be about 50.
Specimens may in the first place be put as species at every
tenth, but as more specimens are examined the intermediate
forms must be necessarily joined together, until finally the
limits of the real species are elucidated.

The personal element of each worker in the field is — and
must always be — enormous, but the remedy lies in the
systematic study of the normal variation of different species,
particularly in relation to the physical and biological charac-
ters of its environment. It may then be possible to separate
the variability of the species per se from that due to external
causes, by this means possibly arriving at some more accurate
conception of the formation of the species themselves.

• Vide " Some Fossil Corals fiom the Elevated Reefs ol <^,uracoa, etc.>" by T.
Wayland Vaughan, Samm. des Geol. Raichs- Mus. Leid<n, >er. II., Bd. II.,
Heft I. (1901).

110

2. GENERAL.

The genus Flabelluni is characterised among the Turbin-
olidae by having a well-defined '"■ epitheca," and together
with this the absence of any structure, which may be termed
a " theca," The genus Antillia shows typically the difference
between " theca " and " epitheca." The first is the wall — be
it formed as a basal deposit or by thickenings of the septal
sides — surrounding the digestive cavity of the polyp, while
the latter closes off such parts of the anemone as may lie
outside the " theca " from the external medium, i.e., the sea-
water. According to this definition the " theca " should be
covered on and formed from both sides by the tissues of the
polyp, while the " epitheca " is only so covered on and formed
from one, i.e , the inner side. Accepting the fact that the
skeleton lies completely external to the polyp — a reality not
within the knowledge of the proposers of the terms — the
above forms a reliable and indeed the only distinction, unless
it be subsequently shown that the two are formed essentially
differently from one another.

" Costae " correspond to the septa, and are their continua-
tions outside the theca. The theca is not formed before the
septa, but may be built up pan passiL with their formation.
More often the septa are formed first, and from the beginning
project above the theca, i.e., are " exsert."' In Antillia the
edges of the " costae " are fused with the epitheca, but in most
forms there is no such epitheca, and they are hence covered
over outside by the soft tissues. Where epitheca alone is
present — as in Flabelluni — there can be no costae, although
raised ribs of the epitheca may simulate them. The term
" exsert " applied to the septa also bears relation to the
presence of a theca, and cannot properly be applied where
none such is present.

The only case, where there can in practice be any doubt
between theca and epitheca, is where a theca without costae
has been formed. In such a case, if the edge-zone of the
polyp — that part which lies external to the theca — withdraws
completely, there may actually be no tissues external to the
wall. The latter, if a theca, always shows in section a definite
dark line along its centre, and in a living polyp some of the
top or upper part of the wall would still necessarily be covered
by an edge-zone. There would further be no distinction
between the inner and outer sides of such a theca. A possible
extreme case would be where the calicoblastic ectoderm of
the edge-zone in its retreat deposited a special coating of
carbonate of lime. The glassy appearance of DeamopJiylluin
in its lower parts indicates the downward extent of the edge-
zone, and may be due to such a deposit. This, however, does

not really in any way resemble a true epitheca, and the
presence or absence of a central dark line in section can
leave no doubt as to its homologies.

Where an epitheca is present, there can be no budding
from outside the same, no external tissues existing. If buds
are found, as are stated to exist in Blastofrochus, they must be
due to the epitheca being imperfectly formed, so as to allow
the tissues of the polyp to project freely at certain parts of
the surface.

The "columella" may be " essential " or " parietal," true
or false. In the first case, it arises on the basal plate as a
central deposit, to which the septal edges may secondarily be
attached. A " parietal columella" has no such basal deposit,
but is formed by the tissues which cover the larger septa,
fusing across the coelenteric cavity and joining them by tra-
beculae of corallum. The two modes of formation are mor-
phologically quite distinct from one another. I, hence, apply
the name only to the "essential " or true columella. In many
genera, the development being unknown, it is not clear
whether there is a true columella or not. In such, as the
deposition of a central pillar of carbonate of lime must be
regarded as the more primitive mode of formation, I assume
the presence of a true columella.

" Pali " also are of two kinds, true and false. The former
arise as deposits on the basal plate, while the latter are the
mere thickened edges of the septa, or formed by trabeculae
from the same. The true pali are often, and indeed generally,
secondarily joined to the septal edges either by trabeculae or
along their whole length. Where a coral is truncated, it
follows that true pali can only be present in front of those
septa which are primarily formed on the basal plate.
Additional orders of septa, added during growth, can have
no pali, unless (as is conceivably the case in some of the
Astraeidae) the original pali become branched.

3. The Genus FLABELLUM.

Flabelhim Lesson, Illustr. de Zool., 183 1.

Flabelliiin Milne Edwards et Haime, Ann. des Sc. nat., 3e
sen, t. IX., p. 256 (1848J and Coralliaires, t. II., p. 79 (1857).

Blastofrochus Milne Edwards et Haime, Ann. des Sc. nat.»
3e ser., t. IX, p. 284 (1848) and Coralliaires, t. II., p. 99
(1857). Semper, Zeit. fiir. wiss. Zool., Bd. XXII., p. 237

('^72).

Rhizotrochus Milne Edwards et Haime, Ann. des Sc. nat.>
^e ser., t. IX., p. 281 (I848: and Coralliaires, t. II., p. 97
(i?57).

FlahelliDn, Blastofroclins and Rhizotrochus Duncan, Jour.
Linn. Soc, vol. XVIII., pp. 13-15 (1885).

Duncan divided the Turbinolidae into a number of
" alliances " of which the second is the " Flabelloida," com-
prising the recent genera Flabelliini, RJiizotrochiis and
BlastotrocJiHS. These are characterised by being *' simple
forms with no theca and hence costae. There is no true
columella, but the septal edges may fuse by trabeculae and
fill up the axial fossa. The forms are fixed or free, with or
without rootlets, and generally more or less compressed."
As above defined the group is perfectly and morphologically
distinct from any other division of the Turbinolidae.

The fossil genus Thysamis I have not been able to examine,
but the three recent genera do not seem to me to present any
real points of difference. Blasfotrochus is said to differ from
Flabellum by budding occurring at the sides- between the
calicular margin and the base, the buds falling off and
growing. Oi Flahclluiii rubnun I have examples with young
individuals growing similarly to the above between the
calicular margin and the base. They are attached principally
to one or other end of the calicle, but may lie on the sides as
well. All are completely cut off from the soft tissues of the
polyp, and there are no indications in any single case as to
whether they have been definitely budded off, or whether they
have been formed by the attachment of free-swimming larvae.
If the former be the case, a small portion of the polyp must
have been cut off by the advancing epitheca of tlie parent, as
there is now no trace of any connection, even the youngest
having indications of its own basal plate separating it from
the epitheca of the older corallite. In two supposed specimens
of the original type B. mcin'x from the Phillipines I can find
no indication of definite budding, nor of any difference
between the mode of attachment of the buds to that found in
F. rubriim. In reference to Semper it is necessary to point
out that he presumably supposed the corallum to be of endo-
derm formation, and it is interesting to note that his
specimens of B. nufrix, F. irregulare and F. variahilc all
came from the same habitat, i.e., the channel of Lapinig from
6-10 fathoms. The presence of young attached forms appears
to me to be perhaps an accidental circumstance. In any case
I cannot deem it of sufficient importance to separate Blasfo-
trocJius from Flahelliuii.

Rhizotrochus has hollow rootlets communicating with the
coelenteron of the large polyp, or with the interior of the
calicle of the dried corallites. I shall subsequently in F.
rubniin have occasion to show that in some specimens there
are rootlets found, precisely similar to these. Duncan states
as a further character that " the columella is absent, and the

septa either unite by a few trabeculae or join across the axial
space." In Flahelhivi there is no columella, buttheseptal edges
unite by trabeculae in absolutely the same way. In F. ruhnini
there is often very little such fusion of the septal edges, indeed not
more than is found in some specimens of R. fragilis Pourtales
and R. tulipa Pourtales. In R. typus Ed. & H., R. affinis
Duncan and R. Icridensis Gardiner there is no such fusion,
but the above species of Pourtales are in this respect inter-
mediate. Ed. ^' 11. remark that in R. typiis the larger septa
have in the young traces of trabeculae, which disappear in
the adult. How far the presence or absence of a false
columella can be regarded at all as a generic character is
doubtful, but certainly in this case there is no valid reason
for separating RliizotrocJnis from Flabclhiui.

The characters of the genus Flabellum would be practically
synonymous with those of the alliance Flabelloida, as given
above, and hence need not be repeated.

The chief distinguishing characters of species within the
genus FlahelluDi appear to be (i) shape as seen in side view
and looking into the calicle as well as in transverse sections of
the calicle : (2) if the corallum be free, whether there has
been a distinct rupture of the stalk, leaving a scar or not : 3)
the number of septa fusing together by their septal edges or
the number of equal septa of the lowest cycles : (4) if com-
pressed, the presence or absence of wings or hollow epithecal
processes, or possibly both, or if round, the presence or
absence of root-like processes. As Semper has shown, and
as will be subsequently seen in F. rubrnm, (3) and (4) may
require a large number of specimens to ascertain definitely
these characters, but in some forms they become of primary
importance (those cited above formerly placed in genus
Rhizotrochiis and others). (2) appears to be correlated with
changes of .shape, (i) varies considerably in any species, but
the vast majority of specimens in each species approach to a
distinct, central type. The shape within the genus varies
greatly, some species being compressed, others round or
angular. In some species the epitheca, as a flat plate, joins
the outer edges of the septa and in others forms festoons
between the same. In some the upper edge of the epitheca
follows regular curves, the septa all attaining the same
height, and in others is quite irregular, some cycles of septa
rising higher than others.

Of supplementary characters the septal contours depend
largely on the shape of the corallite, but the distances between
the spined ridges on the septal sides may be of some im-
portance. The latter vary somewhat in individuals of
presumably the same age — judging by their accretion-lines —
and of similar size and shape. Much more then do they vary

123

in specimens of different rates of growth. Measurements are
unreliable, as would also be any dealing with the distances
between accretion- lines, unless several hundred specimens of
each species had been examined.

The consideration of the specific variability of the polyps
must be deferred to the last section of this report, when tfiQ
anatomy of our species will have been dealt with.

4. FLABELLUM PAVONINUM. (Plate IV., figs. 18—21).

Flabclliun pavoiiinum Lesson, Illustr. de Zoologie, pi. 14
(183 1), Ed. et H., Ann. des Sc, nat., 36 sen, t. IX., p. 260
(1848), and Cor., t. 11. , p. 80 (1857).

Eiiphyllia pavonhia Dana, Zoophytes, p. 159, pi 6, fig. 6
(1846).

Flahelliim distinduiu Ed. et H., Ann. des Sc. nat., 3e ser.,
t. IX., p. 262 (1848) and Cor, t. II., p. 80 (1857); Duncan,
'J rans. Zoo. Soc, Lond., qto., p. 2i'2-2., pi. XXXIX., figs. 1-13
(1871).

I'labelluvi patins et auslrale, jNIoseley, Challenger Report,
pp. 172-3, pi. YL, figs. 4, 4a, 5, 5a and pi. VII., figs. 4, 4a, 5,
5a, 5b (1881).

Flahelliim paripavoninum Alcock, Madreporaria, Calcutta
Museum, qto., p. 21, pi. II., figs. 3, 3a, 3b (1898).

The collection obtained nine specimens of this species made
up of (1) five from 65 miles E. b. S. of Cape Natal, 54 fathoms^
bottom "fine sand and algae"; (2) one 5^ miles S.E. |- E. from
the same, 62 fathoms, "sand, gravel and rock"; '3) one 9^-
miles S.S.W. \ S. from Cape Vidal, 80-100 fathoms, "rocky"^
bottom; (4) one 9^ miles S.E. \ E. of O'Niel Peak, 90 fathoms,
"broken shells";" and (5) Umhloti R. Mouth N.W. \ W. 15^
miles, 100 fathoms, "sand, shell, hard ground."

The corallum of this species is characterised by its much
compressf'd calicle with flattened, pointed ends. The mouth
of the calicle in longitudi.ial section of its longer axis or as
seen in side view varies from two-thirds to a full semi-circle,,
so that the two end wings make an angle of from 120''^ to 180''
with one another. In the centre there is a short cylindrical
pedicle, which only in the smallest specimen (long axis of
calicle i3'5 mm.) still remains attached.

124

The measurements of eight of the specimens are as
follows : —

I. Number of Specimen
ir. ,, Dredging

III. Length of Calicle. .

IV. Breadth of do. . .

V. Height of do. . .
Vf. Length of perpen- >

dicular from base of I
pedicle toHnejoin- i
ing ends of calicle '

VIL Septa fusing by
trabeculae . .

VIII. Total Septa

I

2

3

4

5

6

7

I

I

I

2

3

I

4

47*

48

48

33

34

29

20

21

22

22

12-5

14-5

125

9-5

34

3"

3(>

25

24

25

«7-5

6-5

7

7'5

2-5

3

1-5

2

S2t

48

48t

40

38

40

26

220+

212

loot

152

I to

>52

104

5

13-5
6
10

16

The measurements in lines YL and III. taken together give
the angle, which the wings form with one another.

By comparison with Lesson's figure it will be seen that
Nos. 1 and 2 are almost absolutely similar in shape. Dana
figures two specimens, one with basal angle approaching two
right angles, and a second resembling No. 3, i and 2 being
intermediate. F. distinctiun Ed. and H. differs in having
cycles I. -III. equal in size, whereas F. pa7<0finium has cycles
I. -IV. equal ; the fusion of the septa by trabeculae is presumably
the same in both cases. The septa of cycles III. and IV. can
be easily distinguished in No. 2 and in Nos. 4 7 are very
distinct. Yet at the same time cycles I. to IV. are " sensible-
ment egales." In No. 3 the distinction is much more pro-
nounced and " les trois premiers cycles seulement sont egaux
entre eux." Indeed, there is no difference between Edwards
and Haime's two species. So far as Duncan's figures of F.
distindum are concerned, there is obviously no separation
between his species and my specimens, some of which show
the intermediate characters to F. pavoniniim. The figures of
the two species, however, present marked diff"erences in the
smoothness of the external epitheca, but Nos. 1 and 2 above
resemble P\ pavoiiiiuini in being quite smooth, while in the
rest lines of growth and, in some cases, distinct ribs can be
seen. (Figs. 18-21).

F. patens and F. australe, both Moseley, have, so far as I
could see from an examination of the specimens, no specific
differences from the species under consideration. No. 2 above
shows a cutting away of the septal borders close to the margin
of the calicle, a character not found in the other specimens
from the same dredging. In the specimens enumerated it is

* Measurements in millimetres, t These numbers, being taken from spirit
specimens, possibly slightly exceed those here recorded. ' This specimen was
brought u]) together with a large number of rorallites of F. ruhniin, its external
jesemblance to small specimens of which is at once apparent from the measurements.

•25

clear that the number of septa increases markedly with the
lengthening of the calicle. The larger number of septa— 268
and 248 — found in F. anstrale is undoubtedly due to the extra
size and length of the calicle, 55 mm.

F. paripavoniniim Alcock is apparently founded on a single
specimen. It has a " sessile scar of attachment but no
pedicle." No stress is laid on this point, and as all other
forms of this shape have a pedicle, it must be regarded as
purely accidental, until more specimens are discovered. For
the rest its characters are not such as would not include it
within the range of variation of this species.

The species, as above constituted, has been obtained from
Singapore, China and Japan (Ed. and H.), Ki Islands, 129 /.
(tathoms) and New South Wales 120 /. (Moseley), North
Atlantic 994, 364 and 304 /. (Duncanj, Laccadives 636 /.
(Alcock) and Cape of Good Hope 50 to 100 /.

5. FLABELLUM RUBRUM. (PL IV., figs. 22-34).

Turbinolia rubra Q. et G., Yoy. de 1' Astrolabe, Zoophytes,
p. 188, pi. 14, figs. 5-9 (1833).

Flaheilum rubnim, ciuiiingiiy elongahun, crassiim, cremUatvm
elegans et profundimi all Edwards and Haime, Ann. des Sc.
nat., 3e sen, t. IX., pp. 265-280, pi. 8 (1848) and Cor., t. II ,
pp. 89-97 (1857)

Eiiphyllia spheniscus Dana, Zoophytes, p. 160, pi. 6, ng. i
(1846).

Flabelliun irregulare Semper, Zeit. fiir wiss. Zool., Bd.
XXII., pp. 242-5, pi. XVI., figs. 7-17 (1872).

Flabellum /;7w^7'tT.ya/6' Moseley, Challenger Report, p. 174*
,pl. VI., fig. 6, 6a (1881).

126

The collection contained over five hundred specimens of
this species, made up as follows : —

Number of
Specimens.

Depth.

Locality.

Character of Bottom.

I.

I

27

Lat. 33° 50' S., long. 25°
54' 3o E.

Sand.

2.

6

30

Lat. 33"^ 53' S., long. 25^
51' 20" K.

Mud, sand and specks.

3-

26

32

Lat. 33"^ 3' S., long. 27'

57' ii.
Cape Natal W. b. N. 4^

Sand, shell and rock.

4-

'85

47

Sand and shell.

miles

5-

258

54

Cape Natal W. b. N. 6I
miles

Fine sand and algae.

6.

2

27

jSlorewood Cove (Natal)
NWbNf N Smiles

Sand and shell. Hard
ground.

"•

II

100

UmhlotiR. Mouth N.W.
^ W 15^ miles

Sand and shell. Hard
ground.

8.

35

40

Ofl" Umhloti R. Mouth

Sand and shell. Hard
ground.

9-

5

90

O'Neil Peak, N.W. ^ W.
93 miles

Broken shells.

lO.

I (dead)

250

Port Shepstone, N.W. b.
W. 1 1 miles

Rock and coral.

II.

5

45

Lat. 32° 53' S., Long. 28°
12' £.

Coralline material.

27

:z;

o

I— (

H
U

w

o

o

o

u

W

c/5"
H

w

<

pq
<

o

r-*

wi

1

„

LT)

^

1

1

a~

1

CI

b

•S

1

■"

■■

c4

1

[

U

£

1 ro

c

1

O".

^

^

£

1

o

1

0^

-^

V

.o<;

euo

fi

o(

1

1

>

N

f)

-1-

1

M
PI

<J

«-■

—

o

O

.^»

^

■^

.

'

-

t^

fO

PO

rt

■*

'-

oo

o

b

D.

•-

""

<u

E

"^

—

o

■O

PO

(^

S

'r,

00

oo

PO

O

• o

cc

'-

>

-^ 1

O S M

_-

-

PI

<-o

s 1

1

"-)

H

.^

00

1

M

"

PI

"

^ 3

2 S

1 M

I

r^

'^

o

ro

PO

O <U

H c

r

o

-,

00

O

PO

1

oc

00

oc

Ov

00

rt

.

i/i

E

rO

M

o

PI

PO

oc

6

t~.

t^

'^

b

^

r^

X

"3 I^

.r, 1

5i o

.^< r,

_

^

o

c~

o

^^

T 1

n -^

• 1

o

1

c

>-o 1

fl

n

>, <u

1

J3 ~

1

M

ro

^o

Th

u

1

r<

ro

fusing
hen th

V

f
1

•5^

vO

l~

ro

-

^ ^

PI

Jj o

M

"^

■^

00

a-

O

'"

PO

o

rt

v^s

'o " i

^ 1 N

c

*■"

r-.

«_-

ON I

o

7 1

C^

o

3C i

^

•-)

^

"■

"

(.l

^

o

M

c-

PI

c

{«

L

n

ro

r

a.

O

lO

"^

c

1 ^

1

1)

1

W-)

lO

LO

1

Ti-

.£

. 1

'o

E 1 '^

^^

oc

ro

oc

V

U-,

<-n

^

a.

s 1

o

^<^

^ 1 *"'

i-Ti

_

uo

•*

O I

i [

<-n

ro

[

^

cr, 1

"

-

-

"

■^

PI

•*

o

N

l-< Ul . 1

Number o
Specimen
Examined.

o

M

O

*
o

o

o

00

P.

p.

1

•

to U)

PO

)^ bil

Numbe

of the

Dredgin

u-l

•*

00

•a

X

2:

c fo

.2

^ !:•

B
«^

■h ^
<u „
.a PO-

■<-' PO

^ o
o 2

"^

p*

N

0

K

>

p^

1

-■

^

0

^

13

M V

r

.£•

C3

PO 0

^ 0

-LI

0 g-

0

PO

~ 0

<u

0 u

'C

^^

U.

c

0

U

X

*<^ M.

I2S

The species, as may be seen from the accompanying table,
is extremely variable, but its main characters would seem to
be as follows : —

"Corallum conical or wedge-shaped, generally compressed,
usually with a distinct scar below, 2 to 7 mm. in length and
showing 12 to 24 septa. Sides of the corallum commonly
with curved transverse bands, corresponding to intervals of
growth, often at the narrow sides opposite the ends of the
calicle carried out into small wings. Wings sometimes
replaced by hollow root -like processes near the scar, perhaps
also with additional roots at the sides; in large specimens
wings generally absent. The calicle is elliptical, the top of
the long axis not more than 1 to 3 mm. below that of the
short. Relation of axes very variable, about 2 to i.

" The centre of the calicle a deep fissure, the larger septa
ending almost perpendicularly against it, filled in below by
trabeculae in medium-sized specimens from 20 septa and in
large from 24. In all free specimens septa of cycles I. to IV.
present, cycles V. and VI. depending on the size of the
individuals.

"Height of free corallites from 4-35 mm.; long axes of
■same from 9-37 mm."

'J'he septa, as in most or all species of the genus, have
Tadially set fine ledges with spines at intervals, and the
larger against the axial fossa are often much broadened at
their edges where the trabeculae come off.

Although there are only three specimens in the collection,
which appear to be absolutely the same as F. riihruni, this
name has the priority. All the young corallites are of course
"fixed. They break off generally when their calicles have
attained a length in their long axes of about 9 mm., the free
corallites being about 5 mm. high. Some, however, are
attached considerably longer, the largest attaining a height
•of 23 mm. Three of the speci nens could not ever have be-
come free, the central stalk being still perfect and surrounded
on all sides by rootlets, numbering 7, 8 aud 8. One of the
specimens is attached to a small piece of decaying serpulid
tube, and a second to a mere fragment of coral. Both sup-
ports seems to have been free, and suggest a possible reason
for the throwing down of extra rootlets. The edges of the
septa of these specimens further do not show through the
epitheca. 'J^he calicles of two are scarcely compressed, and
these two, taken alone, would undoubtedly have been placed
in the former genus lihizotrocJiics. Jiach rootlet communicates
with two interseptal spaces on opposite sides of a septum.
The latter bisects the rootlet where it joins the large corallite,
and thence continues into the rootlet for some distance as a
ridge on its lower side.

129

The species of Edwards and Haime differ from one another
mainly in the shape of the calicle, presence or absence of
spines near scar of corallite and systems of septa. The first
of these varies greatly in my specimens. The compression
in some is very slight, the angle made by the two flattened
sides with one another being from 15'^ to 60° or 70''. Taking
the long axis as 100, the short axis varies in Xo. 5 from 44 to
66, in No. 4 from 37 to 71, and in No. 3 from 43 to 83.

The wings are at first hollow, but owing to deposition of
corallum inside become more or less solid. They are quite
distinct in 80 per cent, of Nos. 4 and 5. Sometimes they
continue up evenly on both sides, but generally there are
small wings only at the end of the accretion lines, which
probably show periods of rest ; the two sides are not usually
by any means symmetrical. In the larger specimens they
are not so clear, but still traces are commonly present near
the basal scar. With growth, in some cases, there seems to
have been a certain amount of solution of the epitheca outside
and deposition of corallum within. The wings might by this
means become blunt spines. This may be partially the case
in Nos. I, 2 and 3. Of these, two have clearly wings, four
are rounded at their ends, and ten have at least a pair of
spines near their basal scars. Five smaller specimens of o.her
dredgings have also paired spines, not wings. Three of these
are very small, and without the specimens of Nos. i, 2 and 3
it would naturally have been stated, when the corallum was
thought to be of endodermic origin, that spines are charac-
teristic of young individuals.

The septa vary with age up to 168, the maximum found.
No less than 105 out of it 8 specimens recorded in the table
had 20 fusing by trabeculae, thus corresponding to F. irregulare
Semper. This, however, appears to be only a stage of
growth as any of the septa of cycle III. may be among the
four, which fail to fuse by their trabeculae. The two sides of
the calicle do not necessarily correspond, and every possible
variation is found, in one with 24 large septa, the number
being made up by the enlargement of 2 septa of cycle IV.
In the majority of cases with 20 large septa it is the two
central side pairs of cycle III. that fail to fuse.

In some cases the horizontal upper edges of the septa rise
above the upper edge of the epitheca, while usually they lie
in the same plane. In No, i they rise above it, but in some
specimens ol No. 3 lie about 1-5 mm. below, the appearance
being as if their edges had been shaved down near the
borders of the calicle.

An examination of the type specimen of F. traiisversale
Moseley showed that it belonged to the same species, being
merely a single corallite that had not lost its stalk. F. thoiiarsi

I30

Ed. and H. probably is merely another form with stalk still
intact, but I have no specimen directly comparable. Septal
cycles I. and II. are described as equal, the calicle being 2^
mm. long by 16 mm. broad. One specimen of No. 3 similarly
has only 12 septa fusing in the axial fossa, its calicle being
15 by 1 2 '5 mm.

In the table of measurements, given above, it may be
observed that Nos. i, 2 and 3 differ from the rest far more
than the latter do from one another. The corallites obtained
in these dredgings were overgrown outside by Polyzoa, weed
and barnacles right up to the edge of the calicle, while on
the rest isolated serpulid tubes or small masses of Polytrcma
alone were found. In addition to differences in size* the
corallum is denser and thickert ; the calicles are more
rounded at their ends, and there is a tendency to torm spines
rather than wings. Indeed the appearances are such as to
point to these forms constituting a distinct local race or even
^ variety. Against this view most of these specimens show
7 to 9 accretion lines, while in Nos. 4 and 5 these number
only 4 to 5. J These bands are so regular in different
specimens that it is quite clear that they indicate periods of
growth. These periods must be annual, as there are no
changes in currents or other oceanic conditions in the region
except such. Hence it is possible that the differences are due
only to age, the polyps having started on different years,
when the conditions were not quite the same. Again the
conditions of the various habitats may have differed, and
partially caused the variation. Only one specimen of these
three dredgings has a young form attached to it. This
"has 12 septa, and differs in no respect from those of otlier
■dredgings.

The group placed by Ed. and H, under § AA and Fl-'F,
called by Semper F. variahile, appears to be connected with
F. rnbricni by individuals. Some of JSemper's figures have
wings and others spines. The scars of all are larger than in
the same author's figures of F. ruhnim (= irregnlare). This
is probably due to the corallites breaking off in different
accretion bands. In the present collection five specimens are
doubtful. Most specimens from the Maldives in my posses-

*The corallites of Nos. 7 and 9 are also markedly larger than those of Nos. 3, 4
and 8,

t This is perhaps due to the stimulation of the incrusting organisms. In one
corallitc there is a distinct ring where the latter began to overgrow the caliche, when
a fresh growing period seems to have set in, allowing the polyp to resume its sway.
In some corallites the epitheca has been broken, and healed or rebuilt. In these the
new epitheca is generally thicker than the old,

i The severance of the corallitc usually takes place in the thinner basal part of one
of these bands, a series of punctures being fonne<l round the corallitc.

'3'

sion belong to F. vanabilc*^ but a few more nearly approach
F. riibrum. In the anatomy of the polyps I can find no
constant differences. Semper evidently found few inter-
mediates, but such do exist, so that his second species appears
to be only a variety. It should be noted that both of Semper's
species of Flahellum and his species of Blastotrochus were all
found in precisely the same habitat. The latter does not
differ except in its so-called generic characters from the two
Flahellum. I would hence suggest that here we have a case
of three true varieties of a single species with extremely rare
intermediates, living together in the same locality, breeding
together, but yet the vast majority preserving their parent
forms. t

The species, as above constituted, has been obtained from
New Zealand {i^ /,), Bass Straits (38 /.), Phillipines (6-10 /.),
China, Singapore ' z--^ f.) and Cape Colony (27-100/".). F.
stokesi (= F. variahile Semper;, if regarded as a variety, gives
in addition the Arafura Sea '28 and 49 /.) and Maldives
(20-50 /.]. In the British Museum I have seen a number of
specimens of which six 'close to Nos. i, 2 and 3) were obtained
by Captain Sir E. Belcher at the Cape of Good Hope. Of
species doubtfully the same F. thoiiarsi comes from the Fallc-
land Islands, and F. braziliense Pourtales (Memoirs Mas,
Comp. Zooi, Harvard, vol. IV., p. 33] was founded on a single
^^^^ specimen from 40 f. off the Brazil coast.

6. GENERAL ANATOMY OF THE POLYPS OF
F. RUB RUM (Figs. I. and IT).

Polyp. — The polyp is seated as it were in a cup, formed by
the corallite. It lies completely inside the skeleton and doss
not extend down in any way on the outside of its walls,
forming an edge-zone. lu the expanded condition the polyp
would rear itself for at least 5-6 mm. above the epitheca. The
tentacles would then be set as in a solitary Actinian round
the top of the mouth-disc in a broad, double band separated
by the peristome from an elongated stomodoeum. The con-
tracted polyp, however, does not rise above its skeletal wall.

* The proper name of tiiis sp2cie3 or variety should be stokesi, as Mossley has
suggested, or soma other of Ed. and H.'s names proposed at the same time. Its
synoaym? wjald appear to be F. oivini, aculeitu n, spin^siim, debile, suinitrense
and cmieanuTt, all Ed. and H., and F. viridhile Semper.

Tae oily other living species of Ed. and H. not airealy dealt with is F. o'tt'
pressutn (Limirck), of which there can be little doubt F. ajite and F. bxirdi, bath
Ed. and H., are synonyms.

t Such varieties are commDU enough in other groups of the animal kingdom, bat
this is the first suggested case in Midreporaria, or, I believe, Coelenterita. The
bringing together of the mile and feniile elements is a passive act, so thit it is a
fair iaferenee that the three varieties would breed together.

132

The tentacles, or the pores of the retracted tentacles, form a
circlet half-way between the epitheca and the stomodoeum,
and the peristome is irregularly contracted into ridges
between the attachments of the mesenteries. The stomo-
doeum may be either extremely reduced or enormously
enlarged, the former if the polyp has been slowly killed in
spirit or chromic acid, the latter if more rapidly fixed in
formalin. To a certain extent the appearance and size of
the stomodoeum depends on the state of retraction of the
tentacles, being much larger when the latter are but partially
invaginated.

Fig. I. Partly diagrammatical transverse section through a sixiiile completely
retracted specimen of 7*'. rubrum indifferent planes: — A. Through the top of the
epitheca a little below its edge: B. Through the stomodoeum, cutting the basal
contracted ends of some of ihc tentacles: C. Through the top if thi masEes of
gtnerative organs : D. Through the bottom part of the generative organs.

The numerals refer to the cycles of the septa, f. Tentacles, -st. JSfeomodoeuiii.
p.w. Peristome wall. »i.f. Mesenterial fllameuts. </ Testicular masses.

Tlie sections were slightly simplified from camera iucida drawings. In addi-
tion to the general anatomy they show the decrease in size at d disappearance of the
mesenteries and septa lower down in the corallite. One of the mesenteries of a
pair bounding a septum of cycle 4 reaches the stomodi eum (see B) and is so repre-
sented, although it is very unususl for such an one to do so.

Septa and Mesenteries.— When decalcified, the polyp is
divided up into as many chief segments as there are larger
septa. These are joined over the open mouth of the calicle by

U3

the body-wall of the polyp, but are free below, where the
septa fuse with one another. Each segment is further sub-
divided by the smaller septa, typically three in number. The
septa throughout alternate with mesenteries. The latter are
in pairs with their muscles — except on the directives — on the
sides facing one another. It follows hence that half the septa
are entocoelic and half exocoelic iFig. I.). As already seen
the orders of septa vary greatly in individuals, so that it is
impossible to characteriseany one order as exocoelic. From the
alternate arrangement of mesenteries and septa it follows that
the highest numerical order in any part is the exocoelic one.
As the growth of any corallite proceeds, more and more septa
up to six cycles app ?ar. The former exocoelic order of septa
becomes entocoelic by the development of new pairs of mesen-
teries. The increase of mesenteries takes ^Idice pan pasiu
with the formation of new septa An examination of i6
corallites has failed to reveal a single case of the growth of
the new septa preceding that of the new mesenteries or vice
versa. The mesenteries in every case ar(i perfectly distinct on
the external body-wall between the tentacles and the upper
edge of the epitheca. The mesenterial filament is developed,
very shortly after the mesentery is formed, but the definite
formation of the muscular fibres takes place later, and they
gradually increase throughout life.

Tentacles. — The tentacles arise over the entocoelic septa
alone, and are accordingly half as numerous as the whole
body of septa. An inner cycle of larger tentacles, correspond-
ing to the septa which reach the columella, and an outer
cycle may usually be traced. The tentacles are retracted by
the longitudinal muscles of the mesenteries in an acrecbolic
manner fFig. II. \ The invagination is never complete, a.
central portion and two pockets on either side of the septum
beneath being found. Secondary pockets also occur, the
muscles seeming to be attached in clumps. A pair of
mesenteries passes across towards the stomodoeum on each-
side of the base of a tentacle, some of their longitudinal
muscles continuing a direct course up the tentacle. Below
the outer cycles the mesenteries may to some degree extend
into the tentacles, but with increase of size even in the
expanded polyp come to pass around the base.

All the tentacles are covered with round, knobbed batteries-
ofnematocysts, which gradually decrease in size from their
tips. At the base these pass imperceptibly into the ectoderms
of the external body wall and peristome, and except in the
youngest tentacles do not cover over the attachments of the
mesenteries.

Stomodoeum. — The stomodoeum is a slit, one-third to two-
fifths of the long diameter of the calicle in length, with no-

A2754. C

'3+

trace of any marked grooves at either end (Fig. I.). Its
surface is owing to thickenings of its walls ridged over those
mesenteries, which are attached to it. If 24 septa fuse in the
axial fossa, there should be 48 mesenteries of a first order
reaching the stomodoeum and corresponding to ridges. If a
less number fuse, there should be a proportionately lesser
number of mesenteries with ridges on the stomodoeum, but
this is not so, three polyps with 18, 20 and 21 such septa
having 48 mesenteries with ridges and one with 24 septa 50
such mesenteries. In a case with 20 septa (Fig. I.) two of the
mesenteries out of pairs on each side of tertiary septa have
failed to reach the stomodoeum, but their places have been
taken by others bounding quaternary septa.

The lower edge of the stomodoeum is ill-defined and often
in the contracted polyp somewhat turned outwards (Fig. II.).
Its thickenings pass directly into the filaments of the corre-
sponding mesenteries, which form a first order.

Fig II. Diagrcjmmatical longitudinal section of a partially retracted specimen
of F. ruhrum, th? left half cutting a tentacle over a primary septum, expo.ing the
f dce of one of the bounding mesenteries, and the right half cutting a less retracted
tentacl>i over a quaternary septum and like wise exposing the face of one of the
bounding mesenteries.

'I he longitn linal lines on thi faces of the mesenteries represent the distribution
and course (f the muscular fibres. Against the epith ca their attachment in
clusters is, to some degree, shown.

e. tv. External body wall. t. Ten'acles. p. tc Wall of the peristome. »t.
Stomodoeum. m. /. Mesenterial filaments, ff. Generative o-gans (ovary oq the
1 ft and -estis on the right me.sentory). 7:'. Epitheea. 5 1 and S l septa of cycles
I. and IV., represented by incomjiletc lines. T. Trabeculae from the septal edge.

Muscles. — The muscles are of the usual Actinian type, but
the circular sphincter is absent. The longitudinal muscular

'35

"fibres are set on plates of the structureless lamella, but the
transverse, which are very slightly developed, have no such
folds. The origin and course of the longitudinal muscles
may be seen in Fig. II. The separate fibres never cross one
another, but below the filaments muscle-plates are found on
both sides of the mesentery, some of the most deeply attached
muscles crossing the free edge of the mesentery to its opposite
side. The fibres end at the attachment of the mesenteries
more or less in clumps, which seem to be connected with a
similar mode of attachment of the mesentery to the corallum
(see Fig. II.).

The transverse muscular fibres, lying on the opposite faces
of the mesenteries to the longitudinal, do not appear to me to
extend more than half-way down the stomodoeum. They
run outwards mainly to the body-wall external to the
tentacles, and have no connection with the attachment of the
mesenteries to the corallum. The tentacles being entocoelic
cannot be connected with these muscles in any way.* The
longitudinal muscles alone contract the polyp, the expansion
being due to the elasticity of the polyp following the relaxa-
tion of the same muscles. The transverse muscles would seem
to be present solely for the purpose of opening the stomo-
doeum for the reception of food, though they might, by
■drawing together the external body-wall and stomodoeum,
assist slightly in pushing out the tentacles.

Mesenteries. — The first cycle of mesenteries — 48 in
number, all reaching the stomodoeum — should be the pairs on
either sides of primary, secondary and tertiary septa. There
are then typically 48 further mesenteries of a second order, 24
pairs on either side of quaternary septa. These do not reach
the stomodoeum, but start from the peristome near the mouth,
only very exceptionally being attached to the stomodoeum
for the whole or part of its length. I have not cut serial
sections of any polyp with a third cycle of mesenteries, but
from dissections it is clear that the latter are attached almost
in the same position as the secondary mesenteries.

The mesenteries vary considerably in size, but their
general appearance may be seen in figures I. and II. In any
polyp the secondary mesenteries are usually nearly of the
same size, but the primary may vary somewhat, in tlie smaller
polyps 24 being sometimes larger and extending deeper
into the calicle marking out the original primary and
secondary septa.

The filaments of the primary mesenteries extend down
from the thickenings of the stomodoeum, and form an irregulai

* The tentacles over the primary septa at each end of the calice, hence between
the two pairs of directive mesenteries, are never contracted to the same extent as the
literal tentacles, beiag drawn in principally by the general contraction of the polyp.

'36

series of loops down the edges of the mesenteries (Fig. II.).
The character of looping depends on the state of retraction of
the polyps, but normally alternates from side to side. Below
they end in a massed series of larger loops, irregularly
arranged. The end of the filament is not free. The mesentery
between the massed portion of the filament and the longi-
tudinal muscles is no doubt enormously extensile, but there
is no part which could be shot out as an acontium (see
PI. Ill , fig. 17). The filaments of the secondary mesenteries
commence right from their attachment to the stomodoeum
or peristome, and, enlarging somewhat, extend down straight
for some distance, still deeper forming similar loops.

Generative Organs. — The presence or absence in an indi-
vidual of generative organs on any mesentery depends
entirely and solely on its size. In the youngest male state
single round or oval acini are found just behind or sometimes
a little below the massed end of the mesenterial filament. In
the next stage a few widely separated masses may be seen,.
forming with the thickened endoderm a narrow band. This
increases in length and breadth, so that in the largest mesen-
teries an oval-shaped mass, 5 mm. long by i"5 mm. broad, is
found. The whole then consists of closely-packed sper-
magens, which vary considerably in size and shape, some
being branched, others round or oval, and yet others nearly
polygonal.

The ovaries are similar in size and position to the testes.
In the ripe condition on the larger septa they have a row of
up to about seven ova, the end ones oval in shape, the central
one round, but all flattened where they touch one another.
Fresh ova — at first small round bodies with no food yolk —
generally appear in the structureless lamella each between a
riper ovum and the free edge of the mesentery, but in one
case, where the central of three nearly ripe ova seems to
have been dehisced, three small ova have appeared in its
place.

In II polyps of dredging No. 4 and 3 of No. 5 that I have
examined the whole or main bulk of the mass is testicular on
the primary mesenteries. On all the secondary mesenteries,,
where the development may be traced, the w^hole is always
so. In one series of sections across a polyp of No. 4 fcalicle
1 7 mm. long) I have found in the inner part of the testicular
masses on the primary mesenteries a few relatively small
isolated ova without food yolk. In one mesentery of a still
larger polyp of the same dredging there are three ova on the
inner edge of the testicular mass at its top end behind the
massed loops of the mesenterial filament (PI. Ill, fig. 17) and
in all the other primary mesenteries of the same polyp ova
were found as well. In two small polyps of No. 3 the mass is

'37

testicular, and in two larger polyps (calicle about 23 mm. long
entirely formed of ova.

I had not sufficient examples of larger sized corallites as
obtained in dredging No. 3, which I could decalcify so as to
trace the changes in generative organs with increase of size.
I am, however, impelled to consider that there must be pro-
tandry. The polyp first produces testicular elements, w^hich
are replaced as it grows by ova ; a regular crop of these are
then ripened. With increase of size the rate of growth of the
corallite seems to gradually lessen. This is correlated with
the production of ova, the increase in the number of which
causes cessation of growth and finally the death of the parent
polyp*.

Note on F. PAVONIXUM.— I have only been able to
afford to use one polyp between Nos. 6 and 7 of the table of
measurements on p. 124 for the study of the anatomy of this
species. Tentacles are present over all the septa, and the
latter are all entocoelic, there being thus relatively twice as
many mesenteries as in F. rubntni. Those pairs of mesen-
teries, which lie on either side of the septa fusing by tra-
beculae in the axial fossa, alone appear as a rule to depend
from the stomodoeum.

In all other respects the anatomy is the same as above
described in F. riibrum. The polyp is in the male condition.
The spermagens are tightly packed together, and present in
side view a round to branched appearance.

7. MINUTE ANATOMY OF THE POLYPS OF F.
RUB RUM. (PI. I and II, figs. 1—9).

Calicoblastic Ectoderm figs. 1-3). — The layer of ectoderm
separating the polyp from the corallum is everywhere com-
plete, and even in the most roughly decalcified specimens is
not torn away. It varies considerably in accordance as it
may be in any position an active secretory layer or not. No
definite cells can in any part be distinguished. Over the
greater part of the corallum it is an extremely thin, finely
granular layer, slightly thickened where nuclei are present.
The latter are generally slightly oval in shape with granules
but seldom a network. It only differs from the same layer
in other corals in being better defined and more definite.

Near the base of the polyp and on the sides of the septa
the calicoblastic layer simulates the appearance of a pave-
ment epithelium, nuclei joined together by finely granular

* Since the above was wiittcn I have examined a large number of specimens of
llie same Coral frfm other localities. Vxde "Some Notes on Variation and
Pretandrv in I'lahcUum rubruin and senescence in the Sjme and other Corals."
Troc. Camh. Phil. Soc, vol. XI , pp. 463-71 (1902).

'38

protoplasm fig. 3 . As the edges of the septa are approached
the layer thickens. Nuclei become more frequent, and tend
to exhibit a definite network. The protoplasm forms, as it
were, two layers, the one against the structureless lamella,,
the other with a ragged edge against the corallum, joined by
a series of bridges between large vacuoles. The nuclei com-
monly lie in the outer layer or in these bridges (fig. i). At
the edge of the septum the ectoderm is still thicker, but the
large vacuoles are nearly absent, and towards the outer side
{i.e., against the septum the protoplasm is almost hyaline.
The same, too, is the case at the upper edge of the epitheca,.
where the ectoderm forms practically a thick hyaline pad,
seated on the corallum.

The calicoblastic ectoderm is also thickened greatly, where
the mesenteries are attached to the corallum and on each side
ofthe same fig. 2). Its edge against the corallum is very
ill-defined, indeed ragged and broken. The protoplasm is
densely granular, often with relatively large granules. The
processes which attach the structureless lamella to the
corallum 'desmocytesj do not materially differ from what
Bourne, Fowler and others have described. They are
especially well developed at the attachments ofthe mesenteries
(fig. 2), but may occur in any part, small bunches being in
particular scattered over the septal sides. Their development
was quite clear, and did not differ materially from Bourne's
description.^ The first appearance of any dcsiiiocytc could be
seen in a granular mass of protoplasm against the corallum,
to which from the first it seemed to be attached. Subsequently
by growth inwards it joins the structureless lamella, which
may be thickened so as to meet it. At its base or side is
always a nucleus with a well-defined network, but otherwise
the same as those ofthe layer.

My researches add little to Bourne's most admirable and
lucid account ofthe formation of the skeleton. There are na
"scales," ' nor is there any indication of the possible forma-
tion and shedding of any such. The appearance ofthe layer
in a few preparations of both hard and soft parts only showed
that the structure in the decalcified sections had in no way
changed. The layer had in all cases become slightly
separated from the corallum — perhaps by killing — except
where the desmocytes attached themselves.

The thickening of the ectoderm on the septal edges was
found everywhere, but it varied enormously, at intervals being
extremely thick and much more hyaline. Where secretion

1. Quart., Jour. Micro. Sci., vol. 41, pp. 499-547 ('8991.

2. yidc' " Microscopic and Systematic Situdyof Madreporarian Types of Corals,""
by Maria M. Ogilvie, P/iiV. Trans. R.S., vol. CLXXXVJI., p. 83 (1896).

'39

may be supposed to be going on especially activel}^ the layer
is more hyaline and where not granular. The distances
between the thickenings of the ectoderm on the septal edges
correspond more or less to the distances between the ridges
on the sides of the septa, and seem to lie over their ends.
They would hence fall on the so called " centres of calcifica-
tion." When I first examined microscopically the skeletons
of corals, I thought that these centres corresponded to the
tubes of boring organisms, which became densely packed
with the dust caused by grinding. Such organisms do tend
in colonial reef-corals to bore along these centres, indicating
perhaps that they are lines of least resistance. jNIay not these
centres be directly due to the thickenings of the calicoblastic
layer ? I can only regard the layer as an enormous syn-
citium, and for the growth of a septum there would seem to
be a flowing up of the protoplasm on either side. Where the
two layers of protoplasm fuse, i.e., immediately over the
" dark line " joining the " centres of calcification " there is an
extensive formation of corallum. This takes on the crystal-
line form, but the regular arrangement is not seen until after
the formation of the " growth lamellae " of the septal sides.
The " centres of calcification " would, on this view, represent
aggregations of crystals of carbonate of lime not arranged in
any determinate direction. The radiations from these would
then represent lines of irregularly arranged crystallisation.

General Ectoderm figs. 4-8 . — The ectoderm is every-
where extremely well preserved and shows its structure
admirably. It varies in different polyps only in accordance
with their state of contraction, outside the tentacles often
appearing as if knobbed 'fig. 4). Cell outlines cannot usually
be distinguished, but it is an epithelium of a narrow,
elongated, columnar facies with a broad, crowded layer of rod,
or oval-shaped, densely granular nuclei. The latter vary
considerably with the amount of vacuolation and the presence
or absence of gland cells, but are for the most part found in
the outer half of the epithelium. The outer or free edge
presents an appearance of longitudinal striation, so that it is
probably in life ciliated all over. Over the structureless
lamella the protoplasm forms a finely granular network, in or
above which a few rounder nuclei may be distinguished. These
belong to irregularly-shaped sense cells, some of which are
represented in the figures.

Gland cells occur of two kinds, mucous and granular, and
can be best distinguished in tissues stained with thionin and
orange green. The mucous cells stain deep blue, and the
granular in accordance with their ripeness from yellow to
black. The mucous cells are of the typical goblet-shape, and
are situated in the outer half of the layer. Most of the

140

granular cells lie on the contrary in the inner half of the
epithelium below its layer of nuclei ; but many have definite
necks extending through the epithelium to the exterior.
While the oval-shaped nuclei of the mucous cells are situated
.at the base of their secreted mass, the nuclei of the granular
-^^ells lie in the middle, and are generally round with well-
defined membranes and a few granules. In the earliest state
the cells stain of a homogeneous yellow colour. Fine granules
appear in this and give rise to larger spherules or masses.
Ihese become concentrated towards the outer part of the cell,
which then sends a process to the exterior. At the same
time the granules become more and more deeply stained and
smaller (figs. 4-8).

The Ectoderm of the External Body Wall (fig. 4) is
rather more vacuolar than the same layer elsewhere and
slightly thinner. Granular cells are relatively rare and
generally appear ripe. The basal nervous layer is usually
distinct, and presents the punctate arrangement ot the
Actiniaria. Nerve cells are here and there present. A few
nematocysts of the regular tentacular kind, but always much
smaller, occur in places.

The ectoderm of the tentacles (fig. 5) differs only in
being packed with the nematocysts in batteries. Mucous
cells are less common than elsewhere, and granular cells
about as numerous as in the ectoderm of the external body-
wall. The nervous layer is concentrated under the batteries,
three or four of its nuclei being often visible in a single
section through the middle of a battery. No definite
muscles can be distinguished, but the epithelium appears
to give off processes which are joined to special attach-
ments of the structureless membrane.

The nematocysts are the same as I found in the tentacles
of Coniopsatnniia (Willey's Zoo. Results, p. 368). Each has
about 30 turns of the thread, which in the fully ripe body lies
immediately under its extern.-il wall, so that it projects
spirally. The development of the thread follows the same
lines as in Coenopsamiiiiay the redaction in size taking place
pan passu with the formation of the thread.

The ectoderm of the peristome differs only from that of
the external body-wall in being less vacuolated and having
the nuclei still more massed together. The nervous layer
is always distinct, and the granular gland cells are fairly
common. Nematocysts are not found.

The stomodoeal ectoderm 'figs. 6 and 7) exhibits the
same structure as that of the peristome. It is thickened
•over the attachments of the mesenteries (fig. 6), but between
these is not so thick as on the peristome. In the latter
position the nuclei form a broad line broken only where the

141

■gland cells project towards the exterior. The nervous layer
is little marked. Over the mesenteries (fig. 6) the
appearance is as if the whole had been pressed together to
give the enhanced thickness. The rod-shaped nuclei of the
layer are closely packed together. The whole is evidently
densely ciliated. The outer part is set with large mucous
cells, and granular cells extend up from the base. These latter
cells are very numerous and lie internally to the layer of
nuclei, and, unless actively secreting, do not seem to have
processes to the exterior. At the base they are connected by
protoplasmic strands to the nerve layer, and in some sections
appear to be con nected\vith the protoplasm immediately around
definite nervous nuclei. It is characteristic of these gland
•cells in this and the next part of the ectoderm to be con-
sidered that they usually have their nuclei quite distinct —
more or less round with a few granules — and exhibit all
phases from rest to active secretion.

The mesenterial filaments (fig. 8) are presumably
ectodermic in origin, as they certainly are in structure. They
are of the usual form, a central rounded part (the filament
proper) set on the somewhat broadened end of the structure-
less lamella. The thickenings of the stomodoeal ectoderm
gradually narrow as they pass into the filaments. Allowing
for their necessarily constricted base the latter differ in no
respect from these thickenings. They have the same thick-
ness, the same gland cells and nuclei, the nervous layer alone
perhaps not being so well marked. They also seem to be
ciliated. On the straight upper edge of the mesentery gland
•cells are not so numerous, and the nuclei are very dense. In
the central half the whole of the inner part is crowded with
granular gland cells, while towards the lower end the fila-
ment is more vacuolated.

Endoderm ffigs. 2, 3, 7 and 8). — Generally cell outlines
•could not be distinguished in the endoderm, but in some
sections near the attachment of mesenteries the protoplasmic
areas had become partially separated from one another. In
this position (fig. 2) the layer consisted of low columnar
cells with large, flattened, basal processes, spreading outwards
•on the structureless lamella. Their nuclei were nearly round
with well-defined membranes and network. Between the
•cells were a number of large vacuoles, but in this position no
glands of any sort could be distinguished.

More often, except where especially thickened, the endo-
derm appears to consist of a vacuolated epithelium of more
cubical facies with slightly oval nuclei (fig. 7). In certain
positions, where the body-wall immediately overlies the
corallum, it is thinner and more homogeneous. On the sides
■ of the mesenteries and under the peristome and tentacles it is

142

thicker and more vacuolated, and in the latter position the
cells appear to be directly attached to low processes of the
structureless lamella. Over the muscles the layer is thicker
with more oval nuclei (fig. 2).

Under the mesenterial filaments the endoderm is as it were
concentrated to form two great pads to support the filament,,
generally as broad or broader than the filament itself (fig, 8).
These are formed of granular protoplasm scattered with the
regular endodermic nuclei, and with small, round, deeply
staining granules, appearing almost like nuclei of a second
order. There is here little vacuolation and no definite con-
tour against the coelenteron, the edge being drawn out into
ragged processes. In this position, though indeed they may-
be found sparsely distributed over the whole endoderm, are a
few mucous cells of small size and a large number of round
homogeneously staining bodies of about twice the diameter
of the nuclei. The latter take up all stains fairly evenly, and
exhibit no trace of structure. When teased out they appear
as round refractive bodies, and are, I have no doubt, of a fatty
nature. In the same position at the base of the filament I have
also found diatoms and other algal matter inthe endoderm.

A number of oval bodies generally occur in the endoderm
on each side of the upper top ends of the septa, forming
almost a layer fig. 3). In a polyp with calicle 17 mm. long
they are only present in this position, but in smaller polyps
isolated ones are found anywhere over the corallum. They
generally do not stain, or stain very imperfectly, and appear
in section to have a number of pieces of a thick filament.
When reconstructed, a spirally coiled thick thread is found
(fig. 9,. The various coils, about 12 to 15, are in contact, and
extend diagonally around the whole. The appearance ap-
proaches that of the mesenterial nematocysts of Cocnopsamiiiia
{loo. cit., p. 370), but with enormously swollen threads and no
discharging apparatus. Most are in the same condition as
in the figures, but I have found a few with as yet no thread
developed. Some have no nuclei, but where present they are
oval and densely granular. There are no indications of any
having been ejected, nor of any possibility of ejection. There
can, however, be no doubt, but that they are nematocysts,.
perhaps rudimentary or reduced. As such their position,
especially on the upper free edges of the septa, is probably
not devoid of morphological significance.

Generative Organs. — In the young stage the testes are
composed of small cell masses, forming follicles in the
structureless lamella. Later, as described by Hickson in
Alcyonium,*each follicle consists of a dense mass of granular
nuclei surrounding a small open central coagulum.

* (inarl. Join: Micr. Sci., vol. 37, p. 3i:i (1895).

•43

The ova have a large round nucleus with nucleolus set in a
massof yolk spherules, the whole sometimes reaching 1-5 mm.
in length by nearly i mm. in breadth. The nucleus is usually
situated in the upper part of the cell, and in a fortunate series
of sections I found near the base of two ova small canals ex-
tending through the endoderm. These open from the exo-
coelic side, and reach down to the surface of the ova, one of
which seems to have partially flowed into its canal.
The diameter of the canals is in each case about that of
a human, red blood-corpuscle, and the sections, which
are not quite so thick, appear in both cases to have
been cut almost longitudinally through the centre of each
channel. The bounding endoderm shows longitudinal striae
in the walls, but the existence of canals is quite clear under a
high power. Although I have examined many other ova I
have not found these oviducts elsewhere, and I suspect that
they are merely temporary structures for the escape of the
ova. They have not been previously described, so far as I
am aware, in the ]\Iadreporaria, and are almost certainly what
the Hertwigs described as the " Fadenappart ' of the ova in
the Actimaria *

The single polyp of /'. pavonimtiii, that I examined, is in
rather a different condition, so far as digestion is concerned,
to any of those of the above species that I have worked over.
It, however, only differs in its minute anatomy from F.
riihnim in that mucous gland cells are more conspicuous
and numerous both in the ectoderm, and more especially
in the endoderm,

8. ON THE POST-LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF
F. RUBRUM. (PL III, figs. 10-16.)

Dried Coralla. — The corallites of dredgings 4 and 5 in
particular have various stages of the development of the
species growing upon them. In the earliest stage found
there is a distinct round basal plate with 6 septa radiating
from the centre, but not meeting one another. There is no
trace of epitheca. As yet it is uncertain whether the young
corallite belongs to Ftabcllum or to a fungid coral, which I
have also found growing on some of the specimens. The
earliest undoubted stage is that of a corallite, nearly 2 mm.
in diameter, with a distinct epithecal rim, ■2--\ mm. high,
and 6 primary and 6 secondary septa (fig. 10;. Another,
almost similar, has the epitheca \s mm. high showing the

* Die Actimm [1879].— Plate vii., Fig. 13, verycloselyresemblfs the appearance
If ound, but the membrane of the ovam in my section is distinct and the nucleus at
the opposite end of the cell (Fig. 2). '

144-

■early growth lines ; the diameter is 2 mm., and the septa are
practically the same as in the previous stage (fig. 11). A
third is \'^ mm. high with a very marked looping outwards
of the epitheca between the septa, of which the primaries
extend further into the corallite.

In fig. 12 is represented a stage where the primary septa
are beginning to give off trabeculae ; the specimen is 175
mm. high and 25 mm in diameter, and has well-marked
growth-lines on its epitheca. In fig. 13, a specimen \'s mm.
high by 2 mm, in diameter, the primary septa have all fused
with one another by trabeculae, but as yet there are no signs
of any tertiary septa. The latter have appeared in the next
stage (fig. 14a) 4 mm. high by 3*5 mm. in diameter. The
•calicle has begun to elongate the terminal septa of its long
axis belonging to the first cycle. The six primaries
are still distinctly the larger, but six secondaries have
fused with them and with one another. The corallite in side
view (fig. 14b) shows marked accretion lines and the
•characteristic wavy structure of the epitheca. The former
represent slight additions to the epitheca, and do not corre-
spond to the lines of growth in the older specimens, which
are markedly larger and consist of many such.

The further changes lie in the gradual fusion of the
tertiary septa to those of cycles I. and II. by trabeculae.
This does not take place generally until there has been a
very marked and considerable increase in the size of the
corallite, nor usually until after it has become free. Fig.
15 represents a free specimen 6 mm. high, 9*5 mm. long
axis of calicle, and 4*5 mm. short axis of same. Only
•one septum of cycle III. has as yet become fused with
those of I. and II. This is situated in an end space between
septa of cycles I. and II., and it will be noticed that the
tertiary septa in these four spaces are larger than in the side
•ones, being indeed the first to fuse. Those in the next four
spaces are larger than those in the central ones, which are
naturally from the method of growth of the coralkim the last
to join up, only indeed fusing in the largest corallites. In
the figure it may be observed that in two of the end spaces
of the calicle between septa of cycles I. and III. quinary
septa have appeared on either side of the quaternary, which
are everywhere complete.

The corallum, where it breaks off from its psdicle, varies
•considerable, but is usually in the stage with 12 septa fusing
with only traces of the tertiary septa (fig. 16). A series of
perforations appear right round the corallite in one of the
accretion bands near the base, but what causes these I have
b3en quite unable to determine. In no case is there any

'45

regeneration from the still attached stalk as in Fiingiay.
Cycloscris^ and probably many other genera.

Polyps — (Text-Figures III. and IV.j. — The greater part of
the collection was forwarded to me in formalin. For the
determination of the species it was necessary to dry and
clean a considerable number of the adult specimens. To study
the development of the septa and corallum I had to do the
same to some of the smaller forms. The earliest of these
with 6 large and 6 small septa appeared, as if the tissues of
the polyp had been torn off the mouth of the calicle.t All.
the specimens of the young forms seemed to have suffered
greatly, and I rejected one after another as useless for section,
cutting, placing them in the cleaning bath. Finally I
selected a young polyp, which from surface view appeared to
have been torn around the base of the tentacles where they
run into the external body wall, there being no visible trace
of tentacles, peristome or stomodoeum. The central part of
the calicle was filled in with a mass of the irregularly coiled
mesenterial filaments, which I hoped might show the
structure. On cutting a series of transverse sections the
whole polyp turned out to be thoroughly well-preserved. So
far as I can see, there is no trace whatever in the polyp of
any rupture or tearing off of any part of the body wall, be-
yond what is clearly due to the perforation of the latter by
the upper, sharp edges of some of the septa.

Fig. III. Transverse eecHons through the attached post-larval stage of F.
riihrum, described in <he text, in four different planes, shown ay^ proximately in
Fig. IV. (drawn under the cam- ra lucida).

A. shows the connection of the cavities of the different systems at the base of
the polyp. Only trace*" of me-entpries are present by three of the septa. B. repre-
sents half the sa'r-e at a higher level. The primary septa alone fuse in the axial
fossa. The first 12 mesent-^rie* are complete and the second 12 have corampnced.
C. and D. represent the same quadrant, C. where the primaiy and t^econdarj- septa
both fuse by trabeculae and D a little higher.

The numerals refer to the cycles of the septa. T. Trabeculae from the
septal edges. *

* Vide WilUtfs Zoolngical ReeuHs, pp. 171-180 and plates XIX and XX
t Two other specimens, since found, corroborate the development as described
in the following pages. They are both of a considerably earlier stage.

146

The general structure of the polyp may be best seen by
reference to Figs. III. and IV. The corallite has 12 septa
fusing by trabeculae in the axial fossa, the septa of cycles I.
and II., alternating with the 12 septa of cycle III., which are
extremely small, only just having made their appearance.
The stage then is about that shown in fig. 14. The mesen-
teries number 24, 6 pairs of larger situated on either side of
the primary septa and 6 pairs of smaller against the
secondary septa. The filaments of the former mesenteries
form great bunches of coiled loops, but of the latter are very
slightly developed (Fig. IV.) In one or two of the exocoeles
traces of the tertiary mesenteries are found in prolongations
of the stru :tureless lamella, which have as yet no trace of
filaments.

All the mesenteries are attached above to the body wall,
which forms a rim around the mouth of the corallite of about
•one-fifth its breadth. The mesenteries hang from this, their
free edges being continuous with its edge (Fig. IV.), but their
filaments do not appear until some little distance below the
same. On the larger mesenteries the muscular filaments
have developed in the typical manner, most originating near
the edge of the body-wall ; on the smaller mesenteries they
are as yet scarcely noticeable. TJiere is 110 trace of any
tentacles in any area of the body-wall, having nematocysts or
otherwise, nor of any st-o/nodoeuin.

Fii?. IV. Diagrammatical longitudinal section through the attached post-
larval stage of F. rubruin described in the text. The left side represents one of the
mesenteries hounding a primary septum, and on the right side mesenteries bound-
ing Beconoary and tert ary septa are shown.

A. — D. fiections shown in Fig. III.

e. u\ External body- wall. m. f. Mesenterial filaments. mi, w^ and wia.
Mesenteries bounding septal cycles I., II. and III. 5i, S2 and S3. Septa of cycles
I., II. and III., represented by incomplete liaee. T. Trabeculae from the septal
•edges. U. Epitheca. I'. Basal plate.

H7

As the series of sections show (Fig. III.), the primary and
•secondary septa fuse with one another by their edges, so as
to close in the axial fossa at a certain depth with a mass of
trabeculae (Fig. III. C). Lower down the secondary septa
become smaller, and the fossa is closed in by processes from
the primary septa alone (Fig. III. B.). Indeed the latter pro-
cesses form almost a solid mass closing in the axial fossa.
Still lower, the primary septa themselves become reduced so
that the axial fossa is quite open (Fig. III. A.). The tissues
of the different segments between the primary septa fuse
across, and place the whole coelenteron in free communica-
tion. In the lower half of the polyp the coelenteron is, how-
ever, much reduced — in many places almost obliterated —
by the convolutions of the mesenterial filaments.

Besides the above points, the bearing of which will be
considered later, there is little to note about the polyp. The
•enormous thickness of the body-wall, as seen in the camera
lucida drawings (Fig. III.), is due to the relatively great
thickness ever3^where of the endoderm. The layer is coarsely
granular, and somewhat similar to the same layer at the base
of the mesenterial filaments in the adult (p. 142, and fig. 8) ;
cell outlines may, however, be distinguished in some places
at the free edge of the layer. Fat cells are present here and
there, and foreign bodies (principally algal) are found near
the bases of the mesenterial filaments, showing that the polyp
has been actively feeding even in its present condition. The
typical aborted nematocysts of the adult endoderm (p. 142 and
figs. 3 and 9) may be found anywhere, but occur mainly near
the septal edges. They only differ in being somewhat smaller
than in the adult. On the sides of the mesenteries the endo-
derm only differs in being thicker and more granular. The
flattened plates of the structureless lamella have but com-
menced to form. The muscular fibres are as yet more or less
isolated from one another, except at the base of the polyp,
and do not form the characteristic square blocks usually seen
in a transverse section.

The mesenterial filaments are of the same structure as in
the adult, but rather more granular. The structureless
lamella is extremely thin, in many places scarcely existing
as a distinct layer.

The calicoblastic ectoderm varies from a columnar to a
cubical facies, and is everywhere a well-defined hyaline
layer with little or no granulation. The " desmocytes,"
except at the base of the polyp, are not yet attached to the
structureless membrane. The whole layer is noticeable for
its hyaline appearance and well-defined edge against the
corallum, never having a ragged surface except near the
attachments of the mesenteries. Above the corallum the

148

calicoblastic ectoderm merges gradually into the external
ectoderm, which only differs from that of the adult in being
less vacuolated and in the comparative absence of mucous
and granular gland cells,

A later stage, which I have also examined by serial
sections, is that of a still attached polyp, long axis of calicle
5 mm., and short axis 2*5 mm. It has 48 septa, of which 12
alone fuse in the axial fossa, the stage being hence a little
earlier than fig. 15. The stomodoem is an extremely
shallow invagination. There is as yet no trace of generative
organs, the polyp being otherwise, even in its minute
anatomy, similar to the adult. The tissues surrounding the
septa fuse across below the mass of trabeculae in the axial
fossa, thus extending to the very bottom of the corallite.
The minute examination has shown no cause which can in
any way produce the breaking-off of the calicle from its
stalk. Some of the tissues would undoubtedly seem to remain
in the pedicle, but, as already mentioned, I have found no
evidence of its possible future growth to form a fresb
corallite.

9. CONCLUSIONS RELATING TO THE GENUS
FLABELLUM.

In the preceding pages an attempt has been made to in-
vestigate and determine as far as possible the variation in'
the skeleton of two very dissimilar species of the genus
Flabellmn. The variation is of two kinds, specific and
normal.* The latter may be best seen by reference to the
synonomy. It is in these two species enormous, and the
study affords some data for considering the possible and
probable variations not only in the same but in other genera.
In F. rnbntin there apjDear to be three distinct specific or dis-
continuous variations, between which the intermediates do
not form more than \-i per cent, of the total number of
specimens. This, so far as I am aware, is the first suggestion
of the presence of distinct varieties in the ]\Iadreporaria.

The question as to whether the skeleton in the axial
fossa represents a true columella, built by deposition on the
basal plate, or is merely formed by trabeculae from the
septal edges appears to me of morphological and generic
importance. The development shows clearly that there is
no such true columella in Flabc/In/u.'^ Trabeculae

* See '* Her«dity, Diffttrentiation and other Conceptions of Biology," by W.
Bateeon, Proc. R. Soc , vol. 09, p. 193,

tin this conneL'tion it is interesting to note that series of sections of even
moderate sized, attached corallites show at different heights the develoi nient of
the septa equally as well as separate corallites in different stages. There is in
F. rubiiim no obliteration of the axial foisa by coralluni betweeu the earliest tra-
beculae that arise and the basal plate.

H9

are merely formed by the fusion across the axial fossa of the
body- wall, covering the septal edges, and may arise in any
corallite of any genus. The origin of rootlets has been
clearly shown by Lacaze Duthiers* in F. anthophyllum.
They seem to arise as a flowing over the edge of the cup of
the tissues of its polyp, probably brought about by the
absence of favourable circumstances for the deposition of the
skeleton and the presence of more suitable conditions for the
increase of the polyp itself. These considerations lead to the
absorption of the genus Rhizoirochus, while the close resem-
blance between the buds of Blastotrochiis and Flabcllum
scarcely allow of their being distinct genera.

The comparison of the anatomy of the polyps of F. pavoni-
uuni and F. rubruni show that they are separated
by the fact that all the septa in the former are ento-
coelic and have tentacles over them, whereas half the septa
of the latter are exocoelic, with no correspondingly situated
tentacles. The mesenteries of the former are hence twice as
numerous as the septa, and of the latter the same in number.

Moseley's accountt of the anatomy of the genus is rather
confused. A generalised transverse section, Aloseley's fig.
ID shows twice as many mesenteries as there are septa
in the genus, and it is stated that there are the same
number of tentacles as there are septa. This, as a
generic character, is contradicted by the same author's
fig. 12 of F. JaponicitDi, which shows 48 tentacles
corresponding to septal cycles I. — IV., while cycle V. is
also stated to be present. From this figure the presumption
is that the septa and mesenteries alternate in this species as
in F. ritbruin. A figure of a longitudinal section of F. ala-
bastniHi shows three orders of mesenteries, attached (i) to
the lower edge of the stomodoeum, (2) to the junction of
stomodoeum and peristome, and (3) to the peristome near
the bases of the tentacles, an arrangement similar to that
found in both F. riiby-iiin and /'. pavom)iuin. The ova occur
on all the mesenteries according to size, but are not repre-
sented in any determinate series, being scattered all over the
lower parts of the mesenteries.

In /". antJwpJiylliiin, according to Lacaze Duthiers {Joe. CLt.),
the tentacles and septa correspond in number. The mesen-
teries likewise are of the same number, and the arrangement
accordingly is such that half the septa and tentacles are exo-
coelic. The testes consist of polyhedriil masses, and the
ovaries each of 4-5 ova placed in a row, a similar arrange-
ment to F. rubrum.

* " Evolution du Polypier du Flabellum anthophylium^^^ Arch, de Zool. exp.
(t gen., 3e ser., t II., p. 446 et seq. (1894).

I Challenger Report on Curals, pp. 162-1, pi. xvi., figs. 10-12 (1882).
A2764. D

'SO

In his description of F. paiaoo}iic)ium Fowler* has woefully
confused theca and epitheca, and septal trabeculae with
columella. There are 4 orders of septa, all entocoelic and
with tentacles. Mesenteries I. and II. (on either side of
septa I. and II.) are alone attached to the stomodoeum, while
in F. riihriDU and F. pavoninnm I. -III. are so attached. The
stomodoeum is stated to have well marked gonidial grooves
and " Through periphery of mouth-disc (peristome) protrude
the acontia " through " definite openings." t

The above short resume of our present knowledge of the
anatomy of the polyps shows that the differences in the
corallites are correlated with differences in the polyps. For a
thoroughly scientific classification a knowledge of the polyp
anatomy is essential. In the caseof /". ruhriiDi it confirms the
diagnosis of the species and its variations, which was first
studied on the dried coralla alone. If there is so much
specific variability in the polyps of one genus as implied by
the above, why not in all genera. Of the specifically
variable polyp characters 1 would only draw further attention
to the number of mesenteries meeting the stomodoeum and
depending from it. My experience in F. rubrum is that this
character is much less variable than any founded on
numbers of septa of different sizes, etc. Indeed, it seems to
me to be probably one likely to be of no inconsiderable
value for separating our species from one another.

The importance of the development of the corallite lies in
the fact that the regular 6-system radial arrangement of
septa is found dominating the early stages, whereas with
growth the calicle becomes elongated, bilaterally symmetrical
with 20 — 24 equal septa. However the mesenteries may
develop, the septa in all genera of Madreporaria support
Milne-Edwards and Haime's views on radial symmetry
being primitive in the group ; that in ejEfect the group was
evolved from forms with pronounced radial symmetry.

The minute anatomy in different polyps varies enormously
in accordance with the state of the polyp so far as feeding is
concerned. In one polyp I found large numbers of a Forami-
niferan, which Mr. J. J. Lister has referred to the genus

* "The Anatomy of the Madreporaria," Quart. Jtur. Micro. Set., vol. XXV.,
p. 577. pi. XL. (1S85.)

t Fowler's deacription of anatomical details is meagre and the figu.tB are
diagrammatical. According to Fowier's account there nre a few points of
difference from F. ruhrum. The mesenterial filaments ura naid to be found ou ilie
whole frea edges of the mesenteries, even below where the ova are situated aud the
acontia given i-ff. The oblique exccoelic muscles of the mesenteries — presumably
traverniiig the structureless lamella — become (according to Fowler) the external
longitudinal coat of the tentacles, and the longitudinal muscles oi the mesenteries
the circular fibies of the same. The acontia are said to be set with both tentacular
and mesenterial nematocysts, while Fowler's figure of the stction of one is peculiar
in only showing a single thread-cell.

151

Opcrciiliva, and in others quantities of diatoms and algal
growths. Where such are present the stomodoeal epithelium
and the mesenterial filaments are reduced in size, the granu-
lar gland cells having sunk down, after secretion, towards
the structureless lamella, and not showing the swollen out
appearance seen in the figures. Every stage of ingestion
and protusion of foreign matter could be seen in the swollen
out endodermal bases of the mesenterial filaments, but else-
where was not observed. The storing up ol round, fat
globules, not only in the endoderm at the bases of the mesen-
terial filaments, but anywhere in the endoderm, indicates
that there must be a true digestion — due to the secretion of
the gland cells of the mesenterial filaments — and absorption
over the whole endoderm, as well as ingestion at the bases of
the filaments. No absorption would, however, seem to occur
in the mesenterial filaments, the concentration of fat, etc., in
the endoderm at their bases being correlated with this.*

It is unnecessary to repeat my views on the layers in the
Actinozoon polyps. t There can be no doubt, if the descrip-
tions and figures be carefully examined, that the external,
tentacular, peristomial, stomodoeal and mesenterial filament
epithelia of /'. rnbriim all belong to the same layer. The
formation of the corallum, the apparent protandry of the
generative organs, and the presence of a distinct canal lead-
ing through the endoderm to the ova have already been con-
sidered, and require no further reference here.

The post-larval stage in the development of the polyp,
which I have described above, is remarkable in many ways.
I have been over the anatomy many times, and I cannot see
that there is or can be any error in the account of its gross
anatomy. The main point of interest, a mouth almost as
large as that of the calicle, I have found also in two younger
stages, not however so well preserved. Such a stage is
absolutely without parallel among the described develop-
ments of the Actinozoon polyps, which, from the first, have
well-defined stomodoea. In the adult the stomodoeal wall
is ridged over the attachments of the mesenteries, and in
the stage described the mesenteries present are only such as
in the adult depend from the stomodoeum. The only logical
vicihod of coiiciivfiig file forniah'on of the stoniodoenni of the
adult to take place is to suppose that the external hody-ii'all grows
iWiVards^ catching up the edges of the mesenteries in its progress.
It finally reaches the mesenterial filaments^ which by fission

* Tide " La Digestion chez lea Actinie.'^," by Victor "Willem, BiiU. S c.
Midecme de Gand, p. 295 (IS92j, and p. 375 of my paper " On the Anatomy of a
Supposed New Species of Coenopsammia from Lifu," iriUei/e Zool. Hesults, pp.
3.i7-380 aSQft).

t Loe. cif p. 374-5.

together, assisted by the downgroii'th of the body-wall form the
stomodoeiDn. The latter increases in depth with the size of
the polyp, and the process probably goes on to some extent
throughout life.

It is necessary to lay strong" emphasis on the fact that this
is a larval development* The organs are functional, and the
conditions of life are not quite the same as in the adult. All
the organs are correlated with one another ; the endoderm is
digestive and everywhere ingests foreign particles. t In this
stage there is a necessity for a rapid growth, for an abundant
nutrition, which might he assisted by the widely open mouth.
Perhaps there is no need of protection, so that the tentacles
only appear later on to guard the polyp when it is producing
generative organs. On the other hand the endodermal
nematocysts are possibly now or were in the evolution of
these forms at one time functional.

If a large number of the madreporaria be examined, I
believe that in a not inconsiderable number a corresponding
development will be found. The condition was probably
brought about by an enormous enlargement of the gastro-
pore in the first place, the stomodoeum then becoming of
secondary formation. In the adult the stomodoeum is pro-
bably a definite morphological entity. Primitively it arises
as an inpushing or ingrowth of the ectoderm at a very early
stage of development. The adult stage is necessary to the
organism. The variation has been produced and perpetuated
in the young stage alone. This larva cannot be held to
indicate in any way an ancestral stage of structure that has
been hit upon by natural selection. It shows rather a
variation on an entirely new line. The case is one which
markedly emphasises the fact that the tendency in develop-
ment is " to directness and abbreviation and to the omission
of ancestral stages of structure," which here is as true for
larval as for embryonic development.

* Vide " On the Law of Development commonly known as Von Baer'e Law. and
on the Significiince of Ancehtrnl Rudiments' in Embryonic Development " by
Adriiu Sedgwick, Qmrt. Jour. Mtrro. Sci., vol. 36, and Studies Morph. Lab. CidhIi.,
vol. vi., pp. 75-92 (l^'JiJ).

t PurbapH the n matocysts in the endoderm at the edg'es of the tentacles were
once functional at this stage in protecting the tissues of the polyp.

'53

EXPLANATION OF PLATES I-IV.

All the figures refer to Flahelhuii riihruni unless otherwise
stated, ect. Ectoderm, c. ect. Calicoblast ectoderm, end. Endo-
derm. s. I. Structureless lamella, n. I. Nervous layer of the
ectoderm. /. n. Tentacular nematocysts. oid. n. Reduced
endodermal nematocysts. in. g. c. Mucous gland cells.
g, g. c. Granular gland cells, f. b. Ingested foreign bodies.
f. g. Fat globules, m. f. Muscular fibres.

Fig. I. Section of the calicoblastic ectoderm on the side of
a septum about i mm. inside the edge against the axial fossa.

Fig. 2. Section of the attachment of the body- wall to the
corallum at the base of a mesentery.

Fig. 3. Section of the body- wall over a septum near its
upper free edge.

Fig. 4. Section of the ectoderm of the external body-wall.
(The section is that of a knob caused by the contraction of
the polyp. It serves to show the constituents of the layer,
but does not give in any way a real idea of its true appear-
ance. It was chosen only alter a prolonged search, no other
section in this position showing more than i nerve cell and 2
or 3 granular gland cells. The vacuolated nature of the
layer does not appear).

Fig. 5. Section through a battery of nematocysts on a
partially retracted tentacle.

Pig. 6. Section through the ectoderm of the stomodoeal
wall over the attachment of a mesentery.

Fig. 7. Section of the stomodoeal wall between the attach-
ments of two mesenteries.

Fig. 8. Transverse section of the mesenterial filament and
edge of a primary mesentery at about the middle of its course.
(For the sake of clearness no tone has been placed over the
structureless lamella).

Fig. 9. Reduced endodermal nematocyst, reconstructed
from a series of sections.

Figs. 10-15. Various stages in the development of the
corallite. The numerals where present refer to the cycles of
the septa.

Fig. 16. Scar of a broken-off corallite. The dark lines in
the septa are depressions, due to the eating away of the
corallum along the central '' dark lines "' of the septa.

'5 +

Fig. 17. Side view of a mesentery from a polyp of about
20 mm. in length, showing the coiled loop of the mesenterial
filament, generative mass and arrangement of the muscular
fibres. The filament is reversed so that the upper end is
actually the more deeply situated in the corallum. The
sperm acini contain ripe spermatozoa and on the inner side
are seen three ova. To the right of the figure the clumped
attachments of the muscular fibres to the corallum are seen.

Figs. 18-21. Views of four South African specimens of /".
f^avon Dili III from the side to show the general shape, accretion
lines, wings, etc.

Figs. 22-34, Various corallites of /". ruhruin^xova side view
to show the variations in the shape of the corallum.

[Published 2t.sT November, iqo2."|

Marine Investigations, c. \

Cape Madreporaria. Plate I.

STANLEY GARDINER - FLABELLUM.

E. Wilson del.et lith. Cambridge.

Marine Invesbiga-bions. s.A.

fWW

S

yy<i'! '\:

1 'v:. ■■'■ 9 ■' V •;. -i

Cape Madreporaria. Plate II.

•■■ » SB

■>y:^'?

STANLEY GARDINER -FLABELLUM.

E. Wilson del.et lith. Cambridge.

Marine Investigations. s. a.

Cape Madreporaria. Plate III.

STANLEY GARDINER - FLABELLUM.

E.Wilson del.et lith. Cambridge.

Marine Investigations. S.A.

Cape Madreporaria. Plate IV.

STANLEY GARDINER - FLABELLUM.

E.Wilson del.etlith. Cambridge.

nUKRENTS ON THE SOUTH AFRICAN COAST,
AS INDICATED BY THE COURSE OF DRIFT
BOTTLES.

By .1. D. F. GILCHRIST, M.A., B.Sc, Ph.D.,

Government HiolofiM to the Colony of the Caye of Good Hope.

Pakt I.

The following ia a record of the coui'ae of a number of drift
bottles sent off at various localities in the sea surrounding the
South African coast.

The method adopted was simply to drop into the sea a small
bottle (2 oz.) containing a card with a request to the finder to re-
turn it, after noting the locality and time at which the bottle
was found. Such a method of testing currents, of course, raises
the obvious objection that a record is got more of wind direc-
tion than of sea currents. This objection has already been
discussed elsewhere, and it need only be repeated that while it
is to a certain extent valid, yet, in view of the fact that the
bottles when afloat are fairly well submerged, and that the
winds themselves are the chief causes of all surface currents,
we cannot but attach considerable importance to the results
of such experiments. Moreover, we shall produce some direct
evidence that the course taken at least in one case was to be
attributed more to current than wind. Of particular interest
in this respect is the directions taken by bottles Nos. 108, 29(5,
31 G, and 318, the last two being set off in practically the same
place and at the same time, yet, apparently, taking quite
opposite directions.

The bottles consist of two series, viz.: — First, those set oft'
at fairly regular intervals, and at fourteen definite points along
the coast between Cape Town and Natal, from the mail steamers.
At the request of the Meteorological Commission of Cape
Colony the Union-Castle Steamship Company most willingly
undertook to assist in the investigations, and the results, of
which only a part is here reported on, are of special value on
account of their regularity. The bottles set off in this way
were numbered consecutively, and are distinguished here by
the addition of the letter " M.'" That no confusion might arise
the card enclosed in the bottle was of a difi'orent colour from

156

others, and addressed to the Secretarj to the Meteorological
Commission. The second set of bottk^s were set adrift from the
Government vessel at the various places at which it happened to
be while engaged in marine investigations.

Many more bottles than those here recorded have now been
returned, but for the sake of clearness the results of those set
off between May, 1899, when the work began, and May, 1901,
and received up to this date,* are here recorded in the form of
a preliminary report.

It is not intended, therefore, even if this were at the present
stage advisable, to do little more than record the results, and
bring them together in a form which can readily be compre-
hended.

The accompan3nng tables and chart show details as to the
time, localities, etc., in connection with the bottles which were
recovered.

The interval between the casting adrift and landing of the
bottle is, of course, not indicated by the difference between the
dates, nor the number of miles drifted by the distance between
the localities. The distance drifted, therefore, is taken to be
approximately the shortest, and may be considered as the mini-
mum ; the time is necessarily the maximum (in one case where
the bottle was found at sea, the actual time), and consequently
the rate of speed given in the last column is the minimum.

The direction and force of wind when the bottles were east
adrift is also given.

A few of the most striking courses taken by the bottles may
be noted. We find in the region \vest of the meridian of Cape
Point evidence of a current going northwards, with an inset
towards the coast in the neighbourhood of Saldanha Bay, the
latter fact being of special significance in connection with the
weD-known dangerous character of this region for navigation.
The existence of this current is w^ell known to navigators, and
is well marked, (^specially during south-east Avinds. Another
fact, which does not seem to so well established, however, is
perhaps indicated by the course of bottles Nos. 150, 149, 491,
and 859. These point to the existence of a cross current
towards Kobben Island. The recent disaster to one of the mail
boats, the " Tantallon C'astle," while in a fog, and steering a
course calculated to carry her past liobben Island on the west
side, would apparently be explained by such an inset cuj'rent
towards the land. The courses of these bottles seem to indicate
a fact well worthy of a fuller investigation from its purely
practical aspect.

Bottle No. 29G is one of the most interesting. It was set off
on the 11th June, 1900, 26| miles west of Cape Point during a

*lfith December. 1901.

l."7

slight breeze from the west-south-west, and was found about a
yeai- afterwards (14th July, 1901) by Mr. M. J. Oliveira, a
Customs House Officer, on the coast of Pernambuco, South
America, having drifted a distance of more than ;:5,000 miles in
this time, or at the rate of over eight miles a day. Its great dis-
tance from land had doubtless kept it clear of the South
African coast until it got into the South Atlantic current, from
whence it probably was carried with the North Equatorial cur-
rent to the cost of South America.

That a drifting object, say, a log of wood or trunk of a tree,
could be carried in such a comparatively short time from the
coast of South Africa to that of South America is a fact which
may throw some light on the geographical distribution of some
animals. The distribution of such a form as Peripatus, for in-
stance, could be accounted for on other grounds than those gener-
ally advanced, viz., the survival in widely separated regions of a
form once universal. In the belief of my friend, Dr. Purcell,
whom I have consulted, and who is well qualified to express an
opinion on the subject, it is quite possible that this animal
could survive such a journey, and from its habits is not un-
likely to be occasionally carried out to sea with the drift wood
from the rivers of Soutb Africa. What is ])ossible in a land
form, such as this, is of cnirse much more so in the case of
floating marine forms \\hich might be able to survive the various
changes of temperature experienced in the different regions
traversed. VV^e have shown reasons for believing that the
A gulhas Stream from the Indian Ocean reaches the region where
the bottle in question was set adrift, and from Avhich it was
carried to a region within ten degrees of the Equator, where
there are known to be currents passing into the northern
hemisphere.

Nos. 161 and 164 are of interest, as they were cast adrift
within a comparatively short distance (about two miles), and
time (three hours) of each other, and were found at localities
about one hundred miles apart. No. 161 was put overboard at
8.25 a.m., when there was no wind ; No. 164 at 11.15 a.m., when
a very slight north-west wind had spi-ung up. Apparently, the
explanation is that by being about two miles further from the
shore at the start No. 164 was able to clear the projecting part
of the west coast. Any advantage to be gained by the north-
west breeze in clearing the coast would, of course, be gained by
No. 164. That this may not, however, be the explanation is
demonstrated by the course of bottles Nos. 149 and 150, which
were put over at the same time 1^ miles off Lion's Head, and
found on the shore near Table Bay, about three miles apart.
(Compare also Nos. .374. 405, 453, 461, 465, and 573, and the
numbers immediatelv follow inc each of thcm.i

158

Passing to the region east of the meridian of Cape Point, we
observe indications of a decided inset into False Bay, many of
the recovered bottles put away off this region having been
found in the Bay. No. 174 M is, apparently, an exception, but
it is not impossible that tliis also circled round the Bay before
being carried further eastwards.

Outside of these, however, one bottle, No. 108, was carried
round Cape Point, and was found near Saldanha liay. This is
of special interest, as affording some evidence that the warm
Agulhas current flows at least occasionally round Cape Point
and up to the West Coast as a surface current. It was thrown
oflt 142 iiiilps soutli by west off Capo Hangklip on the 8th
December, 1899, and was found about thirteen days later at
Saldanha Bay. In this instance, the only such occurrence, it
was picked up in the water, so that it probably went at the rate
of about nine miles per day. When sent oft' there was a fairly
strong westerly breeze. During the fourteen days which it took
to complete the journey (118 miles) the wind, as ascertained at
Cape Agulhas, Cape Point, and at the Royal Observatory by the
Meteorological Commission, was as follows: —

Date.

C:\pe Asri

Ihus.
Force.

Cape Point.

Royal Observatory.

Dec. lJ<l»y.

Direction.

Direction.

Force.
2

Direction.

s.

Force.

8th

Calm.

W.

0

;Hh

W.

2

S.W.

2

S.S.E.

2

loth

S.W.

•J

W.

2

Calm.

11th

N.W.

-,

N.W.

<;

N.X.W.

H

12th

W.

7

S.W.

.-,

W.

1

13th

W.

,••,

N.W.

:,

N.W.

a

14th

S.E.

2

S.E.

.)

s.

:{

I.-)th

S.E.

5

S.E.

(\

s.

1

16th

x.w.

1

Calm.

S.S.F.

0

17th

S.E.

2

S.E.

.")

s.

0

18th

S.W.

«)

W.

r,

W.N.W.

2

19th

S.W.

:\

S.W.

2

s.

1

20th

S.E.

2

S.E.

2

s.

3

21st

S.E.

1

S.E.

H

s.s.w.

3

These observations, for a copy of which I am indebted to Mr.
C. Stewart, li.Sc., Secretarj^- to the Meteorological Commission,
may be taken to fairly represent the prevailing direction and
force of wind over the region through which the bottle passed
between the 8th and 21st, the period of its drifting, and it will
be seen at a glance that the direction, if wholly determined by
the wind, would be an easterly, rather than a westerly one.
When the bottle was dropped overboard there was a west by

159

north wind, force ti, and for six days afterwards the wind was
westerly at Cape Point, so that we cannot but conclude that it
is highly probably the course of the bottle round the Cape
I'l'ninsula is to be attributed to a cui'rent passing round that
point from the east, against the wind.

The course of this bottle is of further interest in connection
with a series of temperatures taken oft the Cape Peninsula,
where an unexpectedly high surface temperature (69 9) was
found, being higher than any of the daily observations .'n
False Bay or Table Bay during the three years 1898-1900.
This was supposed to incticate the presence of the warm Agul-
has current in the region as a surf (ice current, and the course
of this bottle gives additional evidence in favour of this inter-
pretation.

At the region immediately off Cape Agulhas there seems to
be a less definite set of the course of the drift bottles than any-
where else. As we proceed eastwards, however, there is a
decided t<Midency towards the east oft Cape Infanta and Cape
Vacca, and this tendency is apparent along the whole of the
remainder of the south coast up to Cape Recife, being speci-
.ally marked in the case of bottles which travel long distances.

The course of INTos. -316 and 318 are peculiar. They were
put into the sea at places only about eight miles apart, and at
an interval of one hour and twenty minutes, and yet, ap-
jiarently, took quite opposite directions, the one being found at
Jiredasdorji, west of Cape Agiilhas, and the other at Plcttenberg
Bay.

The insi'l into Mosscl Bay and Plettenberg Bay is to be
noted here, and may be compared with the inset into False
Bay and Table Bay. Xos. -374 and -iTo were put over at the
same time oft' Cape Infanta, and were found at Mossel Bay, one
mile apart.

Any negative evidence afforded by drift bottles put away
and not returned is perhaps of doubtful value, but the follow-
ing short statement of the total numbers set adrift is appended
as a record, which may prove of utility in further work: — ■

SUMMARY OF liOTTLES SET ADRIFT.

1.— From the Union-Castle Mail Steamship Company's
steamers on voyag'es between Cape Town and Natal,
from 22nd December, 1900, to 25th May, 1901.

These bottles were supplied in sets of 28, two bottles being
put over in the vicinity of each of the following localities :
(1) Mouille Point ; (2) Hout Bay ; (3) Cape Point ; (4) Cape
Hangklip ; (5) Danger Point; (B) Cape Agulhas ; (7) Cape

160

Iiifauta : (8) Cape St. Blai/.e ; (9) Knysna; (10) Capo St,
Francis; (11) Cape Recife; (12) East Loudon; {1'4) Port
iSt. John's ; and (14) Port Natal. Tlie bottles containing: cards
with odd numbers were weighted, so as to become submerged.
None of these have as yet been returned, and the method haa
since been discontinued.

Nos. 1 M.— 28 M. December 22nd— 28th, 1900. From
R.M.8. "Scot," Captain T. J. Bremner. Nos. 14 M, 20 M,
and 28 M returned.

Nos. 29 M— 5() M. January 19th— February ;Jrd, 1901.
From R.M.S. " Norham Castle," Captain R. E. H. Jipcher.
Four returned Nos. M M, Si) M, 40 M, and 50 M

Nos. 57 M— 84 M. March 14th— 20th. Fjoui R.Al.S.
*' Dunottar Castle," Captain H. Bigbv. No. 08 M returned.

Nos. 85 M— 112 M. March ;{()th— April 14th. From
R.M.S. "Jiriton," Captain E. .J. Griffin. Nos. 92 M and 98 M
returned. The former, put away 12 miles south of Cape

Han gk lip, was found at Muizenberg about three days later,
having travelled at the rate of over 10.' miles a dav.

Nos. 113 M— 140 M. April l.'Uh-19th. From R.M.S.
" Kinfauns Castle," Captain R. Duncan. None returned.

Nos. 141 M— 1(J8 M. April 2Tth— May 12th. From
R.M.S. " Norman," Captain R. Reynolds. ' No. 104 M re-
turned.

Nos. 109 M— 19(i M. May 11th— 19th. From li.M.S.
" Braemar Castle," Captain J. W. Cieaghe. No. 174 M, cast
off 8 miles S.S.W. of Cape Point, was found on the beach at
Hawston, having drifted eastwards a distance of 81 miles at
a speed of more than 18 miles a day.

Nos. 197 M— 224 M. Sent to^ Captain H. Rigby, R.M.S.
"Dunottar Castle," on 25th May, 1901. No particulars re-
ceived, and mme of the bottles have been returned.

2.— From the Government Trawler, " Pieter Faure,"
from 3rd May, 1899, to 31st May. 1901 : -

>ios. 1 — 50. May -yvd — 5th, 1899 : On u voyage from Cape
Town to Mossel Bay, at intervals of one hour. Of the 50 cast
away, No. 2 was returned

Nos. 57—75. June 9th— 10th : Ditt... of tli.- 19, No.
70, from Anchoiagc, Struis l>ay, av;is ret unci I.

;N^os. 7()— 98. June 14th— July 27th: Twenty-three .set off
from about two to five miles off Cape St. Blaize. None re
turned.

Nos. 99 and 100. Thcie were no cards for these numbers.

Nos. 101 — 119. December 5th — 9th: Nineteen, on a voy-
age from Cape Town to Mossel Bay. No. 108 found off Sald-
anha Bay. Nos. 110 and 119 in Mossel Bav.

Ir.l

^'os. 120—132. December 13tli, 1899— February 1st, 1900:
Thirteen, oft' Cape St. Blaize, two to six miles. Nos. 121, 125,
128, 131, and 132 found on beach, from Mossel Bay east to
Zwart River.

Nos. 133 — 150. Februan," 2nd and 3rd : Un a voyage be-
tween Mossel Bay and Cape Town. Of the eighteen put away,
foiu' were returned. No. 138 from Fish Hoek, No. 145 from
Saldanha Bay, Nos. 149 and 150 from Blueberg Beach.

Nos. 151 — 275. March 5th — May 4th : One hundred and
twenty-live, west and south of Cape Peninsula, 2 to 75 milei
offshore. Of these, 3 out of 14, put oft" on March 6th, within,
12 miles of Lion's Head, were retiuned, two from near Sald-
anha Bay and one from further north. Of the 51 put oft' west
of the Meridian of Cape Point, at a greater distance from
shore, none were returned. There were southeily and noi'th-
erly winds at this time. Of the few (6), however
which were p\it oft' about the same time east of the
meridian of Cape Point, one was carried into False Bay
(No. 263), the most easterly one. Taken by itself this fact
might be of little weight, but along with other observations
it would seem it gives at any rate a provisional locality where
the Agulhas current branches oft' to the right into False Bay,
and to the left round the Peninsula to proceed up the west
coast. The course of bottles Nos. 2li3 and 108 may be glanced
at on the accompanying chart to illustrate what is meant, and
perhaps a.s additional evidence.

Nos. 276—283. May 25th— 26th : Eight set oft on west
coast. One, No. 276, sent oft' near Vondeling Island, was
found four days later fiu'tlier south, nearly opposite Dassen
Island. A north wind (force 3) was blowing at the time it
was cast away, though on the follovtdng day the wind was
southerly. This is the only one in this region which has
taken a southerly direction.

Nos. 284 — 301. June 2ud - 12th : Eighteen put away oft'
Cape Point. One (No. 289), driven on shore by south-west
wind from oft' Buftels Bay to Smitswinkel Bay. Eight wera
put oft from 22 to 35 miles in a westerly direction from Cape
Point. Of these, one (No. 296). was returned from Pernam-
buco.

Nos. 302—353. June 23rd— July 21st : 52 put oft in region
between Cape Agulhas and Izervark Point. Of the 6 returned,
5 went in an easterly direction to some considerable distance,
but one went to the west in an opposite direction.

Nos. 354 — 361. July 21st — ■24th: Eight, between Cape
Agulhas and Cape Town. One (No. 359) sent oft' with strong
south Avind, was carried from oft Cape Point to Table Bay.

Nos. 362—372. August 9th— 10th : Eleven, between"' Cape
Town and Cape Agulhas. One (No. 364) drifted a short dis-

1' L>

luiict' southerly nn west of Cape Peninsula, aiul one (No.
'■'t~l) eastwards, an exce])tioiial diiertion here, past Danger
Point.

Xos. IM-) — 49'^. Au<;ust lOth — 17th : Twenty, between
Cape AgiiJhas and Cape St. Hlai/.e. Two (Xos. •')74 and -Mb)
recovered.

Nos. '4\)o — 401). August 17th — September 7th: Fourteen
put oft' near Cape St. Blaize. Five got baek, viz. : Three put
oft' <S to 10 miles off Cape St. IMaize earricHl t'ai- to eastwards, two
to near Knysna, and one to Cape llecife ; two, only 4 miles
off, carried into Mossel Bay. F'roni this and other evidence
there seems to be an inset round Cape St. Blaize eastwards
into Mossel Bay, but turtluM- from this j)oiiit a euirent ea.st-
wards.

Nos. 407 — 174. September 12th— October 18th: Sixty-
eight, between Cape St. Blaize and Plett(>nberg Bay. Fifteen
returned, carried no great distance along the coast, about
equally in a westerly and easterly direction.

Nos"! 475 — 490. October 22nd— A'ovember 8th: Cape St.
Blaize to Cape Town. Of the sixteen cast away, Nos. 475 ahth
481 got back, the former indicating- an inset into Mossel Bay,
a short distance off' (^ape St. Blaize, and the latter a general
easterly trend off' Cape Infanta.

Nos.' 491—521. Uecember (ith— 10th : Cape Town to
Natal. Of the -M put away, 5 got back, No. 491 showing inset
into Table Bay, No. 498 showing westerly current into
Struis Bay (c.f. Admiralty chart), No. 507 showing westerly
current from Cape Recife, No. 511 showing westerly current
from East London, No. 521 showing current in (,ppos;te
direction, northwards, from Cape Natal.

Nos. 522—581 December l^Jth, 1900— May ;Jlst, lUOl :
Cy& the Natal coast. Of (50 put away 5 were returned. No.
522 was put oft' three days after No. 521, but was carried iu
the same northerly direction, though not so far. No. 5-}9
was put oft' at Noon, •> miles off the shore, and was Found at
5 o'clock of the same day about four miles furthei" up the
coast, and must have travelled at a speed of more than 19 miles
a day. Nos. 573 and 574, put off together, two miles off the
Umzimbaza River, were found five and a half hoius afterwards,
abcnit five miles southwards of that point, and within a few
yards of each other, having drifted at the rate of over 21^ miles
per day, a record spt^d, so far as these investigations are con-
cerned. No. 570 is of quite a different nature, having trav-
elled southwards the great distance of •i8t) miles.

rPuiJi.isiiM). •JTth Fk;;; ua , I'.O;.]

163

Q

O

'Jl

S;

(_-^ 6

-.r.

31

^

1-

ic

?*

,_

_

•0

^

ir.

■^

tV:

6i

i—

4r

■"■

0

I-l

£0

cc. OG

t3o£ !

o Cr;

ri

tr

K

5|a i

""

^'

ri

CO

•r

7^°

=

o

m

CO

CO

oo

Ul

0

IC

00

'=- ^

L.

^ _

.—

^

<M

*^

51

,—4

—

■r*

-r

c 0

ci

ri

—

C^.

O

_p

^

•K

Cl

0

1~

rc

—

^ t-J

" '-^

'-'

1

1

1

.9

'3

4J

n
o

53

bout 4 miles from
the Port

Btwcen Capo of
Good Hopo and
Cape Point
Btweon Somerset
Strind and Gor-
don's Bay
rniston Downs,
Breda-idorp

IS

1 '
.s's ?f

5

«

0

2Sg

0 3 0 a
0 i ^0

►>

P 1

l-H

X

■<\

m

«

■«\

0

pa

a

Pi

pa W

^

2

2

g

e

^

s.

ri

a.

2

3

C

. g

H

o

CO

5

9.

iC

a

Ti

o

C^J

0

:o

1— i

f-4

^

i-i

-J

g

5

~^

o

o

g

p

p

p

0

0 0

^

_^

^

^

■M_

,— (

r-'

_J

CO

■^

•^

u; ir:

«

'*'

30

^

■M

■X,

?i

CJ

?i

c-i

't

ci co"

1 -^

O

1

1-5

1

t^

,^

CO

00

Cl

CI

1- -j;

1

4.

---

c 1 a

<B

r' .2

^

aj

^;

^'

>■

^;

1

^ ^

9

K

?-

5C

'A

;^;

p;

■"*•

z;

H

y. "A

'^

M

W

f*

y.

^'

>

^ ^'

3

2i

OJ

X

w S

H

CO

10

M

"W.

^ ^

>.

'A

c

3"

^ •'^'

^ ^

B^i

y

s

s

5,

f2a

3a V

1-1 rs

Tsts-g

S-w

§•«

t-i-a

0

3&

ai-

a§at=o

^"

a

o

ft

d

o

a

0

D

0

&: 0

^

o

w

^

0

a

cc

1

3

V.

X)

a
S

0 0

H

s

«

y

C

0

O

w

»'

s

■-j

^ ^

2

H

«

S

K

P5 >-5

__

4>

_2

©

:_,

53

•

•

4^

b

^

a

S

2?

p^

a

i

0

0

c ^

>•

f;

c

a a

a 0

•^^

^

0

0

?

o

5

5

"Zh

0 Lh

S

'A

c

C

m

;

ic ea

S

a!

A

ai

cc

CK X

y.

1 C^

a
K

! i

a

a

a

r

a

,

s a"

p

^

jg

^

— ■

d **

,.

— .

t*

1 ^

CJ

,r.

'^^

t^

ir: "^

c

»o

-^

^

^'

C:

^

^

T>i

^^

X

06 X

\

^

'"'

^

1 o

,_^

<o

1—4

^_^

^

^_,

^^

^

^

^ r^

o

' o

o

o

O

o

0

p

0

0

0

0 0

c5

^'

N

e>i

p.^

,^

,_H

"5

CO

«?

id U-;

o

^^

OS

OS

ci

0

0

S

sc

cc

oo

CO

-

'":?, 6

C^l

CM

CT

-

a

?3

^.

s

3

s

-

~^

s

a s

^V.

::

?i

i?.

■^

g

oc

2?

00

s S

164

c

«

~K-r'<r'» . T-"

— -fWS»»

>-. «c>ih-i,t

lK.«0»-*3s:£i-<'»

0 — — t:

0 r- M

:!S J^"~-^

•: 3!«e M-J-*

ihr-i)

rj 0 M i M ■

oopim' m"

COCOM —

.-^ 0 ^

S '^

-0( -*s
1 --^ «> = :0 X

I - r- m X X r.

0 0 0 M ir: -5 1^ -X

r'-.-oco MO

s|2

M Oi.T

'-'^;2'~""

Oi.-roo-io-rr-.

M X -X so

coij- "■

'^ ■—

-»'

wo o

a

a;==a=;g=-g

oirioooj;;

^—1-0— -^

00001-000

00000

00 -^

1^

■^:^

r-l 0 ?1

irair:

S

^c!:f!l^r!:

0 f^ ^ " 0 **i

"* ~ 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 3C r-l CO 0

coooon^o

10 0 0

ri.-i

C-]

i-H M

M

<-4

^

2Cif;«o-^rH

— < -5- -^ «5 rf 30

ior--^^-^-s>—itr.

CO M to » 0

a> ot~

S'^2;^

?'J in

oo-a-oMOM-r

35 MMM

rlCO

Cl W5

-»•

u

tt

_■/.

:::::: >•>

. . . . ^

•i

^ a

s£ 0=5 §-2

if
N

"2

. . . r . . ^"a

- -x-S --S

%^^:-^%

2lf SS :^-

: --. 3 a

. .~

* ^ * * t>> —

2S ■ -g S ■ c

:9 3 _£ S3

5S§S-g aE

"X ^ a

' ' —

>•

- 5 ^1

1 li ^

Ex?' c; >.

Jm a^ S

Q

w

s

>
o

o

H

^

iiiiiffilfflWHyiWiJJii

>5a:07Cr-iZ>3

>^^Pi<x — /;

:<x>'Ui;=x

?H-Jis;»Si^;i;r

Om>- 53

Uioz

as . -s as

3 . as

a"

a

3 8

s

-0 '^ -ISO

: '^ ' :- f"

• • » 2 • ■

.... 3

§ .5, = .

0 • - •

^ a.

H

'^ — 'CO

f^ ^, — -

^

2

a CO

ri r-. « r-j t-;

71 -^ C' -H

"

OCO

— , f—

s> =2 C5 r5 ;:> C5 0 0

000000

000000

~^^ _ vz,"i^^ir~

— 0 0 ~ 0

23 =

c;35c;C5— jCioo

000000

000000

00000.0=0

00000

■5

1 r: --o T-i m' m' m — ; -I

oo T-i rj rj ^i ri

t^^-^-Tici:^

r-^ -x x —* — - 0' 06 0

M X 0 0 0

si or:

' ~" zd I; -^ — ; 5 ' "" ^'

l-Z 3 — ^ — ' — >* — •

-i< 0 X 0 ^ ^ 71 1-:

7;. -.; -jC X ji

^^ — r-; Ji ?] — 1

^"

•M 7*3 — < — <

Cl

—

—

§

7-3 7^7 7171 . .

_^ ^

M • • Tl M — r- 0

— •" MMrH

— ■ >j?i

0

■ 'o

•:3
a

Cl.

S

1*

1

•3 •«-5^^'^x

: >;^-'^:^:

5

0 '^-'i^^ ^>

Z', W

^6 w ' ^c

^x^- '■«

^'

_y .y

7;

■5

: : : j3 ~- :

■a 3J "^

00-r

3— CJ

3

en

a
W
H

3

= 3 ' S -

n? a 5 ? 11 -A
M-J5 ^- .^iij .,

3a"^!y all

[a *»'/;' 0' a j^.-i? a

•ai2«
ll.l «

O

.J- sL« 0 :" 0 N

-v-l r,-^ "^ TJ ,

~-t5 a?^ -J-'*
•six 8-- 2 i"-^.

1 ^M^

:3 :-S||

3^a fs»5o

^^M

- S-ga

J > _^ 0 r" — ^ -*

X "^ IJ ' IJ

' "2*tefc;

.2 5 5-«

S-o 3 S'o 5'2'S'

:„ p.a. a

►:5<;0m-<0<0

doo

h3 >!;>o

d.2HdSddd

000 0

»

2 ^ag.s: :3i

a

a

.3 .3 .aa3

a .3 a

1

' • "cj ■ '■

■- = - = -(=,

• d 'a. 'da:i

a 'rt 'd.

O'CT: " ir^ 0

0 ic •so

i;:oo>r^ o \r:

000 0

0 0

H

rotrSrc lO— ir^

r-.— cvjCM

1— < T-i '^ ^ so rf

-ti CO cTO- It; M 0

.O-^r-l .CO

f— 1 ,iri

»- 1-: !--■ ^ T)< :^i 06 M

r-i I— ■ -J OC 0 0

t~: 30 -^ -H <o M

M 0 ^ CO u-: 0 ^ 0

Mt^od 'id

oi 'c>i

'^

^

0

CiOCiOCSC^OO

ooooco

000000

00000 000

ssa 2

222

»05a5CVC:3500

00=000

000000

00000000

00 0 0

0<^0'

^

ir>-i5oiri'>iri— '-^

— ■ M oi M c>i ri

« CO «■ -^ iri ;d

■£ S --o <^ ^ \-^t^t^

xidao -»

ocxci

Q

CfSO'^^^^l-tC

?:'^TircfOcri

■£ 'S -s -£ >'. r\

— ; •r-i co' 55 0 M — -iJ
-^•MM?IM MM

0 oco r-:

yS'"^

i-HOOoom >-i

f>

MM

r-l M

MCO

.

1 C^l-^ "C^OSS — tftOO

-^'^I :3Cir; c; 0

.,^^^ — 05

O t- 00 0 30 -* — ■ Oi

-rt-"-*ioio

2£S!S

m rf

T^. « -r. -^ ^ ,-

ini:c=c tpi~^2P

??g^5;ss-!i2'^

-c 1^ t^ t- a>

23£

K>'^

' 2 — iJ
1 "'"'»«"

-. — ^--— .—

CO CO CO CO CO

CO M^

U5

SI

>
O
O

P

£^

= =5 1-

r1 C

<M r-.

'p

co->x

oc^rvcr; ac

— .^J

1- ^

ic ,^ ■ !»»;-■

,!-•

n i-.

is 1^

il^

ir.z^

■-»•♦«

i i.

*^ s

'~*

•"*

'"'

04

Xc^.~.r-.<-.x

»

l-l^-rr^CiO

a: 10

r^ rj M ?J —

u; r: ■«> i^ —

CO

OOoOOO

O

0 IC

0 0

0

00

000000

00

c 0

rt ?1

M

M

■^

re

en

O 35 o — ' O M

,— ■

0 i^

0 0

^

?] ^^

oox 000

*i<C

0 0

r-.^?! C-1

Mn

(— I r-i tr^ r^ — f ^j<

Ol

QC n

X 0

10

OOtji

0 ic 00 ■«!' IC 0

Oi

S

!-l1t< c-i«

t^-^ -^ c?v

-3

^

~ • —

-^~-

~ • 1

• P

: : :^ :>.

• 0

. .

■ ■ ■ 'g

^

X

0

&-§ ^

^^

&i .

N

■^.

1

„

rt

0 2
11 1

■ji

11 '

• s

^ !

:'2

2|

S5 .

sis 44

>

a;

5"^

5 ■

Is"

0 ? . "1. =

M

0 ^'

^5

'2 ^

5S^.

c ce '-^
SSi;

oS^ |^N!>g.S

'i- i5~

£ i?

£:; I'

^lUlI'lN^^S^cg ' I

? t. :? ra --^
HON f^iW

7i 0

00

^S°

MS^nMS

c 0
HP

^30

. = R 5 . R-

. ^

s p

:a§:::

ss

9 '

' 5di ' ci

P

fix'

fta

4 p.

Cm

occ o

0-.

t--t—

cox

0

00

iri

r-,

o

05 000

00c

500

f-H ^^ 0 -H ;0 •— *

0— t

rt^ rl

O OOO O C;

o

>oo

00000

000000

00

00 0

C: O — ' C^" — ' ■— '

o

0 = c

^00

0£ =

.00

i-H r^] ? 1 in' C^3 ™

cj-;

cq« CO

odo^od~:^

""i

r-~*l—tr~

t "^ ^

n* ^

re c^ n t;- 1^

51

C-. x; XI :r^ —

051;

i t--^ r -

-— 1 ei 0 '~' '7^ '""'

- m:<i

-^

rj (— 1 (— ( -^ — ' "^1

^,

1— 1— (--

■ •!.-

,-,^,.

-..-^

— 1 — ! -^1 — 1 ^ -"Jl

^_

r-l^^ ?«

•0

ooi

-0

^. w^; M

^'

^:>

E .

^

>^'

HS

&4

CCMonaJ/^CC

M

x''.

■.^-A

:-'.

;"*■. x'

Jzjaj

;2;a •

^ «^^ ^'

K-

^•x

a

/C

^X

«^>-=^^-^^

KK

K

::::::

: : 5

* X r

!!'!!«

_o

0

^

— : ; : r f

-T

£

0 a

If,

'5

:¥■

"5 S

•<■

J^

^ u- I- u- C-. X

.,

. ^

. ^ ^ y. ,

s

■^ 'A .

^

■5

0 oj ,^,

1

h:. -go

■."A

k'I

C f^ '■

■^

"2 b

-*^'m

''<^

!l

0

o 6

0 >
MS

.. ^

■ J c

Is

K

'X

0

0 r:

|5

^•tjx

So

£ " c: 9- £ t;
af^ c,^ O.J;

S- S =^ <^ -^ i
P, 0 5. g. v. 2-

uoodso

0

c
c

3

a

s a -
lo

i : : -A :

.as

= as

. - - SS

s ^

^ cr

_

01.-:

a::
Oir:

'_'

a:i

^ 2

i*_ '" t— ' rr;

fe:

i::s>i

-•-i-r

,^

;=>]

^

:^5 CO c^i r?: a: -^

'^

ind

c^o

'cj

'-^ 0

0 IS ^ " T~ X

X "

ssssg

§

CO

S

g§

■^oir^ooo
000000

00

00

c; s: 35 OS c:' '

0

00

- -^0'

-o'o

>-' C'j ^1 T'i c^i 7)

cficc

I- r-: ■x. ~ '-'.

— rt^^lOT

0

r-4ld

t;~

22 si

x' CC t-l X 0 0

."^

■^ iC

«£ 3: J1 1- -^ r-:

^7"'

or-, rf

Oi—

-,,,„„

'*■!--

— f— 0- r- — — i

<MCi

~

I" i^ ir"

^r -^ TT

-»^

^^^

1*

X 2 c. 0 ^ ^

01^

DESCPJPTIONS OF TWO

NEW DEEP-SEA EISHES

KRO.Af

SOUTH AFRICA.

By (J. A. boulkxge:r, F.R.S.

XofdCdiitliiis (iiiiiccteiis.
(Plate- XI.)

Body strongly compressed, its depth double its width and
contained 3I times in the distance from end of snout to vent^
the length of the head being contained 2f times ; tail 1^ length
of head and body. Snout acutely pointed, scarcely compressed,
strongly projecting, i^ the diameter of the eye, which is 5 times
in length of head and i^ in interocular width ; mouth crescentic,
its width equal to the length of the snout ; end of maxillary
below^ centre of eye, armed with a strong spine ; lip papillose,
thick, not forming a fold round the upper jaw, as it does at the
sides of the mandible ; 24 premaxillarv and 28 mandibular
teeth on each side. Gill-membrane angularly notched in the
middle, as far as the vertical from the upper end of tlie gill-
opening ; gill-rakers rather large, 7 on lower part of anterior
arch. Dorsal spines 7, the first opposite to the vent, the last or
longest only half the diameter of the eye. Anal with 13 spines
and, 160 soft rays ; spines increasing in length to the last, which
measures li the diameter of the eye. Pectoral i the length of
the head. Ventral shorter, extending to the vent, joined to its
fellow, with 2 spines and 6 branched rays ; first spine verv
short, second nearly as long as the eye. Scales very minute, in
25 longitudinal series between the first dorsal spine and the
lateral line, in 45 series between the latter and the vent, of
nearly equal size all over the head and body ; lateral line well
marked, straight, nearer to the dorsal than to the ventral out-
line throughout. Pale brownish, blackish about the month
and gill-cleft and towards the end of the anal lin.

Total length 355 millimetres.

This new species is interesting as occupving an intermediate
position between A\ scxspiiiis, Richardson, and A'. (Gigliolia)
iiioselcyi, Goode and Bean (X. hoiuipartii, Gthr.j, of both of

1()S

whicli the tvpes are preserved in Ihe Hiitish Museum. The
number of teeth is about the same in all three, but .V. (niiicctew^
differs from X. scxspinis in the series of dorsal spines be.^inning
just above the vent, in this respect agreeing with the definition
of the genus GiglioUa of Goode and Bean. But I can find no
justification for this genus, since the second character on which
it was founded, viz., the absence of an upper labial fold, is
shared by A^ scxspinis, which is besides more nearly related to
X. anna fens than the latter is to iV. mosclcyi, a species with a
less pointed snout, a much shorter body, more numerous anal
spines and larger scales (i6 between the first dorsal spine and the
lateral line and 32 between the latter and the vent). The dis-
covery of N. annectcns thus disposes of the generic distinction
proposed by the American authors. I may add that the shape
of the snout of the new species is intermediate between that of
A', scxspinis and that of A\ mosclcxi.

Procured 40 miles off the Cape Peninsula (Table Moimtain
bearing N. 79° E.) ; depth, 250 fathoms ; bottom, green sand.

Tripterophycis, gen. )iov.*

Body elongate, compressed, much attenuate posteriorly, with
very short praeanal region, covered with small smooth scales.
Head short ; eye large ; nostrils close together, close to the eye ;
mouth moderate, jaws with a single series of small, closely set,
truncate, compressed teeth ; palate toothless ; a mental barbel.
Seven branchiostegal rays. Three dorsal fins, the first very
small and on the nape, the second short and deep, behind the
vertical of the vent, the third elongate and low, widely sepa-
rated from the second and nearly reaching the caudal. A single
anal fin, measuring more than three fourths the total length.
Caudal fin small, but distinct from dorsal and anal. Ventrals
reduced, with narraw base, composed of five rays, the two outer
of which are prolonged and filamentous.

This new genus occupies an isolated position in the Phycine
group of the Gadidae, being the only one to combine a tripai-
tite dorsal fin with a single anal.

Triplcr.iph vc is (! ilcli risfi.
(Plate XII.)
Depth of body slightly greater than length of head, six times
in total length. Head once and a half as long as broad, covered
with scales above and on the sides, the scales largest on the inter-
ocular region and occiput ; snout rounded, scarcely projecting
beyond the mouth, shorter than the eye, the diameter of which

*Sif (//.so " Ainitils iukI Mdi^ttsiiic of Xdtiirnl History." Sec. 7, Vol. /A'.. Mnv

11)02.

169

is ^ the length of the head and i^ the interociilar width ;
maxillary extending to below centre of eye ; mental harhel ^ the
diameter of the eye. Gill-rakers long and slender, ii on lower
part of anterior arch. First dorsal with five feeble simple rays,
the first the longest and measuring 5 the length of the head.
Second dorsal much more developed than and narrowly
separated from the first, with 12 rays, all branched except the
first ; second and third longest, as long as the head. Third
dorsal with 38 short feeble rays, its base shorter than its distance
■from the second dorsal. Anal originating a little in advance of
the second dorsal, composed of 103 subequal rays, which mea-
sure about ^ the length of the head. Pectoralrather high up
the side, with 15 rays, about | the length of the head. Longest
ventral ray i;^ the length of the head. Caudal fin obtusely
pointed, half the length of the head. 140 scales in a longitu-
dinal series, 17 between the origin of the second dorsal fin and
the lateral line, which is perfectly distinct. Yellowish brown,
finely speckled with dark brown ; abdominal region bluish
black.

Total length 210 millim.

I am indebted to Dr. J. D. F. Gilchrist for the favour of
describing this most interesting fish, with which it gives me
great pleasure to connect the name of its discoverer. The
single specimen sent to me was obtained some 40 miles off
Table Mountain, at a depth of 250 fathoms.

Published, 28th February, 1903. |

X

ai
w
X
en

m

K

H

<;

H
O

0)

C

o

'■5 ^

(U o

'^^'y,-'- ;■'■[;■, r-^'

1

m ■ m

H

^

U3

^

►-1

;^

P^

V

K

o

e

J

-5

1 — I

•*

o

^

en

>,

^

u

-S

>^

^

P^

~^

(X

5

o

^

^

">.

w

;^

H

-«:

£:

S

u
•*

H

>

T-r-WSm-':^

o
1.2

*f <^
(D<-
> _

<D 0

"u
CO

D1<]S0JUPTI0NS

OF

SOUTH IFRICiN SP0N(IE8

PART II.

R. IvIRKPATEICK, F.Z.S.

BRITISH .MUSKITAI (XATCTRAL HISTORY

The present paper includes a description of the Lithistid
Sponges obtained by Dr. J. D. F. Gilchrist off the Cape and
Natal coasts, and sent by him to the British Museum
(Natural History). The collection comprises eight specimens
representing four species, all of which are new, and four
genera, of which three are new. A description is given also
of a new species of Triptolemus found in the canals of a dead
Lithistid skeleton. The following is a list of the genera and
species : —

(3rder LITHISTIDA.

Sub-Order HOPLOPHORA.

Family Tetracladids.

Discoderinia natalensis, sp. a.
Fimily ScleritodermidsB.

Microscloroderma hirsatum, gi'ii. et sp. jor.

Sub-Order ANOPLIA.
Family Azoricidae,

Lithobactrum forte, gen. ot sp. dot.

172

Family DesmanthidsB

Monanthus plumoaus, gen. et sp. nov.

Order CHORISTIDA.
Family TheneidsB.

Triptolemus incertus, sp. n.

Discodermia natalensis, sp. n.
Plate iv., fig8. 2, 2a-k, and H, :5a-d.

Sponge cup-shaped, sub-pedicellate. Outer or poral surface
smooth, showing a fine branching venation ; inner or oscular
surface showing broad bands of minute circular oscules, and
beneath the surface, lines of orifices of excurrent canals
radiating from the base to the edge of the cup. Pores in
groups of two, three, or four, in sub-circular pore areas 150 m in
diameter ; oscules in oscular areas about 250 m in diameter,
usually one, but occasionally two oscules in each area.

Spicules. Megascleres. — Desma with cylindrical smooth
or slightly tuberculated epactines (100 x 3 /') dividing into much
tuberculatcd branches, the tubercles cylindrical with flattened
summits or forming sharp ridges ; crepidial axes, each 55 f*.

Phyllotria^ne of poral surface : rhabdome 90 m, conical,
pointed ; cladome tetracladose, the branches enclosing almost
circular pore areas ; protocladi 90 /*, deuterocladi 60 t^, tritocladi
from 60 — 100 /t ; crepidial axes about 40 /*.

Discotriaene (or modified phyllotriaene) of oscular surface
with irregularly lobed disk, sometimes giving off three unequal
cladi ; crepidial axes about 30 m.

Style 360 X 7'5 /^, in sparsely scattered bundles near and at
right angles to the surface.

Oxea 750 x6 M, slender, straight or irregularly curved.

Tyle 140 X 5 M, head 6 /' in length and width, neck 4*5 /*,
scattered about in the tissues.

(These small tyks might be included among the micro-
scleres).

Microscleres. — Microxea 80 x 1 /', slender, straight, smooth.

Microstrongyle 20 x 3 m, straight, fusiform, with granular
surface.

Colour dull white, texture hard.

Localities : The type specimen from Natal coast (O'Neil
Peak bearing N.N.W. \ W., distant 8 miles), depth, 55
fathoms; bottom, broken shells.

A second specimen (much worn) also from Natal (Cape

»73

Vidal bearing X.X.E. \ N., distant 9^ miles), depth, 80-100
fathoms ; bottom, rock.

The type specimen has evidently been cut in hah", one piece
only having been sent to the British Museum.

The cup, which is shallow and expanded, is about 7 cm. in
diameter, at the mouth, with an inside depth of 3 cm., and a
height of 6 cm., the wall being i cm. thick.

The second specimen, which I at first thought to belong to a
different species, is also only a half specimen ; the shape is
rather that of a vase or funnel than a cup, the height being
5 cm., diameter of mouth 7 cm., depth of cavity 4' 25 cm., and
thickness of wall 6 cm. The walls of the second specimen are
flexible, and resemble dark sandstone in appearance ; the whole
ectosomal surface has been worn away, leaving only the
framework of desmas ; the spicules (desmas, styles, microxea)
resemble those of the type specimen, but the microstrongyles
(Fig. 3d) vary slightly, being for the most part cylindrical rather
than fusiform. Interspersed through the skeletal framework is
a new species of Tripfolenms, which is described at the end of
this paper.

The new species is most nearly related to Discodermia disci-
ftirca Sollas from Port Jackson ; the slender, straight, smooth
microxeas of the former differ markedly from the thicker,
curved granular microxeas of the latter species. Further, the
small tyles scattered in some abundance in the tissues of D,
natalensis form a distinctive feature.

Family ScleritodermidsB.

Microsoleroderma, .tien. n(n.

Scleritodermidge in which the ectosomal spicules are minute
sigmaspires.

Microsleroderma hirsutum, sp. n.

Sponge cup-shaped, expanding from a short massive pedicel*
Inner surface uniformlv covered with slightly raised oscules
1*2 mm. in diameter, and smooth between the oscules. Outer
surface pilose and corrugated, the thick rounded rugae running
from base to edge and branching more or less dichotomously ;
pores, about "25 mm. in diameter, distributed over extensive
cribriform areas in the fossae and valleys between the rugae.
Edge of cup thick and rounded. Colour of dried specimens
pale brown ; white in section.

Skeleton formed of monocrepid desmas united into a regular
honeycomb-like framework, with oval smooth-edged fenestrae

174

320x220^ in diameter; with hiuKlles of oxeas between the
lon^itiiclinal rows of fenestra;, and passing 2 to 4 mm. beyond
the outer surface, thus giving rise to a finely hirsute appearance
especially in the fossa; and valleys.

Ectosomal spicules minute sigmaspires.

Spicules.— Oxeds 2000 to 5000x12 to 30 /^, slender, often
undulating in outline, tapering to sharp points.

Desma, generally with curved or semilunar epirhabd averag-
ing 400x30 /' and often bifurcate at the ends, smooth on the
concave edge, tuberculated and cladose on the convex surface,
one cladus in the middle of the convexity, often being of large
size and uniformly tuberculated ; again, the epirhabd may be
almost straight and uniformly tuberculated and cladose.

Sigmaspire, 16.5 x 1.2 //, usually C-shaped, occasionally with an
extra coil, with rounded ends and with granular surface. (The
thickenings at the ends, shown in P'ig. le, disappear on
focussing carefully.)

Locality : Durnford Pomt, Natal, bearing N.W. | W.,.
distant 12 miles ; depth, 90 fathoms ; bottom, broken shells.

There are two specimens of this species, the dimensions in
centimetres beinii as f(^llows : —

Lars^e Specimen.

Sm:

ill Spcciincii

Height

Diameter of orifice

17
22X

r8

S-5
6

Length of pedicel
Diameter ,,
Thickness of wall
Depth of cavity

3

7x5
1.5
1 1

1-3
3x2

•57

2-5

On the outer surface of the larger specimen is an ashen gray
patch of dead sponge 3 cm. in diameter and 3 mm. in thick-
ness. Several small holes on the suifaee lead to sand-lined
tubes, piobably of some worm. The desmas are thicker and
more tuberculated in the patch than elsewhere.

The absence of ectosomal microstr(Migvles from this species
led me to suspect that the spicules of this kind occurring in
Scleritoderina llabdlifonuc SoUas and S. packanii Schmidt were
large sigmaspires, and a careful examination tended to confirm
this yiew. The microstrongvles of ^". fhihc'lllfoiuic are identical
with the sigmaspires in all respects except size, since they are
C shaped, occasionally with an extra coil, with rounded ends
and granular surface ; the resemblance in the case of S. packanii
is less obvious. The ectosomal rhabdi of Aciciilifcs, which are
curved and usually with granular ends, are also possibly de-
veloped from minute sigmaspires.

I7S

Briefiv, the three genera of Scleritodcrniiiliv arc thus char-
acterised : -

Microsclcrodcniui, ectosoiiial spicules minute sigmaspires.
Sclerilodcrnia, ectosomal spicules minute sigmaspires,

and microstrongyles (? large sigmaspires).
Aciculites^ ectosomal spicules rhabdi only ( ? modified

sigmaspires).

Family AzoricidaB.

Lithobactrum,* j^en. iiov.

AzoricidiV massive club-shaped, with uniformlv distributed
pores at the sides, and with numerous small oscules on the
rounded summit ; with fine parallel incurrent canals radiating
horizontally inwards from the pores, and excurrent canals
passing verticallv upwards to the oscules.

Litliobactrum forte sp. n.
riate iv., tiLSs. :,, 5a-ii-.

Sponge with characters of the genus.

Pores nearly circular, .25 mm. in diameter; oscules, .75 to
I mm. in diameter, flush with the surface, sharp edged, oval or
circular, in groups with an obsciu-ely radiating arrangement.

Skeleton composed of monocrepid desmas, forming a compact
lining to the canals, but looser between the canals.

Spicules.— -Desmas of the usual monocrepid type (Fig. 5c-f),
450 X 50 /' ; crepis 70 y.

Amphitvle 992x8 /^, with long oval heads, (jne larger than
the other, the larger being 14x8 f, and the smaller 10x5 h.

Other kinds of monaxon spicules (oxeas, styles, tyles) occur,
but are very probablv adventitious. The amphityles occur
deep in the sponge, and intimately associated with the desmas.

Colour, glistening white.

Locality: O'Neil Peak, Natal CoAst, bearing X.N.W. | W.,
distant 8 miles ; depth, 55 fathoms ; bottom, broken shells.

Following the example of Schmidt and Sollas, the characters
of the genus have been based on the external form and the
arrangement of the pores, oscules and canal-svstem ; and as
Azoricid sponges are devoid of an ectosomal skeleton and of
microscleres, there is not much else to fall back upon.

There are two specimens of this fine sponge. Tlie larger
grows from an expanded b;ise (7x5 cm.), immediately above

* ktdix stone, jHuKT^niv club.

176

whicli it contracts, and then expands gradually to the sum-
mit. The height is 18 cm., breadth 8.5 cm., and thickness
4.5 cm., so that tlie club is slightly fiabelliform ; the area of
the rounded summit is 5x4 cm.

The smaller specimen has been broken oil sharp from its
attachment, exposing excurrent canals j mm. in diameter; its
shape is more cylindrical than the first, and resembles a mile-
stone; its height is 7 cm., and its diameter 4 cm., the diameter
at the base being 2.4 cm., and at the summit 3x2 cm.

Locality : O'Xeil Peak, Xatal Coast, beariiig N.N.W. ^ W.,
distant 8 miles ; depth, 55 fathoms ; bottom, broken shells.

Family Desmanthidag.

Monanthus, .^cn. nov.

DesiHciniliida in which the skeleton is formed of monocrepid
desmas of the couuuoii type, separate or joined together, and of
monaxon megascleres.

Monan'hus plumosus, sp. n.
I'lalc iv., tiijs. 6, 6;(-c-. Ki.^s. 7, "a, b.

Description of the type specimen (Fig. 7, 7a, b). Sponge
forming a thick white crust, firm but compressible, with seyeral
round oscules flush with the surface.

Skeleton composed of plumose cohmius extending from base
to surface, and formed of bundles of oxeas (mostly) and styles;
between the columns monocrepid desmas isolated and separate
or here and there loosely articulated with each other.

Spicules. — Desma, with smooth epirhabd 140x40 t^, often
bifurcating at each end with flattened branches, sharp-edged or
■expanded into flattened articular surfaces; crepidial axis 80 /'.

Oxea, 480x25 /', smooth, cur\ed, sharp-pointed.

Style, 600x28 /', slightly curved.

Thiele (Ueber Cnniibc cnitiibc (C).S.) Aichiv. f. Naturgesch,
1899, p. 89) expresses doubt whether Topsent's genus Des-
tiiniitliits is Lithistid oi" Monaxonid; and possibly the posi-
tion of MoiKiiilliiis would be subject to the same doubt.
The desmas of Dcsiiidiithiis are tetracrepid, and those of
MoiidiifliifS monocrepid; in both instances the desmas seem
to be of tlie ordinary Lithistid type, though in the
case of Moudiifliiis Ihey often appear to be undergoing
degeneration ; eyeii in isolated spicules, howeyer, well formed
articular surfaces often persist, clearly showing that these
spicules are derived from forms which were part of an
articulated Lithistid skeleton, in the deeper parts of the type
specimen, and m tlie si-cond specimen of M. plumosus, where

177

portions of articulated skeleton persist, the uionaxon spicules-
are only few in number, but the latter become abundant where
the desmas are few in number or absent.

The specimen (Fig. 7) encrusts Fachastrella isorrhopa Kpk,
and in its complete state (for part of it has been cut off and
retained by Dr. Gilchrist) it probably formed a circular patch
about 5 cm. in diameter, "6 cm. thick in the centre, and sloping
down to a thin rounded margin.

A second specimen (Fig. 6) of what appears to me to belong
to the same species, and which I name var. iiibiilatiis, presents
in its mode of growth certain remarkable features which seem
to be due to adaptation.

In a deep fissure in a specimen of Paclia^frcUa isou'liopa
there were two white tubes, 2.3 cm. in length and 2 mm. in
diameter. On cutting into the Pachnstvclhi the tubes were seen
to emerge from an irregularly shaped nodule about 25 mm. in
diameter embedded in the sponge, and only distinguished from
the rest of the PncJiasfwlla by a slight difference in shade.

The oscular tubes are composed of two layers, an inner
formed of fan-shaped bundles of oxeas, arranged spirally and
obliquely upwards, and an outer layer formed of a felt work of
oxeas.

The nodule is formed of bundles of oxeas and styles and of
patches of monocrepid desmas of nearly the same character
of those of the above described type specimen ; the oxeas
and styles were usually slightly larger, viz., about 9 00 ^,
and the desmas thicker and with larger articular surfaces.

Although the body of the Lithistid is completely surrounded
and, to all appearances, incorporated, yet under the microscope
the thin line of the dermal membrane of the Patiiasfirlla can
be made out.

Carter points out (Ann. Mag. X. H. 1876 (4), xviii., p. 410)
that it is a characteristic of Pacluisfirlln to incorporate any
objects with which it comes in contact. In the case of the
second specimen of M. pluiuosHS, the oscular tubes appear to
have arisen in response to the needs of the sponge, so nearly
engulfed by the Pachasirclla on which it grew.

The inclusion of Moiunifluis in the family Desnianthidiv [see
Mem. Soc. Zool France, 1898, xi., p. 231) renders necessary a
slight en'argcment of Topsent's definition, viz. : to "megascleies
monactinaux," to add " ou diactinaux."

Localities : Both the typical form and var. fiihiiUifus, en-
crusting or invested by Pachasirella isorrliopa, from the Natal
Coast (Cone Point bearing N.W. ^ W., distant 4 miles) depth,
34 fathoms ; bottom, broken shells. The typical form also
from E. London Coast (lat. 33*^ 6' 30' S., long. 28° 11 E.)
depth, 85 fathoms, encrusting Placoaponj^ia lahvyiuthica.

178

Triptolemus incertus, sp. n.
Plate iv., tig8. 4 and ia-1.

Description. — The sponge burrows in the canals of the dead
skeleton of a specimen of Discodcrniia natalensis mihi. A
section of the Discodermia (Fig. 4, between the crosses) shows
the larger incurrent and excurrent canals more or less tilled up
with centrotriajnes of all sizes. The only other spicules proper
to this species of Triptolemus are small curved, smooth microxea
and very minute metasters, the latter being rare.

Spicules. Megascleres. — -Centrotricienes of various sizes, the
cladi being simple or branched one, two, or three times, usually
dichotomously, but sometimes into three branches not in the
same plane ; frequently the final branches are curved.

Dimensions of a large spicule: rhabdome 310 A*, straight,
pointed; protocladi 180, deuterocladi 90.

Microscleres. — Microxea, 100x3 '^ ^^ 180x4 /\ fusiform,,
smooth, curved, sharp-pointed.

Metaster, total length including spines, 10 /*.

There are four known species of Triptolemus, viz. : T. intextus
Cr., T. parasiticus Cr., T. cladosus Sollas, and the present form.
T. intextus has microxeas bearing blunt spines ; the centrotriaenes
are only 180 m, those of T. incertus being 500 m; on the other
hand, the amphiasters of Carter's species are 100 m in length.

Sollas's species contains both smooth and trichose microxeas;
and the centrotriaenes do not attain to such a size as those of
T. incertus.

The total diameter of a large centrotriaMu- of T. cladosus is
only 142 ^.

The habitats of the four species are as follows : —

Triptolemus intextus Cr. on a Lithistid (Condlides howerhankii)
from St. Vincent, 374 fathoms.

T. parasiticus, on a specimen of Carpenteria ; habitat un-
known.

T. cladosus Sollas, found with a Lithistid, Condlistes thomasi,
from near the Ki Islands, 140 fathoms.

T. incertus mihi, Cape \'idal, Natal coast, bearing X.N.E.
\ N., distant 9^ miles; depth, 80-100 fath(Miis ; bottom, rock;
burrowing in a Lithistid (Discodermia natalensis mihi).

Note on Tetilla cnsiila (Carter).

Dr. Gilchrist writes to me: "We now have in the tanks of our Marine
Station living specimens of the peculiar hemispherical spon.^c with flat under
surface {Tetilla casula. Carter). This form seems to he an adaptation to prevent
sinkinji into the sand, as the animal in the tank remained ste.idily on the surface
of the sand on which it was placed."

A brief description with ligures of a specimen of this species sent to the
Museum by Dr. Gilchrist was <,'iven in the first part of " Descriptions of South
African Sponges." The circular Hat under surface of the hemisphere had a
satiny smoothness, and was surrounded by a fringe of spicules (oxeas and
protri^enes). Some species of Tetilla (T. polvara, T. euplocamus) are spherical
or ellipsoidal and provided with a tuft of anchoiing spicules ; others, again, are
spherical and free or hemispherical and fixed.

179

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

Fig. I. M iciosch'rodenna hirsnttiin, sp. n. ^ natural size.
la. Outer or poral surface. Natural size.
lb. Section, x 3.

ic. Two monocrepid desmas, x 100.
i({. Oxea, X 100.

IC. Sigmaspires, x 700. (The terminal thickenings do not
reallv exist, and disappear on focussing).

Fig. 2. Discodcniiid luitcileu^is, sp. n. § natural size.
2a. Outer or poral surface, x 80.
26. Inner or oscular, X 80.
2C. Phyllotriaene of poral surface, x 100.
2d, t\ Discotriccnes of oscular surface, x 100.
2/. Small tyle, X420.
2g. Oxea, X 420.
2h. Style, X 420.
2j. Microxea, x 700.
2k. Microstrongyles, x 700.

Fig, 3. Discodeniiia natcdcnsis, a much worn specimen,
f natural size.
3«, b. Tetracrepid desmas, x 100.
3c. Style, X 100.
3flf. Microstrongyles, x 700.

Fig. 4. Section of wall of specimen drawn in Fig. 3, slightlv
enlarged, showmg a patch (lighter in shading) of Trip-
toleinus inccrtus, sp. n., in the midst of the Lithistid
skeleton of the Discodeniiia.

Figs. ^a-d. Centrotriaenes, x 100.
46*. Microxea, x 100.
4/. Metaster, x 1625.

i8o

Fig. 5. LitJwbiiitnini forte, j ii;itur;il size.

^(t. Vertical section showing in-current and ex-curreni

canals. Natural size.
5/). Section of skeleton showing canals.
5£"-/. Monocrepid desnias, x 100.
5^'. Aniphitvle, X420.

Fig. 6. Moiuiiilliiis pliiiiiosus in Ptithcisticlla. var. tiibulrthis.
if natural size.
6(1. Section of the same, f^ natural size.
6b. Part of an oscular tube, slightlv magnified.
6c. Monocrepid desma, x roo.
6t/. Oxea, x ico.
6(\ Stvle, X ICO.

Fig. 7. Moiitiiitliiis pliiiiiosns on [\niiastirlla, sp. n, | natural

size.
ya. Vertical section, § natural size.
yb. (At lower right corner of plate) a slender oxea from

the dermal membrane, x 100 (very probably foreign).*

* Note.- -The fact that the variety is designated as fig. 6 and the type as fig
7, while only the spicules oi the var. are figured, is due to the discovery of a
second specimen of the " type " leadmg to an alteration of the author's \ lews
after the plate had been printed off.

[Published 27th May, 1903].

Mar. Inv., South Aliict

P. HigHey del et litli

South African Sponges

THE DEVELOPMENT

OF

SOUTH AFEICAN FISHES.

PART I .

BY

J. D. F. GILCHRIST, M.A., B.Sc, Ph.D.,

GoTernment Biologist to the Colony of the Cape of Good Hoj^e.

The following is a first contribution to our knowledge of
the development of a few of the commoner Cape fishes. It is
more of the nature of a preliminary report than an exhaustive
account, and it would have been well for some reasons to
delay publication until time and opportunity were availatle to
go into the matter in more detail. For practical reasons, how-
ever, it may be preferable to review the information that has
now been procured on some points. These practical reasons
are the differences of opinion, involving considerable difficultv
in legislative matters, as to the nature of the eggs and spawn of
the common fish. Thus it is commonly alleged that the prac-
tice of netting, as carried on in the Zwartkops, the Buffalo, and
other tidal rivers of South Africa, has proved destructive to the
eggs and spawn of fish, those of this opinion asserting with
confidence that quantities of fish spawn are brought on shore
by the net and left to perish. Another occasion on which the
same question arose was on the commencement of trawling
in False Bay, and on the Agulhas Bank, near Mossel
Bay by the Government Steamer. It was thought that
the dragging of the net along the bottom of the sea
caused the destruction of great quantities of the eggs and
young of food fishes. The Cape fishermen, an observant
and intelligent class of men, were of opinion that the fish

B186. Tj

l82

supply was being seriously endangered by such operations, and
the question was felt to be so serious that a Commission of
Parliament was appointed to enquire into the matter. The
evidence seemed to indicate that many of the common fishes
may deposit their eggs on the bottom of the sea. Thus one
fisherman, who had had an experience of a life time in fishery
matters in False Bay, was of opinion that all fish spawn was
on the ground, and that the trawl runs across it, and miist
destroy it {vide Report of Select Committee, p. 13). Another
equally experienced fisherman thought, however, that the
spawn floats on the surface (p. 18). A fisherman of fifteen
years experience at Kalk Bay could not agree with this
(p. 21), while another was of opinion that the eggs floated,
and could be taken up in the hands out of the water. A
practical fisherman of forty-three years' experience considered
that the spawn is on the ground, and also floats, adding the
additional interesting information : ** I have seen the spawn —
whether of fish or not I cannot say, but it is alive — little round
things like eggs, and they smell very nasty, likerott.-n pumpkins.
I have seen it a foot thick on the water" (p. 24). Yet another
witness thought that " the fish breed on the ground, but the
spawn does not stop at the bottom." Another practical man
gave evidence to the effect that the klip-fish deposits its spawn on
the seaweed, and it is there destroyed by the trawl (p. 37). On the
other hand, in all the instances where the mature eggs had been
procured and successfully fertilized on the Government steamer,
the ^' Picter Faiire," they were found to float on the surface of
the water, and only after the larvae had been hatched out some
time did they begin to sink to the bottom. It was also brought
to the notice of the Commission that it had already l^een
demonstrated in Northern waters that there was only one fish
of practical economic importance depositing its eggs on the
bottom (the herring), and only a small species of herring
{Cliipca ocellata), of little value to the present fishermen, occurs
in the Cape seas. On the whole it was felt very necessary that
further enquiries should be made into the subject and definite
information obtained. Recently facilities have been aft"orded
by Government for more careful examination on shore of the
eggs and larvae procured by means of fine nets and from the
mature fish, and the following is a review of some of the most
important results.

The eggs and larvae of the following fish are dealt with :

Chrysophrys globiceps, C. & V. ... White Stumpnose, p. 183.

,, gibbiceps, C. & V. ... Red Stumpnose, p. 187.

Dentex argyrozona, C. & V. ... Silver Fish, p. 188.

Pagellus mormvrus, Linn. ... ... Zeverrim or Zee-basje,

p. 188.

1 83

Agriopus verrucosus, C. & V. ... Horse Fish, p. 189.

Trighi kumu, Less Red Gurnard, p. 190.

Sciicna aquila, Kisso. Kabeljaauw, p. 191.

Clinus superciliosus, Linn.... ... Klip-fish.

,, capensis, C. & V. ... ... ,,

Synaptuni pectoralis, Kaup. ... Sole, p. 193.

Achirus capensis, Kaup. ... ... „ p. 191.

The ova and larvae of fish as yet unknown are also
described. These, designated Species I-XI, were found in fair
abundance in tow nettings, and two (sp. 1 & II) were found in
dredging, being attached to shells and rocks. One species (XI )
was procured in the dredge and consisted of a cluster of eggs
perhaps demersal. With the exception of these last three
all the eggs examined were found to be pelagic or floating

Only two instances among the teleostean fishes have bi^en
found in which the young is brought forth alive. This is the
case in two species of Klip-fish (C7/////S :<iip('n'iliosiis and Cliinis
C(ipt'iisis).*

FAM. SPARIDAE.

CHRYSOPHRYS GLOBICEPS. C & V. (WHITE
STUMPNOSE).

The development of this fish m.iy hi; taken to represent a
typical example of a free floating egg giving rise to a pelagic
larval form. For this reason it is here treated in a little more
detail than is necessary for specialistic purposes.

The fish is one of the commonest of Cape fishes, and is readily
procured by the trawl. In November and December abundance
of ripe eggs can be got from mature females, but the mature males
have alwavs been found in much greater numbers. With some
practice the males and females can be readily distinguished as
they come on deck, the males being of a somewhat darker
steel blue colour than the females. A more definite mark of
distinction, which has not yet been found to fail, is that the
region between the ventral fins is white in the case of the
females and blue in the male. As a rule also the profile of the
head region rises much more abruptly from the end of the
snout in the male than in the female, and there is usually
present in the former a blue patch in this region between the
end of the snout and the eyes.

* Note. — This fact was known for the first-named species as early as the
time of Bloch.

b2

1 84

Tlic ripe eggs are transparent objects, perfectly spherical, and
float freely in the water. If left undisturbed they slowly rise
to the surface and remain there. Any slight movement of the
water, however, causes them to move away from the surface.
It is possible that the spawn described by Mr. Trouwbridge in
his evidence before the Commission of 1898 may have been
some such floating eggs.

The majority of the eggs (Plate I, tigs 1-7) do not vary
much in diameter. Out of 50, of a number taken from a
female 34 inches in length, 17 were "89 millimetres in diameter
(the maximum), one was '85 (the minimum), the average
being '88.

The surface of the eggs when examined with a high power
of the microscope shows usually a series of short cross
striations. The yolk itself is clear, and a layer of protoplasm
mav usually be seen at its periphery (fig. i) ; this may become
heaped up in the form of a typical germinal disc, though no
fertilization has taken place, as shown in tig. 2. If not fertilized
bv the spermatozoa from the male, howcvei, the yolk in a few
hours begins to disintegrate, and the whole egg slowly sinks to
the bottom.

The yolk contains one oil globule which presents great
uniformity in size, being '17 millim. in diameter. This oil
globule moves about freely in the yolk, as can readily be
ascertained by rolling the egg along a slide under the
microscope.

Fertilization, which in nature is left more or less to chance^
may be readily ensured by procuring the milt from the male
and mixing it in the same jar of water with the ova.
Ova of the White Stumpnose treated in this way soon
shows a segregation of the protoplasm to one point, and
this mass then becomes divided into two. Subsequently
each of these segments become divided again into
two, and this is repeated till the whole mass is a
collection of small divisions. Fig. 3 shows the general
aspect of a fertilized egg in which the germinal mass is divided
into about 32 parts, and figs. 4 and 5 show a still later
stage in which division has proceeded further, and the
germinal disc begins to spread out over the yolk. Fig. 4 is a
lateral view like lig. 3 ; fig. 5 shows the same egg as it
normally comes to rest when left to float freely in the water ;
the heavier germinal disc being lowest, and the movable oil
globule, of less specific gravity, being uppermost, a ventral
view is thus presented of the segmenting mass. This process
does not proceed with the same rapidity even among eggs
fertilized together. Thus when some of the eggs presented the

i85

two cell aspect others showed four divisions, and in a few
traces of still further divisions were perceptible. Temperature
also has much to do with the rapidity of development.

The formation of the " segmentation cavity" which appeared
in about two hours after fertilization, and the growth of the
germinal disc over the yolk need not here be described in
detail. It need only be mentioned that in about ten hours the
gastrula or expanding mass has spread well over the yolk, its
thickened rim being beyond the equatorial region. An hour
later the first traces of the embryo were seen when this
thickened rim was | over the yolk, and about an hour and a
half after this the first traces of the eyes appeared at one end
•of the developing embryo, and at the other a small clear spot
(Kupffer's vesicle). At this stage the blastopore has closed and
the iirst segmentations of the body of the embryo have
appeared. Figs. 6 and 7 represent a lateral and ventral view of
a slightly later stage in which the segmentations of the body
have increased in number, Kupffer's vesicle has disappeared,
and spots of pigment are to be seen on the body of the
embryo. A characteristic feature of this egg seems to be the
temporary appearance of several spots on the yolk between the
oil globule and the tail {I'icie fig. 7). These disappear com-
pletely soon afterwards. In 49^ hours after fertilization the
embryos began to hatch out, and six hours later most had
hatched out and were very active. The mean temperature
from fertilization to hatching was 65*^ Fahr. Fig. 8 represents
one of the fish just after emerging from the egg. It was 2'5
millimetres in length and "8 mm. in greatest depth, including
the yolk. The front margin of the yolk falls under or slightlv
in front of the end of the. snout. The yolk is slightlv oval,
being '8 mm. in length and '6 mm. in depth. Immediately
behind the yolk is the descending part of the digestion tract.
It curves slightly backwards, opening in a small indentation
ventrally a little further back, at a distance from the volk about
^ the diameter of the oil globule. The oil globule is about
the same size as in the egg, though drawn out slightly in a
■dorso-ventral direction. It is now fixed, and occupies the
posterior angle of the yolk sac. The notochord is multi-
columnar. The pigment cells, which begin to appear in the
embryo at an early stage (about two davs after fertilization) as
small spots, yellow (by reflected light) and scattered irregularly
along the side of the head and body, being absent from tail
yolk and oil globule, have after the hatching process arranged
themselves in a more definite manner as follows : Yellow
pigment cells with many branchings on the head chiefly
behind and on or in front of eyes. Above and below the
body over the centre of the yolk there is a branching cell.

i86

somethncs two. P'urther back over the rectum one occurs on
the dorsal side of the body, and another on the ventral side, in
the an<^le formed by the rectum and the caudal region of the
body. Another two in corresponding positions, being above
and below the bodv and sending branchings over towards each
other, occur further back, between the anus and the extremity
of the tail. The oil globule is covered with densely reticulated
pigment cells. A few black dots occur irregularly on the
body and head region. The three principal patches of yellow
colour, viz., on the head, middle and caudal regions, are readily
made out by the naked eye in the newly hatched larva, which
soon becomes very active, and when a number are crowded
together at the side of a jar they bear a striking resemblance in
motion and appearance to copepods. It is possible that these
yellow pigment spots, characteristic of many pelagic larva,
may be a case of protective mimicry.

On the second day after hatching the yolk has greatly
diminished and the larva has increased in size, as shown in
lig. 9, which represents an embryo of about this age, but from
a different hatching, and is selected to illustrate differences in
arrangement of pigment in detail, and a difference sometimes
observed in the position of the oil globule, which is here
situated further forward. P'urther development is in the
direction of the formation of the mouth, which is very
apparent on the 4th day after hatching. On the 5th day a
change has occurred in the head region. The anterior of the
dorsal lin ascends somewhat more abruptly from the top of
the head. This is still more marked on the 6th day after
hatching (fig. 10). About this time the larva began to die off",
and shortly afterwards onlv one was left. From the 7th to the
9th dav after hatching a gradual change appeared in the anterior
part of the dorsal lin, consisting of an indentation of the
margin in the vertical from the centre of tiie visceral region.
No increase in size was observed from the 7th dav and the
larvae died, apparently for want of suitable nourishment.

Some changes were noticed in the colouration on the 7th
day after hatching. The yellow pigment cells were better
defined in outline and position and were more branched.
New black pigment patches appeared at the anal opening at
its anterior margin (fig. 10) and a black tract between the
digestion canal and the body, extending backwards, though
much fainter, to half-way between the yellow caudal spot and
the end of tlie tail.

187

CHRYSOPHRYS GIBBICEPS, C. & V. (RED
STUMPNOSE).

The male can as a rule be distinguished from the female by
the greater prominence of the frontal region. Exceptional
cases are, however, met with where this feature is absent in the
male, and others in which it is highly developed, the head
projecting considerably beyond the vertical from the end of
the snout.

The egg resembles that of the White Stumpnose in size and in
having only one oil globule. Of 50 eggs, from a number taken
in November from a female 39 inches in length, 20 measured
•85 mm. which was also the mean, one "88 and one '82 mm.
The oil globule measured very uniformly '19 mm. It appears
therefore this egg may be distinguished from that of C. ^ibbiccps.
The diameter is not sufficiently diagnostic, but taken along
with that of the oil globule the specific determmation could
always be made with considerable confidence. Fig. 1 1 represents
an egg 7^ hours after fertilization, and fig. 12 a stage about 12
hours later, showing the embryo well developed. The embryo
(fig. 13) after hatching (which commenced 2 days and 3 hours
after fertilization) can be distinguished from that of the White
Stumpnose at the same stage. The rectum is somewhat
further removed from the yolk, perhaps, however, a sign of a
further stage of development, for the embryo seems to hatch
out at different stages of growth. The oil globule is as a rule
situated further forward than in the C. globiceps, but is
occasionally in a more posterior position. The origin of
the dorsal is also different. The colour, which is the
chief distinguishing feature, is as follows : Yellow spots : One
to three behind the head, between the eye and the otocyst,
one on the body over centre of yolk, one at the angle between
the body and the posterior margin of the yolk in front of
rectum (in C. globiccps there was one behind), one superior to
the latter on the body, one (sometimes two or more) on
inferior caudal region of body. Two, one above and the
other below, sending out branches towards each other over the
trunk, as in the case of the C. globiccps, were never observed in
C gibbici'ps. Dark spots : There are dark stellate somewhat
faint pigment spots on the head and extending along the dorsal
side of body. At a later stage a few black dots had appeared
on the ventral surface of the caudal region. The notochord
is multicolumnar.

i88

FAM. PRISTIPOMATIDAE.

DENTEX ARGYROZONA. C & V. (SILVER FISH).

The maximum diamettr of 50 eggs examined was "89 mm. ;
the minimum '83. Most of the eggs (^ths) showed distinct
cross markings on the zona radiata. Of the eggs examined
those with weakly marked striae were all under the average in
diameter. All striae became fainter as development proceeded.
Yolk clear, one dark oil globule '2 mm. in diameter.

The following will illustrate the rate of development at a
temperature of 75" Fahr. and may be compared with the
previous cases ai 65" Fahr. Fertilized at 11-55 '^•'^^' ^^^^
December : —

Germinal cavity appeared ... ... ... 10.45 P-^^^-

Blastopore closed ... ... ... ... 6,15 a.m.

Kupffer's vesicle appeared ... ... ... 7 a.m.

Pigment cells appeared on body ... ... 2.30 p.m.

„ ,, ,, on oil globule ... 4 p.m.

Otocyst and movement of embryo ... ... 4.35 p.m.

Two per cent, of eggs hatched ... ... 9.30 p.m.

Colour of larva : greenish yellow pigment behind the eye
and slight spots of the same colour on the dorsal aspect of the
trunk, posterior angle of rectum and posterior of yolk sac at
oil globule. Black pigment : slight traces appear between
rectum and end of tail under the body. Dorsal and ventral
tin without colour. The larva is on the whole characterised
by feeble development of pigment. In general shape it
resembles that of the White Stumpnose, the anus, however,
being about half way between tip of snout and end of the tail.
The oil globule is postero-ventral. The anterior margin of the
yolk sac is in about the same vertical as the end of the snout,
sometimes in front, sometimes behind.

FAM. SPARIDAE.

PAGELLUS MORMYRUS. LINN. (ZEVERRIM OR
ZEE-BASJE).

The diameter of ten eggs was '88 mm., oil globule 'iG mm.
Fertilized 11.15 a.m. 15th January, 1900, (76" Fahr); at
6 p.m. germinal cavity appeared ; at 9-20 p.m. the blastopore

1^9

Was closing up, its thickened rim being half way between
equator and lower pole and traces of the embryonic shield
were to be seen. At 10.30 p.m. the optic vesicule appeared,
and at 11.35 P-^^^- ^^^'^ blastopore had closed, and bv midnight
the embryo extended over half the hemisphere of the yolk
At 6 a.m. a number of vellow and black spots appeared all
over the embryo with, however, fewer on head region ; the
periphery of the oil globule appeared darker, and a few (1-4)
branching pigment cells occurred on it. The eggs seemed t(j
be of a greater specific gravity than those of the White Stump-
nose, as when disturbed they ascended to the surface more
slowly, and very slight motion was sufficient to send them to the
bottom of the jar. At 11 a.m. a considerable part of the tail
was free from the yolk, large branching pigment cells were
seen behind the optic vesicle and small ones in front. Two
large yellow cells with branchings over the bodv appeared at
each side of the trunk a little behind the otocvst, and others
about the middle of the body. Notochord mufticolumnar.

At noon there were few at the surface, most being scattered
throughout the water, at 2 p.m. only one or two on the surface,
about 6 in mid water and the rest, over 100, at the bottom.

Hatching out took place at 4 p.m. The embrvo had a ratiier
long yolk sac projecting slightly bevond the snout and ending
posteriorly about midway between snout and extremity of tail.
There is no aggregation of pigment at any particular points,
but it is scattered sparsely over the whole larva in dots and
stellate pigment cells, sometimes extending on to dorsal and
anal fin.

The oil globule is genercdly postero-ventral.

FAM. TRIGLIDAE.
AGRIOPUS VERRUCOSUS, C & V. (HORSE FISH).

Repeated attempts were made to secure the egg of this
peculiar fish, but only on one occasion were apparently ripe
samples procured from a female 9^ inches long. Agriopus is not
uncommonly got in the trawl, but a ripe male and female were
never got at the same time.

The egg is large, 17 mm. to 1*53 mm. in diameter. No oil
globule is present and the surface of the egg is covered by
network of well marked striations.

B1«G.

igd

TRIGLA KUMA. LESS. (RED GURNARD).

Mature males and females were procured in False Bay in
December and artificial fertilization secured. The e^^ (Plate
1, fi^ 14) is larj^e. Of 30 which were measured the mean
diameter was 1*2 nun., the maximum i*:i, and the minimum
L'oy. The oil globule was uniformly '23 mm. in diameter and
was dark round the edges. The yolk soon becomes covered
by a network of yellow and black stellate cells.

Hatching commenced on the i6th December at 2-30 p.m.
of eggs fertilized on the 13th at 9-30 a.m. The mean tempera-
ture was about 65'"' Fahr.

The colouring of the larva (tig. 15; is very marked.
Yellow stellate cells occur on the head and dorsal regions of
body and on the dorsal and ventral aspect of the caudal
region, but are absent towards the posterior extremitv. The
dorsal and ventral lins are characteristically pigmented, there
being a series of stellate cells yellow and black just within the
margin proceeding from the anterior end in each, and running
parallel with, but not touching the border, and ceasing at a
point a little anterior to the ending of the dark pigment
matter which occurs on the superior and inferior border of the
body. The whole yolk is covered with a close network of
stellate cells, chiefly yellow, but a few black.

This agrees very closely with Mcintosh's description of the
first day's larva oi Trighi guniardus, but the pectoral fin, though
appearing at this stage, is not so well developed, and is entirely
destitute of pigment.

The oil globule is also similar, having a thick layer of pro-
toplasm surrounding it, but its position is difterent, being well
in advance of the posterior angle, the position in 7". gnnianliis.

The notochord is multicokunnar. The dorsal fin commences
behind the head, and the pigment spots on the dorsal fin extend
here to body. On the second day after hatching the pectoral fin
is larger (about '^ the diameter of the eye and less than double
the otocyst.) The pigment cells have become more marked
and ramified.

191

PAM. SOIAENIDAE.

SCIAENA AQUILA. RISSO. (KABELJAAUW).

The mean diameter of loo ova (in formalin*) was "88 mm.
The maximum was -91 (one specimen), the minimum -82.
There is usually one rather large oil globule '2 mm. in
diameter, but 11 out of 100 had two oil globules of a smaller
size.

This egg cannot be distinguished from that of the White
Stumpnose by its size, the mean diameter of each being the
same, but the diameter of the oil globule is markedly different,
being -2 mm. as against '17 mm. in the case of the White
Stumpnose.

FAM. PLEURONECTIDAE.

AOHIRUS OAPENSIS. KAUP. (SOLE).

Specimens of this small sole are procurable in fair abund-
ance in False Bay, and females, which may usually be readily
distinguished from males by the well developed ovaries, were
not uncommon in the months of November and December.
The males were always procured in fewer numbers than the
females. Artificial fertilization was repeatedly attempted, but
was not successful. No visible spermatic fluid could be
secured, and the testes were cut up and shaken in the jar
containing unfertilized ripe eggs. In some instances these
testes were first examined under the microscope and active
spermatozoa were found. At first development seemed normal,
and the protoplasm became heaped up in a germinal disc in
the usual manner, but no subsequent division took place. On
the following day the eggs, which had been floating at the
surface, were found to have sunk to the bottom of the jar and
to be in a decaying condition. It is possible that the unknown
larva (Sp. V) hatched out from an egg ('98 mm.) procured in
tow-nettings about the same time, was the young of this fish.

*A weak solution of formalin does not alter to any great extent the diameter
Some eggs of the White Stumpnose were measured before and after being in
formalin (four weeks) and were found to be practically the same (• n diagnostic
purposes,

C 2

146

mm.

117

mm.

96

mm.

97
•98

"

•94

•96

t)

•93

1-02

>>

"94

n

•91

M

•91

»

192

The egg C Plate I, Iv^. 16J lias fairly wl-H developed
characteristics, being large, destitute of an oil globule, and with
a series of striations and spots on its surface. It is also
characterized by a cluster of clear thread-like markings as if
hanging in a loose network from the under-side of the germinal
disc down nearly half wav into the yolk.

The mature females were found to vary considerably in size,
and a good opportunity was afforded of ascertaining the
relation, if any, between the size of the egg and the size of the
female. Thus in one haul three perfectly ripe females were
procured measuring 146, 117, and 96 millimetres respectively.
The diameters of 25 eggs from lach were determined with the
following results. —

Length of female ...
Average diameter of 2=:, ova.
Maximum ,, ,, ,, •••
Minimum ,, ,,

With the exception of the maximum and minimum of the
eggs of the smallest specimen this table shows a distinct pro-
portion between the size of the egg and that of the parent.
The maximum in this particular case is greater than the
maximum of the largest specimen, and the minimum
equals that of the 2nd largest. An examination of the
actual measurements, liowever, in a manner explains this.
The measurements were taken of the lirst 2^ without selection,
and as only one single egg was found of this very large size
(1-02 mm.), it may perhaps be regarded as abnormal. The next
largest egg was -95 mm., which would be the usual proportion,
and in glancing through about 100 this large egg was very
distinctly of an exceptional size. As, however, it appeared of
perfectly normal structure and in perfectly normal con-
diticMi it was not rejected. The minimum (-91) of the
smallest specimen also does not represent the actual
proportions, as in the 2nd largest specimen, which has
the same minimum, there was only one of this size, while in
the smallest specimen there were four. There is certainly
evidence from these measurements indicating a general relation
between the size of ova and parent.

An opportunity was afforded on another occasion of
measuring 100 eggs of another specimen of Achirus ^f a
normal size, about that of the largest specimen mentioned
above. The average size was -97 umi. and they ranged from
•99 to -94. Fertilization was attempted at 12.10 p.m. by
shaking up teased testes among the ripe eggs, but by 6 p.m.
they showed distinct signs of disintegration, and most had left
the surface and lay on the bottom of the jar.

193

SYNAPTURA PECTORALIS. KAUP. (SOLE).

The mean diameter of loo ova (in formalin) was '8 mm.,
the maximum -Hi (3), the minimum 72 ( i ).

The small size of the egg readily distinguishes it from the
others, and it can at once be determined by the presence of a
number of oil globules from one (rare) to twelve in number,
and varying in size from "04 to •15 mm. Fertilization was
readily secured on board the " Pictcr Faiirc," and the larva kept
alive 241 hours.

A description of the larva of this fish md of others preserved
in formalin is deferred until fresh material and opportunity for
further examination is afforded.

EGGS AND LARVAE OF UNKNOWN FISH.
SPECIES I.

(DEMERSAL.)

Several clusters of this egg were found in dredging 011
shells and stonv ground in False Bay in November and
December, as follows : —

Date.

Locality. Dc

■pth (fm

i^.i Bottom.

Occurrence.

12. 11.02

W. of Seal Isl.
(False Bav)

16

Sand and shelh

■;. In shell of
Patella.

IQ. 11.02

S. of Seal "Isl.
(False Bav)

II

Broken shells.

In shell of
bivalve.

25.1 1.02

False Bav "

10

Fine sand.

In shell of
bivalve.

26.11.02

False Bav

9

Broken shells.

On stone.

12.12.02

\V. of Seal Isl.
(False Bav).

19

Broken shells.

On stone.
(PI. II. fig. 17)

The first lot was ju-it on the point of hatching when procured
and nearly the whole hatched out. Macroscopically these eggs
presented the appearance of small globules of a semi-transparent
gelatinous substance, with the exception of two minute black
spots, the eyes of the developing embryo. Those procured on
the 19th showed an earlier stage, being entirely destitute of
pigment. There were about 500 in a bivalve shell, each about
I mm. in diameter.

Thev were verv firmly attached to the shell and could only
with difficulty be removed without rupture. When viewed by-
transmitted light under the microscope they were found to be

J 94

filled with a _i4raiuihir mass in which were scattered manv
small oil globules. A dividing mass of protoplasm at about
the 8 cell stage was also seen. The eggs were separated from
each other by a distance about equal to their own diameter,
and though there was a spreading out of base of the egg
capsule so that it seemed to be continuous, yet when care-
fully removed each individual egg came off independently of
those surroimding it.

The diameter of the egg and general appearances were not
of course sufficient to identify these two lots of eggs, and as
•development proceeded in the younger lot appearances presented
seemed to indicate that they belonged to a different fish.
Three days after the egg was procured two thin black parallel
streaks appeared near the periphery of the egg at one side, and
these proved to be lines of black pigment running along each
side of the body of the embryo. Ten days after this a marked
difference was observed, the lines of pigment, which were found
to have apparently converged posteriorly and become one on the
ventral caudal region, began to break up into stellate black
pigment cells. This process was accompanied by the appear-
ance of branchings of the black pigment into the surrounding
tissue. Plate II, tig. i8 is from a photograph (by transmitted light)
of an embryo at this stage. Branchings are seen from the
lateral pigment line, and the ventral caudal streak is becoming
broken up. Fig. 19 is from a photograph of the eggs containing
embryos at a somewhat later stage of development. They
were photograped in situ attached to a stone (therefore by
reflected light) and show various stages in this process from
the two continuous black tracts merging into one, to the
condition in which these parts are broken up into spots of
pigment; in these latter a few yellow pigment spots appear
among the black. A number of large oil globules not
observed earlier were seen in the embryos at this stage. They
varied in number from one to five. They may be the result of
the fusion of the minuter globules of the earlier stages. When
procured the eggs showed only a few divisions of the germinal
disc, and had therefore probably been newly deposited.
Seventeen days afterwards the first ova hatched out. 'J'he
period of development in the egg is therefore very much
longer than that of any of the pelagic eggs which usuallv
hatched out in 2 days at the same temperature.

The newly hatched embryo (Plate 11, lig. 20) has therefore
;i totally different appearance to those which hatch earlier.
The pectoral fins are well developed. The otocyst is
large, extending from the posterior border of the eye to the
pectoral fin. The yolk sac protrudes very little, and dis-
ppeared on the following dav.

195

Running aloni^ each side of tlie body are two rows of
•bright yellow (by reflected li.^ht) spots, extending from the
pectoral to some distance behind the vent. Black pigment
spots occur in irregular longitudinal rows among the yellow
spots, also on the visceral region and the anal tin just behind
the vent (the onlv pigment on any of the fins). On the
following day these spots became stellate, and the whole
pigment appeared denser.

SPECIES II.

'.DEMERSAL.)

Only on one occasion were samples of this egg procured.
They were dredged on the i8th November, 1902, in False Bay
(Zwart Rlip bearing North, H miles ; depth, 9 fms.). About
100 hatched out from 3 p.m. to 7 p.m. of the same day, but
died shortly afterwards.

About 300 eggs were firmly fixed to the inside of a dead
barnacle shell. They were about i mm. in diameter, and the
adhesive membrane of one egg was slightly continuous with
those surrounding it (PI. II, fig. 21 ). They appeared as vivid dark
blue specks about the size of a pin's head. In some the eyes could
be discerned without a lens. Some eggs were not wholly blue
and opaque, and showed on one side numerous oil globules
occupying less than a half of the whole sphere. In otliers the
blue yolk mass occupied one half the sphere, and the two large
eyes, each a little under ^ the diameter of the egg, lay in the
other half with a clear vellow space between and on each
side of them, but posteriorly they touched the blue yolk.
A conspicuous feature was the heart of a reddish brown colour
situated in a notch in the margin of the blue yolk between the
eyes. In all the photographs taken an arborescent series of
vessels was revealed radiating from the heart through the
yolk. Nothing of this could be discovered in viewing the yolk
through the microscope, and that it appeared in the photograph
was probably due to the less actinic character of the yellow
light from the b'ood. The circulation of the blood could be
seen verv distinct iv at the margin of the hemisphere to the left
of the embryo, it wa.-, very active, and the heart beat 104 to
the minute.

The newly hatched larva ( PI. 1 1, fig. 22) is very lively, much more
so than that of Sp. I. The yolk is comparatively small, its anterior
end being behind the posterior margin of the eye. Five branchial
arches and the mandible of the lower jaw were well developed ;

ig6

nutocliord nuillicoluninar. The lon,<4 body is somewhat dark,,,
and a few small black stellate cells appear on its ventral mars^in
near the end of the tail. In the abdominal region the remains of
the blue volk occupy only about half the abdominal cavity, the
rest being filled up with the well developed intestine. Above
the intestinal mass is a tract of very dark blue pigment. There
is a large transparent pectoral hn extendnig upwards l-)e3'ond
the dorsal margin of the body by about ^ its length.* The
beginning of the dorsal* is situated behind the otocyst, being
separated from it by a space about equal to its diameter. The
otocvst is verv close to the eye.

The absence of pigment readily distinguishes it from
Species I, and a reference to the figures will show marked
differences in other respects, as for instance the anterior posi
tion of the anus.

SPECIES III.

(PELAGIC.)

About lialf-a-dozen unknown pelagic eggs were procured on
the 2oth November, IQ02, in a surface tow net in False Bay.
Thev were very large (17 mm. in diameter), due cliiefiy to the
size of tlie perivitteline space, which was in breadth about ;'; the
diameter of the yolk. The margin of the egg had a vivid
green tint. One oil globule was present, relatively small, being
only '2 mm. in diameter. The embryo shows a series of
small black stellate spots along the body from head to tail.
There are no pigment spots yellow by reflected light. The upper
part of the volk next the embrvo has a munber of fine circular
lines throughout its substance. (Plate III., figs. 23 and 24.)

Some were hatched out on the following day. The larva can
be distinguished from others by the very elongated body
(4*1 mm.). Its movements are also characteristic. Instead of
the sliarp wriggle of the tail there is a comparatively slow
luidulation of the whole bodv. Though there are no yellow
pigment spots, bv refiected light a golden tinge is apparent on
the upper margin of the bodv in the region of the otocyst, and
on the posterior margin of tiie yolk. Tliere are minute black
dots on the upper part of the head, and these extend backwards
along the dorsal region of the body to about the vertical from
the middle of the yolk, where also the dorsal fin commences
A few other dark spots occur here and there on the body.
The oil globule is slightly in front of the posterior angle of
the volk. The notochord is unicolumnar and the anus is
situated in the posterior third of the body, ''PI. III. fig. 25).

Not biDiijilit out clearly in plifitojiraph (Fit

107
SPECIES IV.

(PELAGIC.)

On one occasion an e^g 1*44 mm. in diameter, and with a
single oil globule 'ig mm. in diameter, was found in tow
nettings in False Bay in December. The larva (Plate III, lig.
26) hatched out on the following day, and proved to be well
marked as regards colouring. There was a dense network of
vcllow pigment along the borders of dorsal and ventral fin, and
I few yellow pigment cells on the oil globule which occupied
<ui anterior position. Isolated stellate black spots occurred on
the oil globule above the head and behind it for a short
distance ; a series of isolated stellate black spots occurred on
the ventral side of the body from otocyst to rectum, and
about half a dozen on the posterior inferior margin of the
yolk sac. The yolk had n vesicu ated appearance. The anus
was considerably behind the volk in the posterior half of the
total length of the bodv.

About the same time another egg, 1-48 mm. in diameter,
with an oil globule '29 mm. in diameter was found, and pro-
duced a similar embrvo.

SPECIES V.
(PELAGIC.)

Several eggs were procured in tow-nettings on the i6th
December, 1902, from False Bav, having a diameter of
•98 mm. and possessing n(^ oil globule. Yolk and embryo
were covered with manv vellow pigment cells. They hatched
out into larvae (PI. Ill, fig. 27) which were readily distinguished
in the water by their short form and large yolk sac, and by
characteristic movement, viz., a rapid vibration of the extremity
of the tail with verv little apparent movement of the anterior parts.
They have also macroscopically a slightlv cloudy appearance.
The larva was r6 mm. in length, and the yolk sac very nearly
half this. The anus was situated close to the yolk sac, and is
thus near the vertical from the centre of the body.

The body, head, \X)\k sac and vertical fins are covered by
vellow finely branching pigment cells, the bodies of which are
small and bead like. An exception to this is the posterior
third of the caudal region, which is destitute of any pigmen
In some larvae a few of the ends of the branching cells wer
black, and in others a few black spots appeared on the body.

Though the usual dark oil globule was absent, about half-a-
dozen very faint clear oily looking bodies were seen indis-
tinctly in the yolk. There was no trace of a pectoral fin
visible. The growth of the pectoral may be very rapid, as a
very similar larva recently hatched from an unknown egg had
the pectorals well developed. It is possible also that this larva
may hj the same, only hatched out at a later stage of develop-
ment.

SPECIES VI.

(PELAGIC.)

An unknown larva, apparcntiv newlv hatched, was pro-
cui-ed in a tow UL'tting on the i2th Deceinh^M-, U)02, in False
Bay, 5 fathoms from the suii'ace. It was 2-1 mm. in length,
and possessed a single oil globule 'if) nun. in diameter and
situated anteriorly. The yolk sac was rather long and oval.
Along the dorsal region of the bodv were small black stellate
pigment spots. Yellow spots, very faint, giving only a yellow
tinge to the body occurred from posterior of the yolk sac
towards the caudal extremitv where no pigment occurs. A
yellow patch occurred before and one behind the head. The
oil globule is covered with yellow network of pigment. It is
probable that this larva was from an egg "81 mm. in diameter,
though 1 have some slight doubt as to this, on account of the
presence of other unknown egi^s. (PI. Ill, iig. 2(S).

SPECIES VII.

(PELAGIC.)

An egg i'32 mm. in diameter, and containing manv small oil
globules, was found in a tow-netting from False Hav on the
i6th December, 1902. Hatching occurred the following day.

The larva, including yolk sac, is covered with yellow
branching pigment cells from snout to tail. A few black spots
occur on the top of the head and on the mid region of body.
The notochord is multicolumnar. The oil globules are scattered
throughout volk. There are about 50 of them, and they vary
from "01 to '06 mm. in diameter. The pigment cells on dorsal
and anal tins have a tufted appearance. In addition to these
distinctive features the lar\a has a very characteristic pro-
trusion over the head region. This, however, seems to vary,
as larvae otherwise similar hatl this feature in a less marked
degree. PI. IV, tig. 29, is from a photograph of this larva.
Another lar\a, very similar in appearance, but with the oil
globules situated in a cluster posteriorly mav belong to the same
species (tig. 30 j ; Fig. 31 is a later stage of the latter.

199
SPECIES VIII.

(PELAGIC.)

An L-'^<^ ro6 inni. in diameter containing no oil glolnilcs was
found in a tow-netting from False Bay in December. It pro-
duced a long (4'5 mm.) larva of a clear hvaline appearance
with nc^) vellow spots and only a few (20 j black ones, some-
times with branchings. These occurred on the top of tlie
head and scattered without order at considerable distances
from each othei along the body to the caudal extremity ; also
one on dorsal and anal fin behind the rectum. The volk had a
clear sacculated appearance. The notochord was unicolumnar.
{P\. IV., fig. 32.) The distance between the anus and the
posterior extremity was contained 5 times in the total length of
the body, so that its position is markedly posterior.

The pectoral fins were slightly developed.

SPECIES IX.

(PELAGIC/^

A cluster of fish eggs containing embrvos was procured in
the shrimp trawl on the 2nd April, 1902,47 miles North West
of Lion's Head, from 175 fathoms.

The eggs were spherical, 2 mm. in diameter, and were securely
agglutinated together at their points of contact in a small bunch,
perhaps a fragment of a larger mass torn from the bottom or
captured in the ascent of the trawl in mid water or surface. No
opportunity was afforded of ascertaining to what kind of larva
they belonged. They were preserved in formalin and the
measurements are from these preserved specimens.

SPECIES X.
PELAGIC.)

A large egg 178 mm. ui diameter, and possessing many
small oil globules, was found in a tow-netting in December in
False Bay. It contained an embryo and yolk sac, both

200

covered with a network of hranchino- yellow cells. The
pectoral tins were distinctly visible at this stage (a day before
hatching).

The newlv hatched larva proved to be well marked, being
readilv distingnished from all others on account of its large
size (4' I mm.) and uniform pale greenish yellow colouring,
which was absent onlv from the extremity of the tail.
Examined with a low power the colouring matter is found to
consist of bi-aiicliing black and yellow cells mixed indiscrimi-
nately.

The position also of the heart is different from that in all
other larvae examined, being situated anteriorly in the
space in front of the yolk sac and immediately under the
posterior half of the eye. The notochord is multicolumnar.

About three davs later a marked change was observed, the
colour had completelv disappeared from the median fins, and
the bodv became (^paque and of a dark green colour. The
posterior extremitv presented a bifurcate appearance
macroscopicallv, due to the absence of the pigment in this
region, and this mav be a useful diagnostic character.
Instead of swinuning about freely in the water like the other
larvae observed, this larva kept at the bottom of the
jar, head downwards, the tail keeping up a constant and
rapid vibration.

[PrP.LISIIKD f.Tii jn.v, 1903.]

201

O C; iii 'o 'jO'-r:,^ 'Si

-t: cfi -r; X

^^ r, -7^

> <

§ 'J; X S 75

C < >

— ' O •

< ft

■r ~ .2

Zt e^ •^,

X — - X

c£ I > £?

— o ?,

u '^ 5 "'^ .^ "= *- "^^

W ££. U ;:f- y = n=

J J >> <

2 « ^

^ - — fi (s, fi p) rf r) -> >-' ■-;

a ^

III!

0

•JU3S9.1J

•}U3sqv

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

(All the ti^iucs have been drawn on stone from micro-photographs, and arc
magnified about 20 times, with the exception of F"igs. 18, 19, 21 and 17, which last
is natural size.)

Plate I.

Fi

Unfertilized egg of Cliiysopluys globiccps (White Stumpnose).

Another showing formation of germinal disc.

Fertilised egg showing germinal disc divided into about 32 parts.

4. Later stage showing spreading out of germinal disc, side view.

5. The same, ventral view.

6 and 7. Side and ventral view of developing embryo.
8. Xewly-hatched larva of White Stumpnose.
Q. Larva two days later.

10. Larva six dajs later.

11. Fertilized egg of Clnjsopliiys gihbiccpx (Ked Stumpnose).

12. Later stage showing embryo.

13. Xewly-hatched larva of Ked Stumpnose.

14. P'ertilized egg of Trigla kuviii (Ked Gurnard).

15. Newly-hatched larva of Ked Gurnard.

16. Egg of Acliiriis capensis.

lna.v Tnv: Soui^h Africa

•evnlopinent ct' F:? hc3 PI. I

^*"*&sS'

.<!

-^

^'^^-^-.t^'s-

/'y

V

/>

//•'-"^.W

//

/2

16

Pl.ATK II.

Fig. 17. Stone on whicli liavc been deposited eggs of a tisli (Species I.)
(Nat. size.)

„ 18. Detached egg containing embryo, from photo by transmitted ni.'ht
(X 40).

„ 19. Group of eggs containing embryos, from photo by reiiected ligl.t.
(The eggs are in situ on the stone.)

„ 20. Xewly-liatclied htrva of Species I.

„ 21. Two eggs of Species II. detaclied from sliell of barnacle and photo-
graplicd by reflected light (x 15).

„ 22. Xewly-hatched larva of Species II.

(Note. — The origin of the dorsal lin is not sufiiciently indicated in
drawing.)

■i Lh A fr

/T

■^jA../**^

\

■\^ ;,r ^

»%

\>- :-^M

%

°i''~\*i\ ■•.-•■..

€i?i^

fe

13

2.1

Plate III.

Fig. 23 and 24. Two stages of egg of Species III.
„ 25. Xcwiy-hatched larva of Species III.
„ 26. „ „ „ IV.

„ 2i. „ „ VI.

.\friee-.

Q

24

.--s*^-"

V^

25

27

2a

Plate IV.

Fig. 29. Newly-hatched larva (^f Species VII.

,, 30. Larva very similar to Species VII.

„ 31. Later stage of larva represented in fig. 3c.

„ 32. Ncuiy-hatclied larva of Species VIII.
„ 33- .- .. .. X.

j^ hw. Sou in rVnc-^

oDaient or nr,rp.f, i-J.lV.

DESCRIPTIONS or NEW SOUTH
AERICAN EISHES.

J. D. F. GILCHRIST, M.A., B.Sc, Ph.D.,
Government Biologist to the Colonvof the Cape of Good Hope.

The followin*:^ is a continuation of the description of new-
fishes procured in the course of the work of the " Picter
Faiire " on the South African Coast. It contains an account
of three new genera and four new species as follows : —

1. TracJiicJitJiodcs spinosiis, n.g. and sp.

2. Plt'cfiviiiiis vKicivplitlialiints, n.sp.

3. Apogoii qiickciti, n.sp.

4. Mclaiwcctiis rotiindatiis, n.sp.

5. Lacuwiieiiiodcs coniprcssicaiidd, n.g. and sp.

6. SclachopJiidiiiui ^iiciithcri, n.g. andsp.

7. Aphorisfia varicilata, n.sp.

1 am. BERYCIDAE.
TRACHICHTHODES, n.g'.

Body ovate, compressed, covered with scales of moderate

size regularly arranged with longitudinal striations and

strongly ctenoid ; no scutes on abdomen ; scales of lateral

line not enlarged. Head large with muciferous cavities

covered by thin skin with minute pores. Mouth

oblique ; maxillary, which is provided with a supplemental

striated plate, extends backwards behind centre of eye.

Villiform teeth in jaws, vomer and palatine. Angle of

operculum and preoperculum with spines. Supra scapula

with serrations, no distinct spine. Branchiostegals eight, with

spines on inferior exposed surface. Suboperculum with

serrated edge. One dorsal, ventrals with one spine and seven

soft ravs. Four anal spines.

BI88.

204

Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., who has kindly examined this
specimen along with most of the otiiers here described, con-
siders it a sort of connecting link between the group to which
Trachichthys belongs and Alyripristis.

Tracliichthodes spinosiis, n.sp.

(Plate XIII., fig. I.)

Rr. 8. D. VI 15. A. IV 15. V. I 7.

Height of body a little more than half its length (excluding
caudal). Head contained i.^ in height. Eye large, its
diameter less than length of snout, and contained 2^ times in
length of head. Mouth large, the maxillary extending to
slightly beyond the vertical from the centre of the eye. A
supplemental striated plate on maxillary. Premaxillary with
band of villiform teeth interrupted at symphysis by notch. A
small triangular patch of teeth on vomer and a long narrow
ridge of teeth along palatine. The mandibular is covered
inferiorly with numerous spines. Spines also occur on the
inferior exposed surface of the branchiostegals. There are
spines on the operculum, not well marked on its posterior
vertical margin, but one or two well marked spines occur at
its lower angle. The preoperculum is well developed with a
double margin with well developed spines at the angle of each.
The suboperculum has an inferior edge of closely set spines
similar to those on inferior aspect of branchiostegals. There
is a small patch of scales at angle of anterior margin of
preoperculum, no other scales occurring on the head region.
Nostrils are wide, in front of and close to orbit. The anterior
margin of the nasals is armed with small stout sjiines. Scales
strongly ctenoid and striated. About 20 parallel longitudinal
rows between 1st dorsal and inferior median line They are
not enlarged at base of dorsal or anal nor along lateral line.
Those at the immediate base of the dorsal are very small,
about ^ the size of the normal scale, and those at the base of
the anal, while not enlarged, are somewhat more elongated in
outline, with a more unequal free border. The base of the
caudal is covered with small scales, which extend backwards
over about ^ of the length of the rays. The lateral line cannot
be traced distinctly, though each scale in this region has a
very large muciferous canal. Total length, including caudal,
80 mm.

Locdlily : The single specimen fi-om which this description
is taken was procured by dredge, Cape Morgan (on East
Coast) bearing N.W. ^ W., distant 6}, miles; depth, 45 fathoms.

205

PlecfrotNiis uiacropJithaluius, ii.sp.

(Plate XIII., fig. 2.)

Br. 8. D. II II. A. I 9. V. I (II. ?) 7. L. 1. 39. L. tr. 7.

Height of body nearly 4 times in length. Caudal peduncle
long and slender, its least height being less than ^ of that of
body. Length of head 3 times. Eye large, its diameter one
half the height of the body and nearly 2^ times in length of
head. Snout about -| diameter of eye, rounded. Lower jaw
projecting slightly beyond upper. Maxillary extends to below
middle of eye. Pectorals 'ong, reaching beyond the
vent nearly to posterior end of dorsal or middle of anal,
slightly longer than length of head. Ventrals reach nearly to
vent. Dorsal overlaps anal, the commencement of which falls
under the 7th ray of dorsal.

The body is covered with large deciduous scales, a few of
which were left under the pectoral. These were large
(2*4 mm. in diameter, or about half the diameter of
the eye), thin and almost circular in outline. The head region
was somewhat damaged, but apparently had been covered by a
delicate skin with no scales. There are four suborbital
glandular openings, 6 on preoperculum, 3 under mandible, and
several on nape of neck extending forward to snout. The
operculum has three ridges radiating from a centre. The first
is directed upwards and backwards, the second horizontally
backwards, and the third downwards. Between the first and
second there is a series of about six smaller ridges radiating
from the same centre. The tops of these and of the second
ridge were found to project through the skin in the form of
small spines, so that the operculum cannot be described as
unarmed. There is a horizontal ridge of the shoulder girdle
immediately over the base of the pectoral, but no spine. The
condition of the specimen rendered it doubtful whether there
are one or two spines in the ventral. Total length, including
caudal, 42 mm.

In the large eye, long caudal peduncle and position of
anal relatively to dorsal this species resembles Mclampliaes
niegalops Liitken (Plecfroiiuis megalops, Goode and Bean)
and apparently belongs to the same genus, but it differs from
it in the oblique insertion of the dorsal and anal and the long
ventrals characteristic of that species.

Locality : The single specimen procured was obtained by
shrimp trawl, Cape Point Light-house bearing S, 83° E ;
distant 35^ miles ; depth, 360 fathoms.

2o6

Fam. PERCIDAE.

Apogon qiieketti, n.sp.

(Plate XIV.)

Br. 7. IX VII, 18. A. II 8. l^A.iG. L. tr. 2, 6.

Length of head 3, height of body nearly 3^^ in total length.
Diameter of eye 4 in length of head and equal to interocular
space. Vertical border of preoperculum entire with about
four large denticulations at angle and horizontal border.

Fins : spinous much lower than soft dorsal, 3rd, 4th and 5th
spines the highest. Ventrals reach to the anus, slightly longer
than pectorals. Caudal rounded. Total length, including
caudal, 100 mm.

Colour : About seven longitudinal lines formed by dark
spots. Three broad vertical bands most marked in young
forms occur in the region of the body between the posterior
end of the 2nd dorsal and the caudal. Head region somewhat
darker than body, a dark band descending from the inferior
border of the orbit. A large black patch posteriorly on the
first dorsal. The edges of the second dorsal, the anal and
caudal are black.

Localitv : Seven specimens were procured off the coast of
Natal. Three were got at a depth of 40 fathoms, Tugela River
mouth bearing N. by W. f W., distant 15^ miles ; and four
with Tugela River mouth bearing N.W. by N. ^ N., distant 15^
miles ; depth, 36 to 42 fathoms.

Fam. PEDICULATI.

Mchinocctus rofiiH(l(i/iis, Ji.sp.

(Plate XV.)

I). 14. A. 4. P. 19. C. 9.

Height of body (25 mm.) nearly equal to length (27 mm.)
without caudal ; breadth (17 mm.) nearly i"8 in length.
Distance between snout and gill opening i-8 in length of body,
the gill opening being well in front of origin of dorsal and anal,
their respective distances from the snout being 15, 19" 5 and
24 mm. The distance between the gill opening and caudal is
less than between snout and gill opening, viz. : 12 mm. or
2*25 in the length of the body. It is equal to the interorbital
width, which is broad and concave. Over the eye is a
triangular bony protuberance not piercing the skin ; two
smaller ones occur in front of it and one behind. Nostril at
anterior margin of the eye, half of which is hidden under the

207

black skin, the other half appearing on the margin :)f a circular
patch of skin devoid of black pigment. Maxillary I'H in length
of bodv (rather more than one half in M. Johiisoni, Gi'iiiihcr.)

Teetii similar to those in .1/. JoJiiisoni and .1/. KnxJii. Fins :
The first dorsal (tentacle) is situated in the middle line behind
the upper jaw ; it is j of the length of the body. The distance
between it" and the second dorsal is equal to the length of the
maxillary or the breadth of the body. The first ray of the
second dorsal is low (4 mm.) and equals ^ of this distance.
The rays gradually increase in length posteriorly to the last,
which "is half the" same distance, and is confluent with the
caudal rays.

The pectoral is equal to the length of the tentacle ; its
margin, which nearly reaches the dorsal, is wedge shaped.
The anal is separated from the caudal and is equal to the
length of the pectoral. The caudal is pointed and equals its
distance from the gill opening.

Colour : Black, with the exception of the tins and circular
patch at posterior of eye, which are white. The black colour
extends a little way on to the bases of the vertical fins.*

Nearest to M. Kvcchl {Bmiicr, Zool. Anz. B. XXV, 7th April,
1902) agreeing with this species in having dorsal and anal
confluent, but differing from it in height, being less than the
length of body, the pectoral tin much shorter, eye partly hidden
under skin, colour of fins, size of eye and shorter tentacle.

Localitx : One specimen taken by shrimp trawl 36 miles
off Cape Point (Cape Point Lighthouse bearing X.E. ^ E. j;
depth, 600 fathoms ; bottom, green mud. A specimen of
Mdaiwcdus 11 '5 mm. in length (excluding caudal) had been
procured by the Picicr Fnitrc some time previously on the
Natal coast (Cape Natal bearing N. by E., distant 24 miles) but
was apparently an immature form. It diU'ers in some points
from that here described, out its determination may be held
over till more mature specimens are found.

Measurements (in millimetres) : Length of body, without
caudal, 27, height 25, breadth 17, snout to gill opening 15,
length of maxillary 17, tentacle 9, interorbital space 12,
diameter of eye 2, length of pectoral 9, longest ray of dorsal
and of anal 6, caudal 12.

With regard to the normal position of this tish when in the
water, Brauer remarks : " Die bischer gegebenen zeichnungen
von Melanocetus sind unsofern nicht richtig als diese Fische
beim schwimmen den hinteren korpe-rtheil nicht horizontal
halten sondern in die Hohe."

This I believe is founded on an observation of tiie living
animal in a jar after being brought on board the Valdivia.

*NoTE. — The black colour 1-ocumcs somewhat hrowii. and the white com-
pletely disappears in spirit.

208

We have liad no opportunity of vcrifvin<4 the observation, as
both specimens procured were dead when brought to the
surface, but I have represented the animal (Plate No. X\^) in
the usual horizontal position, as I have some hesitation in
accepting the conclusion drawn from such an observation. A
fish brought even from a moderate depth will continue for
some time to assume this oblique position, as has been on
several occasions observed in the tanks at the Marine Station,
St. James'. After about a day they were observed to resume
the normal horizontal position.

Fam. GADIDAE
LAEMONEMODES, n.g*.

Bociy posterior to pectorals compressed, head somewhat
depressed ; scales small and deciduous. Two dorsal, one anal
and a separate caudal fin. The anterior dorsal composed of
5 rays. The ventrals consist of two very long rays joined to-
gether for about § of their length, and six very minute rays.
Villiform teeth in jaws on vomer, but none on palatine, chin
with a barbel. Branchiostegals 7.

Seems to be nearest to Laeuioiicuia, Gihither differing from
it chiefly in the ventrals, which in that genus are " reduced to
a single long ray bifid at its end." This and the presence of
.idditional rudimentar\' rays seem to necessitate the establishing
of a new genus for this fish if we follow the general lines in
which the genera of this section of the Gadidae have been
laid down.

Lacvwiicuwdcs coiupressicauda, nsp.

(Plate XVI.)

Br. 7. D. 5, 46. A. 46. V. 2 + 6. P. 20 circa.

Greatest height of body ;ii mm.) is behind the commence-
ment of anal and is contained in its length f without caudal)
between 5 and 6 times. Head a little over 4 times. Eye
large, contained 3 times in head, greater than interorbital
space, which is equal to snout.

Maxillary extends to below middle of eye. Barbel if in
diameter of eye. The distance of the first dorsal from the
snout is somewhat more than length of head. The first of the
5 rays of the first dorsal is long, half the length of the
ventral, and reaches to the base of the 5th ray of the second
dorsal. The last ray of thfe first dorsal is short and is con-
tained in the length of the ist ray 4^ times. The second

209

dorsal is long and ends a short distance (3 mm.) from the
commencement of the caudal rays. The anal commences in
the vertical from the first ray of the second dorsal and ends
slightly in advance of its last ray, being at a distance
(4 mm.) from the commencement of the caudal rather greater
than the endmg of the second dorsal. The ventral commence-
ment of the caudal is somewhat anterior to that of the dorsal.
Locality : The single specimen was obtained by shrimp trawl
at a depth of 300 to 400 fathoms, Bashee River beacon (on East
Coast) bearing N. ^ E., distant 15 miles.

Fam. OPHIDIDAE.
SELAOHOPHIDIUM, n.g-.

Body compressed. Head somewhat depressed anteriorly.
Body, snout (including anterior portion) and base of dorsal
covered with small scales. Lateral line distinct and uninter-
rupted. Snout swollen, produced beyond jaws. Mouth large,
inferior and horizontal ; eyes large ; nostrils large, far apart,
the posterior in front of the eye, the anterior midway between
the posterior and end of snout. Opercuknn with a spine. No
barbels. Band of villiform teeth in jaws, on vomer and
palatines. No enlarged teeth. Vertical fins confluent.
Ventrals close together, each consisting of one undivided ray
inserted in front of posterior edge of preoperculum. Gills 4
with long and short gill rakers. Branchiostegals 8. Pseudo-
branchiae present and small.

This genus appears to be most closely allied to Cntactyx, but
differs from it in following particulars. — Snout scaly on
anterior part ; eyes very large ; lateral line distinct and
uninterrupted ; anterior nostril not at extremity of snout ; no
wide muciferous openings on suborbital, and only one on
preoperculum ; snout swollen ; no series of larger teeth along
sides of lower jaw ; pseudobranchiae present.

Selachophidium guentheri, n.sp.

(Plate XVII.)

Br. 8. D. 115. A. 88. C. 9. P. 26.

Greatest height of body 4^ to 6 times its length. Length of
head over 5^. Longitudinal diameter of eye contained 3 times
in length of head, vertical diameter 4^ times, equals length
of snout, slightly more than interorbital space and i length of
ventral ray, which is a little shorter than pectoral,

210

Head conical, but depressed in front of tlie eyes, the snout
being somewhat wedge shaped and blunt. Muciferous tissue
well developed on snout, though there are no large pores.
Glandular tissue on preoperculum with one large pore.
Teeth on palatine and vomer villiform and as well developed
as on jaws. The mandibular row fits in between that of upper
jaw and vomer and palatine row when mouth is closed.
Cavity of mouth and gill chambers black. The maxillarv
reaches to the posterior margin of the orbit. It is dilated
behind. The dorsal fin commences a little behind the
pectorals. It is of about equal height throughout, its longest
ray being about i^ times the vertical diameter of the eve. The
anal fin begins immediately behind the vent, which is situated
well in front of the middle of the body. The ventrals are
situated behind the end of the snout at a distance equal to the
lengtli of the head, excluding snout, and reach to about the
second third of the pectoral lin.

There are thin scales on anterior part of dorsal, reaching to
about half its height. None were perceived on the anal. The
lateral line is slightly curved and runs parallel witli the upper
margin (^f the body. It is well marked on the anterior two thirds
of the body, but can only be traced with ditlicultv to the
caudal. There are about 12 series of scales between it and the
base of the middle of the dorsal.

Colour : Bodv an imiform brown, dorsal and anal fins a
little darker. The posterior portion of these fins and caudal
black.

Local a \ : Several specimens procured along with other deep
sea Gadiild and MacniiidiV, off the Cape Peninsula (Table
Mountain bearing N. 79''' E., distant 40 miles) by shrimp net
at a depth of 250 fathoms, the bottom being green sand.

Measukements of a Specimen.
(Most of the others were deeper in the body).

Length of body ...

... ...

... 210 mm

Height „ „" ...

••• 34'5 M

,, ,, head ...

••• 39

Longitudinal diameter

of eye ...

... 13

Vertical

,,

10

Interorbital space

••• 9-5 ..

Snout

10

Longest ray of dorsal

... 15

Length of pectoral

... 23

,, ,, ventral

20 ,,

Distance between snout and vent

... 86

211
Fam. PLEURONECTIDAE.

Aplioristid vdi'icilnta, ii.sp.

(Plate XVIII.)

D. 93. A. 88. V. 4. C. 14.

Height of body 4^ times in length. Length of head 4;-; times.
Snovit 4 times in head. Eyes small, close together, upper
slightly in advance of lower. Tubular nostril midway between
lower eye and snout, close on margin of upper jaw, angle of
mouth below centre of lower eye.

Scales small, rough, about 120 in a longitudinal series from
upper angle of operculum to tail, 11 from eyes to angle of
operculum, 43 in a transverse series. There are no scales be-
tween eyes and end of snout, but they are continued forward
between the upper eye and the superior margin of the snout and
on the mandible. No scales were found between the closely set
eyes. Scales of both sides (1-3 mm.) oblong with relatively
strong spines on margin and extending on to scales in a patch
to less than a third of its length. Teeth villiform, equally
developed in both jaws.

The dorsal fin begins over the posterior end of the upper eye,
contains about 93 rays, and is confluent with caudal, longest
ray (6 mm.) 2if in depth of body (16 mm.), first rays free.
Anal begins 5 mm. from insertion of pectorals or 18 mm. from
snout, confluent with caudal, longest ray equals that of dorsal.
Ventral reaches to beginning of anal, rays 4, situated on isthmus
where gill membrane crosses it. Vent immediately in front of
anal. Total length, including caudal, 78 mm., 69 without
caudal.

Colour : 8 or jo indistinct cross bands of very irregular
arrangement may be distinguished on body.

Locality : Only one specimen procured, off coast of East
London (Buffalo River bearing North, distant i^; miles) bv
shrimp trawl at a depth of 310 fathoms.

[PUBLISHED 6th July, 1903.]

X

in
CO

- r-t

xn

^

o

1 1

^

d

•oo

O

• M

■ f— i

C^

CD

<:^

>

c;

C

'^p

' '

^

<v

o

g

CQ

'C

cd

<

X

a
o

o

?

o

O

W
-1

■00

in
■p
m
o

K

m

U)

W
P
o

X
u

s

<

1 — I

x;
CO

£-•
E-
H

:s;
w
p
o-

o

CD
O

<

CO

o

• r->

cd cd

■ r-i ■ r-i

CO t:;

QJ <

s

a.

in

■ i-i
Cm

^^=^.

U)

c

o

• r— *

-P

cd

d

XX

) O

- t-i

• (-H

4J

m

CD

<

>

X

^

^

^^

?

0)

O

c

cn

CD

CO

<;
p

D

<

O
CO

w
d:

2
O

o

w
p
o

a

2

o

<

m

C
o

^%

CD ^

^^
_& -*^

G> O

X

1 — I
Oh

03

U]
■i-t

P-

•oo

w
o

en
o

0] ^

Q) ^

^^

(=^ -p

(J o

cm

>

X

m

(V

pi

<

o

w

s

^i|C<*

in

r4

o

- — 1

-+J

c6

nJ

nc

> o

■ r-(

■ 1 — 1

_p

c^

to

<x:

0)

<

>

-C

-t-^

^

aj

o

P^

rjQ

^

cd

MOLLl'SCA or SOUTH AFHICi

G. B. SOWERBY, F.L.S.

Since writing my short paper, published in " Marine Investiga-
tions of South Africa," 1902, a quantity of additional material has
come to hand, which I have carefully examined. Most of the
Mollusca I have identified, a large proportion needing no special
comment. The 25 species herein described I believe to be new
to science ; and following these descriptions I have appended
notes on a few species little known, of special interest, or hither-
to inadequately described, giving figures in the accompanying
plates of such as have not hitherto been figured. In recording
the results of my investigations, I have gratefully to acknowledge
the valuable assistance of Messrs. S. Pace, E. A. Smith, and
E. R. Sykes.

Mr. Pace has examined the animal and radula of Sipho
pyrrhostoina of Watson, finding that it does not belong to the
Fusidce, but to the Vohitidce, so that I have placed it in my
gen\xs,Neptinieopsis, of which N. Gilchristi is the type.

The soft parts of some of the other species are still reserved for
examination, and will be reported on later.

New Species.

Pleurotoma (Surcula) lobata (Plate IV., fig. 9). Shell
elongately fusiform, posterior long, anterior short, yellow: i
white. Spire elongately turreted, slightly convex at the sides
whorls 10; slightly angular, ornamented at the angle by a row
of small rounded prominent tubercles, numbering 13 on the
penultimate whorl ; a sharpish keel borders the whorls at the
upper part, between which and the angle a faint thread-like ridge
is discernible. Last whorl shorter than the spire, with a double
keel below the periphery which terminates in a remarkable de-
fiexed tube-like projection, forming a lobe to the aperture ; base
conspicuously lirate ; rostrum short, slightly recurved. Aperture
moderate ; columella rather straight above, slightly tortuous at
the base, covered with a thin, smooth laminar callus ; outer lip
thin, with a broad shallow sinus at the posterior angle, in addi-

214

tion to the before-mentioned lobe which forms a curious anterior
sinus. Canal short, rather wide. Length 31 ; width ii millini

Hab. : — Cape iNatal bearing N. by E. ; distant 24 miles ;
depth, 440 fathoms. Bottom, mud. Also (dead shells) Buffalo
River, bearing North ; distant, 15 miles; depth, 310 fathoms.

This remarkable shell is characterised by the double keel
of the anterior angle becoming merged towards the finish
of the last whorl, so as to form an almost tube-like process pro-
jecting from the aperture. This is present in all the adult speci-
mens I have seen, but it varies in length and position, in some
cases lying further back, and terminating before quite reaching
the edge of the aperture. The shell bears some resemblance
to Plciirotovia congener, Smith (Annals and Magazine of Natural
History, 1894, Vol. IV., page 160, plate III., figs. 4 and 5), some
specimens of which show indications of the above-mentioned
character, but irregularly and in a less marked degree, so that it
is not mentioned in Smith's description. The two species are
however no doubt specifically distinct.

Pleurotoma (Drillia) FOSSATA (Plate III., fig. 5). Shell
fusiform, acuminated at both ends, pale fulvous, obscurely spot-
ted with brown, here and there tinged with light purple, and
coloured anteriorly with a purplish band. Spire acute, gradate ly
turreted ; whorls 8, the first two smooth, rounded, forming a
papillary apex, the third angular and ribbed below the angle,
the rest deeply concave at the top, the concavity being bordered
by a sharp erect keel, below which the whorls are slightly con-
vex, with short very oblique plicae, and about 5 spiral liras which
are sharply angular at the top and slopingly compressed on the
under side. Last whorl about equal in length to the spire,
slightly convex above, and tapering to the base ; the oblique
plicae against the keel become almost obsolete on the latter half
of the whorl, while the spiral lirag numbering about 22
are quite as deep and broad as those on the upper whorls. Aper-
ture oblong, moderately wide, without any definite anterior
canal ; outer lip thin, with rather a broad sinus at the juncture of
the whorl.

Length 22 ; width 7 millim.

Hab. : — Cape Vidal (Natal) bearing N.N.E., \ N. ; distant gi
iniles ; depth, 80 to 100 fathoms. Bottom, rock.

A shell of a very distinct character, quite unlike any other
known species. The sharp erect keel at the top of the whorls,
the broad channel between this and the suture, and the numer-
ous curiously sloping spira liras throughout, are its chief char-
acteristics.

Pleurotoma (Drillia) scitecostata (Plate IV., fig. 10).
Shell fusiform, acuminated at both ends, light brown colour with-

215

out markings. Spire acutely turreted ; whorls 8, apical ones
smooth rounded oblique, the rest deeply and smoothly concave
at the top, then slightly convex, furnished with numerous oblique
rounded smooth close-set ribs, the ribs terminating in a well-de-
fined angle at the top. Last whorl about equal in length to the
spire, slightly convex above and tapering below ; spirally lirate
towards the base, scarcely rostrate. Aperture oblong, interior
smooth, brown ; columella rather straight ; lip thin, arched, with
a moderate posterior sinus situated close to the suture.

Length 20 ; width 7 millim.

Hab. : — Glendower Beacon (near Port Alfred) bearing N. ^
W. ; distant 21 miles; depth, 100 fathoms. Bottom, sand and
stones.

An elegantly formed and sculptured shell, somewhat resem-
bling P. harpiilaria, Desmoulins, but more fusiform, and with-
out the prominent sutural ridge characteristic of that species.

Pleurotoma (Clavatula) turriplana (Plate III, fig. 6).
Shell elongately turreted, light brown, with a whitish band in the
middle of the whorls. Spire long, acutely turreted ; whorls 1 2 ;
the first two smooth, rounded, formmg a somewhat prominent
white papillary apex ; the rest slopingly convex, slightly impres-
sed below the suture, spirally faintly grooved, obliquely ob-
scurely plicated. Last whorl about 2.5ths of the entire length
ot the shell, convex above, attenuated towards the base, scarcely
rostrate, nearly smooth, spiral grooves (only visible with a lens)
irregular and broken up, oblique wrinkles aJmost obso-
lete. Aperture rather long, moderately wide ; interior
tinged with pale pink ; columella white, rather straight, very
slightly flexuose ; outer lip sharp, with a broad posterior sinus,
situated between the angle and the suture.

Length 42 ; width 1 1 millim.

Hab. : — Cape St. Blaize bearing N. by E. |- E. ; distant 65
miles ; depth, 8 5 -go fathoms.

Only one adult and one young specimen. An unusually smooth
shell for one of this genus, with a long spire. The specimen
having no operculum, I am unable to say with certainty that it
belongs to the sub-genus Clavatula, but judging from the proto-
couch and the general appearance of the shell there is scarcely
room to doubt it.

Pleurotoma (Clavus) lignaria (Plate III., fig. 4). Shell
irregularly fusiform, pallid, without colour markings, obtusely
angular, posterior acuminated, anterior rather obliquely sub-
conical. Spire rather long, acute ; whorls loi, the first two
smooth, rounded, forming a papillary apex ; the next two slightly
convex,, nearly smooth, the rest with the upper half slightly con-

B 2 '

2[6

cave, with a rounded slightly tubercular ridge just below the
suture ; the lower rather convex, furnished with a row of oblong
nodules, or short stout costae (9 on the penultimate whorl) ; very
finely spirally striated throughout. Last whorl about equal in
length to the spire, obtusely angled ; left side obliquely sloping,
right rather convex ; no rostrum ; the nodules at the angles are
produced downwards so as to form slightly oblique stout rounded
ribs. Aperture rather short ; columella nearly straight, covered
by a thin callus which is somewhat thickened above ; outer lip
slightly arcuate, anterior canal very short, posterior sinus deep
and moderately wide, situated at the angle of the whorl.

Length 22 ; width at angle 9 millim.

Hab. : — Lion's Head bearing N. 67° E. ; distant 25 miles;
depth, 1 36 fathoms.

This shell presents the slight obliquity of form prevailing in
the sub-genus or section Clavus. It is singularly destitute of
colour markings, and does not bear a striking resemblance to
any known species, but perhaps its nearest ally is P. Ediihce,
Sowerby.

Pleurotoma (Genotia) bel^formis (Plate IV., fig 8).
Shell broadly fusiform, acuminately conical at both ends, whitish.
Whorls 6|-, slightly convex, obtusely angled above, with a punc-
tured groove a li'ttle below the suture ; obliquely irregularly
wrinkled, spirally striated. Last whorl aoout three-fifths of the
entire length of the shell, rather inflated above, tapering below,
without rostnim ; spiral striae numerous and close, oblique
wrinkles almost obsolete. Aperture rather wide in the middle,
interior white, columella slightly twisted, outer lip sharp, with a
broad posterior sinus.

Length 22 ; width 9 millim.

Hab.: — Vasco de Gama Pk. bearing N. 71° E. ; distant i Si-
miles ; depth, 230 fathoms.

A shell of simple character, having somewhat the aspect of a
northern form of Bda.

Mangilia (EUCYTHARA) Africana (Plate v., fig. 9). Shell
fusiform, acuminated at both ends, obtusely angled in the middle,
somewhat obscurely banded with light and dark brown, with nar-
row whitish interstices, dark purplish brown between the angle
and the suture. Spire rather long, acute ; whorls 7, angularly con-
vex, finely spirally striated throughout, longitudinally regularly
ribbed, ribs narrow, rather distant (12 on the penultimate whorl).
Last whorl longer than the spire, angular above, then slightly
convex, attenuated towards the base, terminating in a short nar-
row slightly recurved rostrum. Aperture long, rather wide in the
middle, and narrower at each end ; interior closely plicated, dark

217

brown with a whitish median band ; columella rather straieht
recurved at the base, furnished with numerous small plicae ;
outer lip sharp at the edge, externally thickened by a stout
rounded varix ; posterior sinus shallow, but rather wide.

Length 20 ; width 7 millim.

Hab. :— Umhloti River Mouth bearing N.W. by W. f W. ;
distant 2| miles; depth, 25 fathoms.

This shell somewhat resembles C. funiculata, Reeve, but it is
less sharply angled, the sides being more convex.

CONUS EUCORONATUS (Plate III., fig. 9). Shell rather solid,
angular, whitish, profusely spotted with light brown, banded with
three more or less interrupted zones of dark brown. Spire coni-
cal, rather elevated, coronated ; whorls 9, angular ; above the
angle concave, rugosely plicated, and furnished with a single
narrow ridge ; at the angle ornamented with numerous white
rounded bead-like nodules, numbering 26 on the last, and 23 on
the penultimate whorl. Last whorl scarcely convex, regularly
tapering from the angle to the base ; spirally deeply grooved,
and longitudinally closely plicated throughout. Aperture of
average width, with a rathei deep posterior sinus.

Length 45 ; width 34 millim.

Operculum very small (5 x i^ millim), regularly oblong, lamin-
ated, nucleus at the anterior extremity.

Hab. :— Cape St. Blaize bearing N. 85° W. ; distant 4^
miles ; depth, 27 fathoms. Bottom, sand.

A handsome shell, belonging to the AsprclLa group, but quitt
unlike any hitherto known species. A second specimen (ob-
tained on Natal coast. Cape Natal beanng W. f N. ; distant
\2\ miles ; in 85 fathoms) is paler in colour, ana of even rougher
sculpture.

CONUS GiLCHRiSTi (Plate III., fig 8). Shell moderately solid,
rather broadly sub-cylindrical, white, coloured with irregular
brown streaks and blotches of various forms, interspersed with
small spots, etc. ; covered with a thin transparent peri-
ostracum. Spire very little raised, acute at the apex ; whorls 9 ;
slightly concave, with growth hnes but no spiral sculpture. Last
whorl rounded at the angle, sides nearly straight, obscurely lirate
at the base. Aperture moderate, lip simple, with a rather deep
posterior sinus.

Length 21 ; width 27 millim.

Hab.: — Umhlangakulu River Mouth (Natal) bearing NAV.
by N. ; distant j\ miles ; depth, 50 fathoms. uottom, sand and
shells. (A single specimen in perfect condition.)

In general appearance this shell is something like C. Charac-
teristicus, Chemnitz, but its form is narrow and more cylindrical,
and the whorls r'l the ipire are not grooved as m that bpecies.

2l8

CONUS PATENS (Plate III., fig. y). Shell thin, light, elon-
gately pyriform, white, with a few very faint fulvous markings a
little above the middle of the body whorl ; covered by a rough
and scabrous but light coloured periostracum. Spire moderately
elevated, acute, graduated ; whorls 8, concave, keeled at the
angle, without spiral sculpture. Last whorl slightly convex,
tapering towards the base ; with slightly waved growth lines,
and very faint spiral lirae visible only in parts and under the
lens ; the lirae at the base are scarcely more apparent than those
on the other parts of the shell. Aperture rather wide, the pos-
terior end a little narrower ; outer lip thin and simple, with a
deep, rather broad posterior sinus.

Length 68; width 35 millim.

Operculum remarkably small for the size of the shell (6 by 2\
\T: :lim "l laminar, slightly scabrous, not regularly oblong, but ex-
pandcJ on the right anterior side, with the nucleus inclining to
t^ -left.

Hab. : — Vasco de Gama Pk. bearing N. 10° E. ; distant 13
miles ; -^epth, 85 fathoms. Bottom, green sand. Only one full-
sized f /ecimen obtained ; but several much smaller ones were
taken ai different stations.

This shell bears some resemblance to C. fulvocinctus, Crosse,
bu" it is of a lighter substance, and destitute of the basal lirae
which are somewhat prominent in that species.

Cypr^A Fultoni (Plate IV., fig. 7). Shell depressly pyri-
form, with a slight angularity at the sides near the posterior end,
produced by a tubercle or swelling on each side ; extremities
slightly produced ; pale fulvous variously marked with brown
streaks and spots, suffused with dar]-: brown at eacli end, and
ornamented with numerous rather large dark brown spots at the
sides partly extending over the base ; beaks at the posterior
extremity rather wide apart, surmounted by a thick brown callus,
completely hiding the apical whorls ; beaks at the anterior ex-
tremity closer together and slightly incurved ; back rather de-
pressly rounded, obliquely sloping in front ; base slightly con-
vex. Aperture of moderate width, with a prominent plait at the
base of the columella ; teeth on the left side of the aperture 11,
the anterior ones being thick and short, the rest narrower and
irregularly placed ; on the right side 1 8, more regular, extending
partly across the base, and leaving brown stripes where they
become obsolete.

Length 60 ; width 39 ; height 29 millim.

Hab. : — South Africa.

Only a single dead specimen of this striking new species has
yet been found. The package in which it came was broken in
transit, and the number referring to the locality lost.

219

The dorsal aspect of the shell is somewhat similar to that of
C. Iciicostoma, but it is larger, and the base is entirely different.

Nassa Desmoulioides (Plate IV., fig. i). Shell sub-ovate,
anterior rounded, posterior conical, whitish, stained and irregu-
larly streaked with brown. Spire acutely conical ; whorls 8, the
first 2 smooth polished and regular, the rest convex, rounded,
spirally closely lirate, and longitudinally ribbed, the ribs being
rounded, and about the same width as the interstices, numbering
10 on the penultimate whorl; the spiral lirae (j in number) are
also rounded and close, becoming here and there slightly nodu-
lous on crossing the ribs ; suture concavely impressed. Last
whorl roundly inflated, the longitudinal ribs becoming irregular
and obsolete, while the spirals (numbering about i6) are rather
more distinctly nodulous ; the very short rostrum at the base is
somewhat tortuous, and distinctly lirate ; it is defined by a dis-
tinctly channeled groove separating it from the rest of the
whorl. Aperture sub-ovate ; columella covered by a thin callus,
slightly spread upon the midaie of the whorl and forming an
erect wall at the side of the umbihcal region, with a rather pro-
minent obliquely curv^ed plica at the base ; outer lip crenulated
at the margin, lirate within ; canal very short, recurved.

Length 2i ; width 13 millim.

Operculum thin, corneous, oblong, triangular, serrated with 5
projecting cusps on the right and two on the left side.

Hab. :— Umhloti River Mouth (Natal) bearing N.W. \
Vv. ; distant 15I- miles; depth, 100 fathoms. Bottom, sand and
shells.

A pretty shell, having somewhat the form and appearance of a
Desmoiilea.

Nassa ANALOGICA (Plate IV., fig. 3). Shell oblong-ovate,
yellowish white, banded with light brown. Spire acutely coni-
cal, rather long; whorls 7, slightly convex, spirally regularly
grooved, grooves 6 in the penultimate whorl, intervals flat. Last
whorl about 7^ the entire length of the shell, slightly inflated.
Aperture ovate, slightly expanded towards the front ; interior
tinged with pale violet, smooth ; outer lip simple, very little
thickened ; columella arched, with a sharp twist at the base,
covered with a thin, glossy, transparent callus.

Length 19; width 10 millim.

Operculum thin, horny, irregularly tnagonal, with the nucleus
at the anterior extremity, inclining towards the left.

Hab. : — Cape Infanta bearing N. | E. ; distant 6^ miles ;
depth, 40 fathoms. Bottom, mud.

This species is nearly allied to .V. trifasciata, A. Adams (Plate
IV., fig. 2), but the difference in form, as shown by the figures.

220

appears to be constant ; the latter is more fusiform, and has a
narrower aperture ; its spire is longer in proportion to the body-
whorl, and generally more or less plicated ; while all the
numerous specimens of A^. analogica I have before me are
smooth, excepting for the spiral grooves. These differences
may appear to be merely varietal, but the comparison of a large
number of specunens shows that they are singularly persistent,
and the two forms when separated show very little variation.

Cancellaria PRODUCTA (Plate IV., fig. 5). Shell elongately
acuminated, very pale buff colour. Spire narrowly pyramidal ;
whorls 7^, the first 2\ rounded, smooth, shining, regular, the rest
convex, latticed by numerous spiral lirae, and longitudinal ribs ;
the spirals (6 or 7 on the penultimate whorl) form little nodules
in crossing the ribs, some of which are spinously raised in prox-
imity to the suture ; suture rather deepiy channelled. Last
whorl a httle longer than the spire, closeiy cancellated through-
out. Aperture sub-ovate, rather small ; columella nearly
straight, with 3 oblique nearly equal plic^ ; outer lips sharp at
the edge, and slightly thickened by the external rib.

Length 17; width 7 millim.

Hab. :— Off L^mhloti River Mouth (Natal) ; depth, 40 fathoms
(two specimens only).

This shell resembles in form some of the species of the genus
Phos.

Epidromus CREBRILIRATUS (Plate IV., fig. 4). Shell nar-
rowly oblong, fulvous, faintly banded and variegated with brown,
pearly white at the apex. Spire elongately acuminated, slightly
convex at the sides; whorls 5^, the first i^ smooth and shining,
the rest rather convex, irregularly plicate and varicose ; spirally
finely grooved ; suture scarcely impressed. Last whorl oblong,
rather straight sided, with a very short rostrum at the base.
Aperture rather wide in the middle, and narrow at each end ;
columella covered with a thin white callus standing erect over the
umbilical region, sliglitly and irregularly pustulate ; canal short,
narrow, slightly recurved.

Length 13 ; width 5 millim.

Hab. : — Glendower Beacon (near Port Alfred) bearing N. \
\V. ; distant 21 miles; depth, 100 fathoms. Bottom, sand and
stone. (Two specimens only.)

Somewhat resembling a small form of E. lanccolatus, Menke,
but quite different in sculpture.

Scala TENEBROSA (Plate IV., fig. 6). Shell elongately tur-
reted, dark brown, with ribs of a somewhat lighter colour. Spire

221

long, acute ; whorls 9, rather squarely convex, without spiral
sculpture, rather slopingly and narrowly tabulated at the top ;
ribs numerous, about 20 on the penultimate, and 14 on the last
whorl, moderately thick, and very slightly reflexed, with short
angular spines at the angle. Last whorl short, rounded, without
basal ridge, and with the umbilicus nearly closed. Aperture
roundly oval ; interior brown ; peristome rather thick, smooth,
slightly expanded and reflexed at the left anterior side, the
posterior angle produced into a short angular spine.

Length 1 5 ; width 6 millim.

Hab. : — Cape St. Blaize bearing N. ; distant 7^ miles ; depth,
37 fathoms. Bottom, fine sand. Also, Lat. 34° 7' S., Long. 25°
.43' 30" E. ; depth, 55 fathoms. Bottom, rock.

Only two specimens of this species were taken, one in each of
the localities indicated.

The shell is somewhat similar in form to 5. aculeaia, but with
more angular whorls. The brown colour is rather unusual.

AsTRALiUM (Cyclocantha) Gilchristi (Plate v., fig. 6).
"Shell trochiform, slightly iridescent, the nacre being partly visible
•on the surface through the very thin covering, promiscuously
spotted with reddish brown. Spire regularly conical, moder-
ately high ; whorls 6, sloping, scarcely convex, angularly keeled
above and below, ornamented with rather close-set rows of bead-
like pustules (6 on the penultimate whorl), interstices obliquely
roughly plicate on the penultimate and last whorls ; concavely
■channelled below the suture, the channel obliquely plicated.
Last whorl with the peripherial angle armed with 16 hollow
•angular spine-like scales ; angled below the periphery with a
narrow slightly-raised keel, which is furnished with numerous
very short scales ; between the two angles are two or three rows
•of pustules, and beneath the second angle the base is slightly
flattened and furnished with 6 rows of pustules or beaded ridges.
The whole of the base is closely plicately laminated. Umbili-
•cus completly closed by a thick white callus. Aperture oblique,
rounded, width slightly exceeding the length ; columella obli-
quely arcuate, covered with a thick smooth white callus ; outer
lip thin at the edge, interior smooth, silvery.

Operculum sub-circular, very thick, convex outside, white,
very faintly granulose, with a very narrow groove at the outer
margin.

Length 27^ ; width 29 millinL

Hab. :— O'Neil Peak (Natal) bearing iN.W. ^ W. ; distant 9^-
miles ; depth, 90 fathoms. Bottom, broken sheas. Also, Scotts-
burg Lighthouse (Natal) bearing N.W. by N. ; distant 8 miles ;
■depth, 92 fathoms. Bottom, sand and shells.

222

A strikingly beautiful shell, allied to Turbo henicus, Watson,,
from which it differs in detail* chiefly in the sutural channel, and
in the more numerous scale-like spines at the periphery.

Calliostoma PERFRAGILE (Plate v., fig. 3). Shell trochi-
form, very thin, pale iridescent. Spire acutely conical ; whorls
7, slightly convex, spirally ridged ; ridges 9 on the penultimate
whorl, rather narrow, the upper ones minutely granulated. Last
whorl angled at the periphery, with a slight keel, which is arti-
culated with rather distant oblong yellowish brown spots ; base
rather convex, faintly hrate near the margin, the liras gradually
becoming more prominent towards the centre. Aperture quad-
rangular, slightly oblique ; columella very little curved, rather
thick, truncated at the base.

Length 20 ; width 20 millim.

Hab. : — Vasco de Gama Pk. bearing S. 75° E. ; distant 13^
miles; depth, 166 fathoms. Also, Lion's Head bearing N.
63° E. ; distant 34 miles ; depth, 1 54 fathoms.

In form this shell resembles C. ornatinn, Lamk., but it is re-
markable for its very thin fragile substance.

Calliostoma (Lischkeia) granoliratum (Plate V., fig.
7). Shell angularly conical, width and length nearly equal,
white. Spire moderately elevated, almost flatly sloping ; whorls
6, plicately laminated, the laminse scarcely discernible on the
upper whorls, become more distinct on the lower ; ornamented
with small erect, slightly angular nodules m three rows, the two
upper rows being rather distant, while the lower, just above the
suture, is almost close to the middle one, and has much smaller
and closer nodules. Last whorl obtusely bi-angular at the
periphery, the nodules becoming arched scales ; base rather
convex, with 4 prominent rounded lirae, and a fifth narrower one
bordering the umbilicus. The lirae are obliquely plicated, so as
to give them the resemblance of twisted cords. Umbilicus nar-
row, almost covered. Aperture irregularly sub-quadrate, about
equal in width and length ; columella margin covered with a
thick duplicate callosity forming a ridge against the umbilicus,
rather straight in the middle, obliquely arched at the base and
continuous with the outer lip. Interior smooth, silvery.

Length 1 1 ; width 1 1 \ millim.

Operculum very thin, round, light, corneous, multispiral.

Hab. : — Cape Point, False Bay, bearing N.W. by W. \ W. ;
distant y\ miles ; depth, 45 fathoms.

This beautiful little shell is very like a miniature of C. monili-
fcrmu, Lamarck { = Aliviiuv, Lischke), to which Mr. Pilshrygave
the sub-generic name of Lischkeia

2 23

Calliostoma (Astele) iridescens (Plate v., fig. 4). Shell
angularly conical, thin, yellowish iridescent, here and there
blotched with brown, particularly at the angle. Spire rather
high, acutely conical ; whorls 7, upper ones densely granulated,
the rest spirally lirate, liras (6 on the penultimate whorl) flat-
tened, and intersected by one or two shallow grooves, the upper
one or two slightly granulated. Last whorl broad and short,
slightly convex, sharply carinated at the periphery ; lirae more
numerous and less regular, thin and crowded in proximity to the
angle ; base flatly convex, closely spirally ridged, and trans-
versely striated. Umbilicus deep, rather narrow, bordered by
an arched, shghtly-raised ridge. Aperture obliquely quad-
rangular, lateral angle rather acute ; columella short, truncated,
arched, callous, with a thin lamina projecting slightly over the
umbilical orifice ; outer lip thin, interior silvery.

Length 16; width 17 millim.

Hab. : — Cape Natal bearing N. i W. ; distant 4^ miles ;,
depth, 55 fathoms.

SOLARIELLA PERSCULPTA (Plate V., fig. 8). Shell angular,
abbreviately conical, white, width greater than the length. Spire
broadly conical, rather acute ; whorls 5, the first smooth, the
second slightly angular in the middle, closely longitudinally
plicated, the rest concave at the top, then biangular, the upper
angle being coronated with erect angular tubercles, the lower
sharply carinated and very closely plicately laminated at the
keel ; below the keel is a deep concavity, bordering which at the
suture of the penultimate whorl may be observed another nar-
row keel, bearing small angular tubercles or scales. Last whorl
broad, rather compressed, with a promment laminated keel at
the periphery, the nodules on the upper angles becoming less
prominent ; base compressly convex, with four rather distant
keels ; umbilicus deep and round, of moderate width, nodulously
pUcate and lirate at the entrance. Aperture obliquely quad-
rangular ; peristome, thin, continuous, with a sharpish angle on
the right side, corresponding with the external keeL

Length 8 ; width 9 milHm.

Hab. : — Cape Natal bearing N. by E. ; distant 24 miles ;
depth, 440 fathoms. Bottom, sand. (Only two specimens
found.)

MiNOLIA (NACH^ROPLAX) CONGENER (Plate V., fig. 2).
Shell rather depressly orbicular, smooth, shining, light yellowish,
suff"used with light brown, ornamented with waved zigzag and
acutely angular light and dark brown streaks. Spire depressly
conical ; whorls 5} convex, moderately sloping, smooth, with only
here and there very faint traces of obsolete spiral striae ; suture

2 24

rather deeply channelled ; last whorl broad, convex above
with small erect slightly angular nodules in three rows, the two
rounded at the periphery, depressly convex at the base ; umbili-
cus rather large, round and deep, bordered on the outer edge by
an obtuse angle, a second angle appearing a little way within
the orifice ; the space between the two angles is slightly flat-
tened, numerous very distinct close-set plicae traverse this space,
crossing the angles. Aperture rather large, peristome thin,
columella margin straight, forming an angle where it joins the
basal lip ; outer lip sloping above, rounded at the base.

Length gi ; width 15^ millim.

Hab. : — Cape Infanta bearing N., ^ W. ; distant 82 miles ;
depth, 40 fathoms. Also Cape St. Blaize bearing N. ; dis-
tant 7^ miles ; depth, 37 fathoms. Bottom, fine sand.

In general aspect, colour, and markings this shell closely re-
sembles M. Icpvissiina, Von Martens, from which it may be
readily distinguished by the curiously distinct and crowded
plicae entering the umbilicus, which is smaller, and defined by a
much more distinct angle.

The operculum is thin, concave, and multispiral, with a raised
lamina at the suture of the whorls.

Dentalium inflexum (Plate v., fig. 11). Shell rather nar-
row, much curved, considerably attenuated towards the apex,
shining, fulvous, with irregular narrow bands of a darker colour,
and sHghtly impressed growth lines ; longitudinally very finely
and closely striated, the striae becoming gradually obsolete on the
lower half of the shell.

Length 50 ; width at the aperture 4, and at the apex i millim.

Hab. : — Tugela River Mouth (Natal) bearing N.W. by W. ;
distant 3^ miles; depth, 14 fathoms. Bottom, rock.

This shell differs from D. longitrorsum, Reeve, chiefly in be-
ing finely striated, and in having colour rings at irregular inter-
vals, giving it an articulated appearance.

Dentalium Africanum (Plate V., fig. 10). Shell rather
■stout, very little curved, white, with growth lines rather close,
impressed, irregular, otherwise smooth ; apical notch on the con-
vex side, V shaped at the top, and descending in a rather narrow
slit.

Length 46; width at aperture 5, at the apex i^ millim.

Hab.:— Red-topped Hill, A\ of Untwalumi River (Natal)
bearing' N. by W. ; distant 2 miles ; depth, 25 fathoms. Bottom,
broken shells.

The shell looks very hke a large D. enialis, and forms a link
between H. and A. Adams' sub-genus Antalis and Fischer's s.g.
Fissidentalium. After a considerable study of the Scaphopoda,

225

1 am inclined to ignore these sub-divisions as being insufficiently
defined. The length of the slit not only vanes considerably in
different examples of the same species, but in some it is absent ;
the striation is also a very unreliable character. In D. Afri-
cantim some specimens show only the V shaped notch, others a
short fissure below, while others again have quite a long fissure,
I have selected an average one for the type. Some of the
young specimens are striated towards the apex.

Dentalium exasperatum (Plate V., fig. 12). Shell
moderately solid, very little curved, rather wide at the base, and
gradually tapering to the apex, pale yellow, longitudinally
ribbed ; principal ribs about 1 3, scabrous through the crossing of
fine transverse laminae, an intermediate much smaller rib between
each, the interstices being cancellated by minute longitudinal
ridges and fine transverse laminae. Apical fissure on the convex
side, about one-tenth the length of the shell.

Length 32 ; width at the aperture 5, and at the apex i millim.

Hab. : — Umvoti River Mouth (Natal) bearing N. by W. \
W. ; distant 4^ miles ; depth, 27 fathoms. Bottom, sand and
shells.

An example of the " Fissidentalinni " group of a peculiarly
scabrous character.

Chiton (Hanleya) sykesi (Plate V., fig. 13). Shell
elongated, whitish, with the back much raised, and the sides slop-
ing, scarcely convex ; dorsal ridge rounded ; throughout very
finely granulose. Anterior valve crescent shaped, marked with
concentric growth lines, but no radiating sculpture ; insertion
plate scarcely defined, unslit. Posterior valve with apex nearly
central, raised, rather acute. Intermediate valves without in-
sertion plates ; obtusely beaked ; lateral areas well defined,
flattened, roughly marked with irregular concentric ridges and
growth lines ; central areas smooth, excepting for the fine granu-
lar sculpture which covers every part of the exterior of all the
valves. Girdle very minutely spiculose.

Length about 22, width of central valve y\ millim.

Cape Point Lighthouse (False Bay) bearing E. ; distant 26^
miles; depth, 2io fathoms. Also Vasco ue Gama Pk. bearing
S. 75° E. ; distant i^^ miles; depth, 166 fathoms.

A careful examination of the valves and girdle of this species
shows that it belongs to Gray's genus, Hanleya, which Pilsbry
places in the Family Lepidopleiiridce. Malacologists are at
liberty to use their own discretion as to the adoption of the
numerous family and generic names proposed for the Polypla-
cophcra, but for mv part I very much question their utility, and
prefer to call Hanleya a sub-genus of Chiton.

226

fJotes on Species little known, inadequately described
on hitherto unfigured.

Neptuneopsis pyrrhostoaia, Watson (Plate III., fig. i).
Fusus (Sipho) pyrrhostoma, Watson, Linn. Soc. Journal, Vol.
xvi., p. 374.

The shell of this remarkable mollusk resembles in some re-
spects that of Sipho cretaccus. Reeve. It is, however, far re-
moved from that family, and through the kindness of Mr. S.
Pace, who has examined the soft parts, I am able to state con-
clusively that it belongs to the Voliitidce. Mr. Pace says : " The
-sum of the characters of this interesting form leaves no doubt
"but what it should be referred to the volutoid series in the im-
mediate neighbourhood of K cptiincopsisP At present I sc^ no
reason why it should not be included in that genus. Although
a much smaller object there is nothing, conchologically speaking,
to separate it generically from my Neptimeopsis Gilchristi;
the structure of the head is practically the same ; and, as in that
species, the eyes are reddish, not black as are those of the ma-
jority of the Prosobranchs. The siphon has the lateral ex-
pansion met with in Neptuneopsis. The introvert apparatus is
strongly developed, and in the retracted state it forms a iaige,
almost globular mass. Two pairs of salivary glands are repre-
sented, and are of the characteristic Volutoid type. Leiblein's
gland is enormously developed ; it is of greater calibre than the
oesophagus and occupies the major portion of the body-cavity,
but its walls appear comparatively thin. The nervous system
is typically Volutoid, and the supra-oesophageal ganglion is
situated in close proximity to the nerve-ring.

The radula is uniserial ; and the teeth in shape are rather in-
termediate between those of A^. Gilchristi and Cymbiola
■oncilla.

VOLUTA (Lyria) Queketti, Smith. (Proc. Malac. Soc. Vol.
IV., p. 234. Cape Natal bearing N. \ W. ; distant 4.' miles ;
depth, 2; fathoms. Also, O'Neil Pk." (Natal) bearing'N.W. \
W. ; distant 9^- miles ; depth, 90 fathoms ; and Umhloti River
Mouth (Natal) bearing N.N.W. ; distant \ mile; depth, 27
fathoms. Very rare.

Marginella DIADOCHUS, Adams and Reeve, Voy. Sama-
rang, 28, plate 7, fig. 4, i860. Cape St. Blaize bearing N. by E.
\ E., distant 65 miles; depth, 85-90 fathoms, and 90-100
fathoms. The original specimens of this rare species were pro-
•ciired in the voyage of tlie " Samarang " in the straits of Sunda.

227

Marginella FUSIFORMIS, Hinds, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1844.
Nanquas Pk., East of Bird Is. (S.E. Coast), 49 fathoms. This
species is reported by Hinds from the Straits of Malacca, and
by Deshayes from the Island of Bourbon.

MiTRA CYLINDRACEA, Reeve, Conch. Icon. (Mitra), sp. 97. A
smgle specimen found 4^ miles N. 85° W. off Cape St. Blaize, in
27 fathoms. Mitra functostriata, A. Adams, appears to me to
be the same species. I believe it to be distinct from M.
variabilis, Reeve.

MiTRA D^DALA, Reeve. Conch. Icon. (Mitra), species 281,

Scottsburg-h Lighthouse (Natal) bearing N.W. by N. ; distant
8 miles ; depth, 02 fathoms. Dead shells.

MUFvEX FALLAX, Smith. Journal of Conchology, 1901, Vol.

X., p. 113, pl- I, fig-9-

A good specimen of this fine species taken 8 miles South of
Port Shepstone (Natal), in 36 fathoms.

MUREX AXICORNIS, Lamarck. Var?

Shell of a light buff colour with brown blotches ; broader in
form than the typical M. axicornis, with the frondose spines less
curved. When more specimens come to hand, this may prove a
distinct species. One adult specimen. — Umhloti River Mouth
(Natal) bearing N. by W. \ W. ; distant 8^ m.iles ; depth, 1 10
fathoms.

Trophon Carduus, Broderip (Murex), Proc. Zool. Soc,
1832. A good specimen of tins species was taken at Natal (Port
Shepstone bearing N.W. by W. ; distant, ii miles ) depth, 250
fathoms. This species was dredged by Mr. Cuming at Pasemayo,
•coast of Peru, at 25 fathoms ; so that although very rarely met
with, it is evidently very widely distributed.

FasciOLARIA RUTILA, Watson (Plate III, fig. 2, young shell
and radula), Linn. Soc. Journal, Vol. xiv., p. 335.

A fine perfect specimen of this interesting species was taken
off Umhloti River Mouth, 40 fathoms. The young shell figured
was tal<en with Lion's Head bearing N. 63° E. ; distant 34
miles ; depth, 1 54 fathoms. It has a very large protoconch,
whereas that of the full-sized specimen is quite small. The
radula is that of a true Fasciolaria, and a cursory examination
of the animal shows that it is rightly placed in that genus,
although the shell has much the look of a Sipho.

Latirus ABNORMIS, Sowerby, Journal of Conchology, Vol.
vii., p. 6, 1894. — L. imbricatiiSy Sow., Marine Investigations of

228

South Africa, Page 96, Plate 2, fig. i. The comparison of a
number of specimens recently acquired by the British Museum
has convinced me that the two supposed species are not separ-
able. There is considerable discrepancy between my descrip-
tion of the species in the Journal of Conchology and the figure
given in Marine Shells of South Africa," Plate VI., fig. J (Ap-
pendix, 1897), which may be accounted for by the fact that the
shell described having been returned to its owner, I unfortunately
figured a different specimen to represent the species ; and neither
of the two shells is now accessible to me.

FUSOS RUBROLINEATUS, Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1870,
page 252. Good but small specimens of this pretty species-
found 30 miles S. of Cape St. ijlaize, in 53 fathoms.

Latiaxis TORTILIS, a Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1863, p. 431.
Vasco de Gama Pk. bearing S. 75° E. ; distant 13- miles;
depth, 166 fathoms. A single fine specimen. I cannot agree
V, ith Dr. Gray in referring this species to L. idolea, Jonas.

Nassa TRIFASCIATA, a. Adams (Plate IV. fig. 2). — Nassa
trifasciata, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1851 (non Gmelm). I
have compared the specimens taken off the South African Coast
(Nanquas Pk. bearing N.E. | N. ; distant, \i\ miles) depth,
58 fathoms ; with those in the British Museum from
Vigo Bay (including the type) and find them identical. The
species is quite distinct from the Mediterranean, .V. corniculum,
Olivi, and A^". seniistriata, Brocchi. See remarks on N. ana-
logica, Sow. n. sp.

PSEUDOLIVA ANCILLA, Hanley, Proc Zool. Soc, 1859, p. 429.
Sowerby, Marine Shells of South Africa, Plate i, fig. 14. A
single specimen in perfect condition taken at Lat. 34° 45' 20" S.,
Long. 25° 44' 20" E., 40 fathoms. (Bottom, mud.) The ani-
mal is under examination.

Ancilla CONTUSA, Reeve (Plate III., fig 3). Red-topped
Hill, W. of Untwalumi River (Natal), bearing N. by W. ; distant
2 miles; depth, 25 fathoms. Also lUovo River Mouth (Natal),
bearing N.W. by N. f N. ; distant 5 miles ; depth, 27-30 fathoms.

The specimens do not much resemble Reeves' type (Conch,
icon., Ancillana, sp. 31), which I find to be abnormal. I there-
fore figure what I beheve to be the normal form of the species.

Ancilla BULLOIDES, Reeve. Conch. Icon. Ancillaria,

species 37. Lion's Head beanng S. 72° E. ; distant 47 miles ;

depth, 190 fathoms. The habitat of this curiously iJullia-like
species was not known to Reeve.

229

Ancilla ANGUSTATA, Sovverby. Thes. Conch. Vol. i, p.
399, plate 77, figs. 169, 170. Cape Point Lighthouse bearing
N.W. by W. f W. ; distant 2^ miles ; depth, 42 fathoms.

Tritonidea NATALENSIS, Smith. Journal of Conchology,
Vol. X., p. iii., pi. I, fig. 23. Tritonidea subruhiginosa, Sow.
(non Smith), Joum. of Conch, Vol. VII., p. 368.

Mr. Smith considers the shell I took for his T. subruhiginosa
to be a different species. I adopt this view with some reserve,
as some specimens recently received from Japan are distin-
guished by very slight differences from the S. African form.

Oniscia MacAndrewi, Sowerby. Proc. Zool. Soc, i!
page 567, Plate XX VII., figs, i, 2.

Specimens of this rare and beautiful species taken off Natal
Coast :0'Xeil Pk.: bearing N.W. \ W. ; distant g\ miles ; depth,
90 fathoms ; Port Shepstone bearing N.W. by W. ; distant 1 1
miles ; depth, 250 fathoms; and Cape St. Blaize bearing N. 85°
W. ; distant ^\ miles ; depth, 27 fathoms. The original speci-
mens came from Japan.

Natica Sagraiana, Orbigny. Var.

A light coloured variety, taken at Saldanha Bay, Vondeling
Island bearing N. \ W. ; distant 3^- miles ; depth, 28 fathoms.
The species is evidently very widely distributed. Tryon quotes
West Indies, Madeira, West Africa, and Mediterranean as its
habitats.

Vanikoro CANCELLATA, Lamarck.

A single specimen. Rame Head (Natal) bearing W. by N. \
N. ; distant 3 miles ; depth, 43 fathoms.

Pleurotoma (Clavatula) gravis, Hinds. Moll. Voy.
Sulphur, page 16, pi. V., fig. 6.

Cape Infanta bearing N .by E. ^ E. ; distant 1 8 miles ; depth,
47 fathoms ; Pinnacle Pt. (West of Cape St. Blaize) bear-
ing E. by S. ; distant 3 miles; depth, 17 fathoms, etc.

Tryon (Man. of Conch., Vol. VI., p. 229) amalgamates this and
several other totally distinct forms under the head of Clavatula
muricata. He does not even call them varieties, but simply
synonyms ! This is quite too fanciful a melange ; and it is diffi-
cult to conceive by what process or aberration of vision it has
been reached. The forms are so manifestly distinct that it is
quite unnecessary to go into detail. There are scarcely any
two species of the same genus more utterly distinct than C.
gravis, and C. muricata, as shown by Tryon's own figures.

230

CypR/EA Barclayi, Reeve. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1857, p. 208^
pi. 38, fig. 4

Cape St. Blaize bearing N. ; distant 30 miles; depth, 55
fathoms. (A single dead shell.)

The type of this species, hitherto believed unique in Miss
Saul's collection (now in the Zoological Museum of Cambridge
University) was dredged by Sir David Barclay off the Island of
Diego Garcia. It is interesting to find a specimen, although a
dead one, in South African waters.

Cypr/EA SIMILIS, Gray. Var. ?

Nanquas Pk. bearing N. f W. ; distant 2 1 1 miles ; depth, 63
fathoms. (One specimen.)

A peculiarly globose form, which may possibly represent a
distinct species, but pending the arrival of other specimens, it is
better to consider it a simple variety.

Pedicularia SICULA, Swainson.

94 miles off Cape St. Blaize, 116 fathoms.
A single specimen, identical in character with the Mediter-
ranean shells, but rather larger than any I have seen.

TURRITELLA DECLIVIS, Adams and Reeve. Voy. Samarang,
page 48, 1 848.

Glendower Beacon (near Port Alfred) bearing N. ^ W. ; dis-
tant 1 6i miles; depth, 66 fathoms; Great Fish Pt. Lighthouse
bearing N.W. ; distant 9 miles ; depth, 5 1 fathoms, etc.

Cancellaria imbricata, Watson. Linn. Soc. Journal of
Zoology, Vol. XVI., p. 325. Moll. Challenger Expedition.

A fine adult specimen, with peristome somewhat expanded
The shell is very like a large Admete, but the columella plaito
are much more distinct.

ASTRALIUM Andersoni, Smith (Plate V., fig. 5).

Astraliuni {Bolma) Andersoni, Smith. Journal of Conch-
ology. Vol. X., page 248, 1902.

Lat. 32° 45' 45" S., Long. 28° 26 15" E., depth, 36 fathoms.

Two specimens, the largest 65 tnillimetres in width, and nearly
6c in height ; the smallest 33 x 30. The large specimen
(figured) has a prominent keel at the basal angle of the body
whorl, which is armed with about 10 projecting, somewhat flat-
tened scales. The operculum is nearly white, smooth, much
thickened at the posterior end, and slightly concave in the
middle. This can hardly belong to the " Bolma " section, of
which Tarbo riigosiis, Linn., is the type, as the character of its
operculum is very different, but it probably belongs to the same

231

section as T. modestus, Reeve, which I think has been erron-
eously placed with BoLma. Mr.' Smith's type is a young shelly
measuring only 31 x 27 milhmetres.

Minolta l^vissima, Martens. (Plate V., fig. 2).

Trochus IcBvissimus, Marts. Sitzungsh. Gesellsch. Naturf.
Freunde, 1881, p. 65. Nachceroplax IcBvissima, Marts in
Thiele, continuation Troschel's Gebiss and Schnecken.

Cape Natal bearing N. \ W. ; distant 4I- miles; depth, 55
fathoms.

Specimens rather larger than Von Martens' type, and differ-
ing therefrom in having well-defined colour flames on the base.

PUNCTURELLA NOACHINA, Linn.

Lion's Head bearing S. 82° E. ; distant 27 miles; depth, 125
fathoms.

One shell only, in perfect condition.

Dentalium politum, Linn.

Cape Natal bearing W. by N. ; distant ^\ miles ; depth, 54
fathoms.

Numerous examples.

Dentalium Belcheri, Sowerby. Thes. Conch. Vol. III.,,
page 10 1, plate 224, figs. 28, 29.

Off Buffels Bay, 30 fathoms ; Cape Point Lighthouse bearing
W. f S. ; depth, 35 fathoms, etc.

Dentalium novemcostatum, Lamarck.

Cape St. Blaize bearing N. by E. \ E. ; distant 65 miles ;
depth, 85 — 90 fathoms.

Dentalium plurifissuratum, Sowerby (Sckizoden-
talium). Proc. Malac. Soc. Vol. i, page 158, plate 12, fig.
24, 1894.

Cape St .Blaize bearing N.E. by E. ^ E. ; distant 67 miles ;
depth, 90 to 100 fathoms, and N., 30 miles, 55 fathoms. In
fine sand.

In my original description of Schizodentalium plurifissura-
tum, I remarked that the strange feature of a series of fissures on
the convex side was subject to considerable variation ; the type
having 5 such fissures ; mention being made of one with 4, and
one with only 2. The South African specimens present such a
remarkable variation in this respect that I can no longer con-
sider it a generic character. Some of the shells before me, al-
though undoubtedly belonging to one and the same species.

have only one or two slits or fissures, varying in length and
width, while others have absolutely none. In my description of
D. Africamini in this paper, I have remarked that the apical slit
is a very unreliable character in distinguishing species of this
genus. This is fully confirmed in the case of the species under
consideration.

Scaphander puncto-striatus, Mighels. Proc. Boston
Soc. Nat. Hist. Vol. I., page 49, 1841.

Vasco de Gama Pk. bearing S. 75° E. ; distant 13I miles;
depth, 166 fathoms; and Lion's Head N. 63° E., 34 miles, 154
fathoms.

A single specimen of this little species, talvcn at each of these
stations. It has been found as far north as Iceland, and as far
south as the Gulf of Mexico, but I believe it has never hitherto
been found anywhere in the neighbourhood of South Africa.
Pilsbry remarks (Man. of Conch., Vol. XV., p. 246) that this
species inhabits comparatively shallow water in the north, but
the southern localities are all for examples dredged in great
depths. However it is interesting to note that much further
south it is found again in what we may call comparatively
shallow water ; for although we may call 1 54 fathoms deep
water, it is shallow compared with 533 fathoms, the depth at
which the species was found in the Gulf of Mexico, and 1,000
fathoms, where it was dredged off the Azores.

[Published 8th July, 1903.]

S.AFRICAN MOLLUSCA,

PI. in.

Mil

■^

<;/ '

.^^

4.

8

J.Green del.etlitK . Mijafcem.Bros.iin.p .

1. NEPTUNEOPSIS PYRRHOSTOMA , 4.PLEUR0T0MA LI S N AR I A . 7 . C 0 N US PATENS.

2.FASCI0LARI A RUTILANS- 5. " FOSSATA . 8. " GILCHRISTI.

3.ANCILLA CONTUSA 6 " TU RR I P L AN A. 9 . >' EUCORONATUS.

S.AFRICAN MOLLUSCA
9

- •■ - -.S^

Ph. IV.

J Gr e eiv iel et lith .

Mmte

L Bros -imp.

I.NASSA DESM0ULIOIDES.4- EPIDROMUS CREBRILI RATUS. 7. CYPR/EA FULTONI.

2. TRIFASCIATA 5.CANCELLAR I A PRO DUCT A 8PLEUROTOMA BELytFORMIS.

3, ANALOGICA 6.SCALA TENEBROSA. 9. " LOBATA.

lO.PLEUROTOMA 5CITEC0STATA .

S.AFRICAN MOLLUSCA

PIN.

13

J Gx-ee-n. d.el et litl-L .

KMINOLIA L/EVISSIMA. 5 ASTRALIUM ANDERSONI

2 " CONGENER. S.ASTRALIUM GlLCHRISTl

3 CALLIOSTOMA PE R FRA G I LE .7. CALLI OSTOMA GRANOLIRATUM.il
''-• " IRIDESCENS. 8.S0LARIELLA PERSCULPTA

13. CHITON 5YKESI.

MiTtbernBros imp.
9. MANGILIA AFRiCANA.
O.DENTALIUM AFRICANUM.

INFLEXUM.
2. •. EXASPERATUM.

DESOfllPTIONS

SOUTH iFRICAN SPONGES

PART III.

^^CgTC^

^c^^V"** K/^}.

E. KIRKPATRICK, F.Z.S. juj

BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY^

<:. <^\

In the present paper the Monaxonida and Keratosa, obtained
by Dr. J. D. F. Gilchrist from Cape Colony and Natal, are
described. The collection comprises 6i specimens, represent-
ing 33 species and 3 varieties, of which 19 species and all the
varieties are new ; of the genera, one is new to science.
Among the points of special interest are the following : (i) the
occurrence of a large and massive new species of Placospoiigia
characterised by a great development of the internal skeletal
partitions ; (2) a new stalked species of Latninculia near L.
{Podo:>pongia) lovciiii Bocage ; (3) a new Spirastrellid genus
near Spinistrella but with an ectosomal crust of euasters in
place of spirasters.

With regard to geographical distribution, 3 species {Tragosia
infiuidihuUfoniiis (J) ; SoUasella hystrix Topsent ; Halichondria
pachastrelloides Topsent) are common to the North Atlantic
and Natal. Two species {Latninculia lovenii Bocage, and
Hisfodeniia appeiidiciilatiiin, Carter) from the North Atlantic
very nearly resemble the Natal species Latiiiiiciilia iiatalciisis
sp. n., and H istodcnna natalensc sp. n., respectively. Hania-
cantha csperioidcs R. and D. is common to Cape Colony and
Rio de la Plata. Three species {Clathria typica, Carter ;
Hircinia arensa, Lendenfeld ; and Hirciiiia arbiisciila, Lenden-
feld) are common to Australia and South Africa. From these
few data no conclusions can be drawn, though it may be
mentioned that Carter has drawn attention to resemblances

BI6I.

B

234

between the sponge fauna of South Africa and Austr;; a. The
following is a list of the species : —

Order MONAXONIDA
Sub-Order HADROMERINA.
Section I. CLAVULIDA.

Family PlacospongidsB.

PlacospoQgia labyrinthioa, sp. n.

Family Spirastrellidas.

Latrunculia natalensis, sp. n.

Kalaatrella vasiformis, gen. et sp. n.

Kalastrella vasiformis, var. minor, var. nov.

Section II. ACICULIDA.
Family Coppatiidas.

Coppatias baculifer, sp. n.

Family Tethyidae.

Tethya magna, sp. n.
Trachya nuda, sp. n.

Sub-Order HALICHONDRINA.

Family Axinellidae.

Hymeniacidon caliculatum, sp. n.

Hymeniacidon caliculatum, var. osculatum, var. nov.

Phakellia microxephora, sp. n.

TragOBia infundibuliformis (J(ihiiston), var natalensis, var. nov.

Axinella, sp.

Axinella, sp.

Syringella gorgonioides, sp. n.

Axinyssa tethyoides, sp. n.

Sigmaxinella arborea, sp. n.

Sigmaxinella incrustans, sp. n.

Higginsia bidentifera (Ridley and Dendy).

Sollasella hystrix (Topsent).

^35

Family Poeciloscleridae.

Sub-Family Bubarinae.

Bubaris reptans, sp. n.

Sub-Family Ectyoninse.

Clathria typica (Carter).

Clathria mollis, sp. n.

Stylostichon involutum, sp. n.

Sub-Family Dendoricinse.

Histoderma natalense, sp. n.
Dendoryx incrustans (Esper).

Sub-Family Esperellinee.

Desmacidon ramosum (Ridley and Dendy).

Desmacidon grande (Ridley and Dendy).

Hamacantlia esperioides (Ridley and Dendy).

Family Haploscleridae.
Sub-Family Renierinae.

PMoeodietyon eumitum, sp. n.

Reniera, sp.

Halichondria pachastrelloides (Topsent).

Order KERATOSA.

Family Spongidae.

Sub-Family Eusponginee.

Coscinoderma concentricum, sp. n.

Sub-Family Stelosponginee.

Stelospongia, sp.

Hircinia arenosa (Lendenfeld).

Hircinia arbuscula (Lendenfeld).

Family Spongfelidas.

Psammopemina inordinatum, sp. n.

b2

236

Family Placospong-idae.

Genus Placospongia (Gray).

Placospongia labyrinthica, sp. n.

Plate v.. Vig,. 1, la, ih. Plate VI.. Fiji. la-f.

Spon^^e massive. The small circular oscules, .75 mm. in
diameter, restricted to circular, oval, or irregular plaques with
slightly raised margin and depressed area, the plaques being for
the most part aggregated over a certain area.

Circular pores, .4 mm. in diameter, more or less uniformly
distributed over an extensive rough hummocky area. The
surface, where it is devoid of pores and oscules, quite smooth.

Colour of specimens (in spirit), pale yellow, with a faint
purplish tinge over the oscular areas.

Skeleton composed of a dense pseudo-sterrastral cortex, and
of labyrinthine walls of the same structure dividing the body
mass into numerous cavities, some being small and spherical,
others large and elongated. Sterrasters scattered in the soft
tissues, also megascleres and microscleres.

Spicules. Megascleres. — Sub-tylostyle, or style thickened at
the base, 2125 x 36 i", slightly curved, gradually tapering from
the base to the usually blunt point.

Oxea and strongyle, 2425 x 45 /^, curved at the centre.

Sterrasters varying in size up to 160 x 100 /', ellipsoidal.

Microscleres. — Somal chiaster 16 /<, with 9-n actimes and a
small centrum.

Another kind (not figured), 32 f in diameter, with five
roughened truncate actines and a small centrum.

Pycnaster (or small spheraster), mostly ectosomal, 6 to 14 a*
in diameter.

Locality A. — East London coast, 85 fathoms.

This remarkable species is represented by two large massive
specimens. The first is massively flabellate, slightly cleft at
the thick rounded margin so as to form three thick lobes ; the
height is 10 cm., the width 14 cm., and thickness 8 cm. The
oscular areas vary from i to 2.5 cm. in diameter ; a ridge
surrounds the extensive poral area. The second specimen,
which slightly resembles in shape a kneeling camel, is 11 cm. in
thickness ; a sharp " dorsal " ridge runs along the upper edge ;
one side (the *' near " side) is smooth and imperforate ; the
other is provided with oscular plaques over one-half, while
the rough poral region occupies the other.

Both specimens have been torn from their attachment and
reveal at their bases the broken labyrinthine cavities.

I was unable to find a definite sterrastral axis. On making
vertical sections, the smaller spherical chambers were in one

237

place at the base of the sponge, and in another near the
periphery. The walls of the larger cavities branched in a
dichotomous manner. The smallest cavities were i cm. in
diameter, and the largest 5 x 2.5 cm. in size. The average
thickness of the partition walls was about 3 mm., but in one
place the cortex attained a thickness of 1.5 cm. The distinctive
features of the species are the labyrinthine skeleton, the
presence of chiasters, and absence of spirasters.

The other species of this genus (P. carinata Bowerbank ; P.
melobesioides Gray ; P. intermedia Sollas ; P. decoiiicans
Hanitsch ; P. mixta Thiele) all possess well-marked tyles.

The presence of chiasters is so exceptional that I thought at
first that I had to deal with a Geodine sponge, but there were
no triaenes to be found.

Genus Latrunculia (Bocage).

Latrunculia natalensis, sp. n.

Plate v., Fig. 2. Plate VI., Fig. 2a-e.

Sponge small, with long slender stalk and pyriform head
with an oscule at the summit surrounded by a fringe of
spicules. Surface (when viewed through a lens) slightly
hirsute. Colour sandy. Skeleton formed of an axial stalk
projecting about half way into the body, and of spicule bundles
radiating out from a point below the centre ; ectosome formed
of a thick crust of sterrasters. Discasters of two kinds, somal
and choanosomal.

Spicules. Megascleres. — Styles (rare) 700x10/", smooth,
slightly curved.

Strongyle 500 x 23 /*, slightly curved near the centre.

Amphioxea or tornote in bundles and forming the oscular
fringe) 540 x 10 /^, frequently pointed abruptly at one end
and gradually at the other.

Microscleres. — Somal discaster, total length and breadth
36 x 23 M ; with a basal verticil of four simple spines, two
large central oppositely directed verticils of compound spines,
and a small verticil of simple spines appressed to the apical
spine.

Choanosomal discaster with simple spines, 86 /« long, with
two oppositely directed verticils each composed of four simple
spines 21 /^ long.

Locality E. — Cone Point, Natal, 34 fms. ; growing attached
to Tetlixa })iagiia.

The one specimen is 19 mm. in length, the head being 4*5
mm. in length by 2 mm. in breadth.

*238

The resemblance, both in form and spiculation, to Podo-
spongia lovcnii, Bocage, [i, p. 159, pi. x., fig. i] is so close as
to suggest that the new form should be regarded merely as a
variety of the latter. The North Atlantic species is without
the large discasters with simple spines, which are plentifully
scattered in the choanosome of the new species ; and the somal
discasters (40 x 20 h), in Bocage's species, are longer and more
slender, and with the superior verticil of simple spines almost
or entirely fused with the terminal spike, which is often
bifurcated ; lastly, the styles are abundant and straight in P.
lovcnii.

Family Spirastrellidae.
Kalastrella, gen. nov.

Spirastrellidae pedicellate, vasiform or sub-caliculate, with
tyles, styles, and oxeas for megascleres, and for microscleres
euasters forming an ectosomal layer and distributed in the
body.

Kalastrella vasifcrmis, sp. n.
Plate v., Fig. 3. Plate VI., Fig. .sa-f.

Sponge vase-shaped, pedicellate, the wall being formed of
a network with narrow longitudinal meshes, with the strands
mainly composed of styles and oxeas, with small bundles of
the same projecting out at right angles to the outer surface.

Surface (in the specimens) partly covered with a pale
yellowish white cortex, composed of asters leaving the glassy-
looking skeleton, visible in places, especially at the upper half
of the sponge.

Spicules. Megascleres. — Tyle (or sub-tylostyle), length
128 /* by 5 fi, often with one or two sharp prickles at the summit.

Style, 2150 X 50 M, curved about the middle.

Strongyle, 1762 x 54 /j, curved at the middle.

Oxea, 2150 X 50 /', curved at the middle.

Microscleres. — Euasters of all sizes up to 30 /* with centrum
of 8 M, with about 10 stout, blunt, roughened actines.

Locality C. — Mouth of Tugela River, 65 fms. ; bottom, h.ird
ground.

The new genus comes near Spirashrlla, the ectosomal layer
of spirasters of the latter being replaced by euasters (hence the
generic name).

The three specimens of the new species are of about the
same size and shape ; the height is 2 cm., diameter of mouth

239

2 cm., length of stalk .5 cm., and thickness of wall about
1.2 mm., not including the glassy bristles which extend about
I mm. beyond the outer surface.

The specimens, which look like small Hexactinellids, are
probably in an early stage of growth, and, if this be so, would
possibly grow to resemble, in outward appearance, the variety
described below.

Kalastrella vasiformis, var. mitwr.
Plate v., F"ig. 4. Plate VI., V'lg. 4a-c.

Sponge pedicellate, sub-caliculate, with a finely papillated
surface of greyish purple hue. Pores in cribriform areas
between the papillae on the outer surface ; oscules i mm. in
diameter on the inner surface.

Spicules. Megascleres. — Tyles frare) as in the t)^ical form.
Oxeas and styles of uniformly smaller size than in the type ;
style 860 X 26 /* ; oxea, 1200 x 26 f.

Microscleres. — Euasters of all sizes up to 60 /* in diameter,
with centrum 11 /<, similar in character to those of the typical
form.

Locality E. — Cone Point, Natal ; depth, 34 fms. ; bottom,
broken shells.

The one specimen is shaped like a funnel incomplete on one
side, the height being 7 cm., width 2.5 cm., and thickness of
wall 4 cm. The stalk is 2.5 cm. in length and 8 mm. in
thickness.

It might be supposed that the variety was merely the fully
grown condition of the typical form, and that in course of
growth the ectosome of the latter would become much thicker
and darker ; but apart from the differences in form and colour,
the uniform and great difference in size of the oxeas and styles,
which are much smaller in the variety, constitutes a well-marked
varietal distinction.

Family CoppatiidaB.

Genus Coppatias (Sollas).

Coppatias baeulifer, sp. n.

Plate v., Fig. 5. Plate VI., Fig. 5a, b.

Sponge massive, irregular in shape. Surface rough ; texture
hard, almost stony ; colour, in dry state, reddish brown ; lighter
in section. Oscules 1-2 mm. in diameter, forming irregular
cribriform areas ; pores not visible.

240

Skeleton consisting of a confused mass of oxeas of various
sizes, and of somal microstrongyles, which form a thin but
compact dermal layer.

Spicules. Megascleres. — Oxeas of various sizes, from 360 x 9 m
to 1550 X 62 M, curved, often slightly centrotylote.

Locality K. — Durnford Point, Natal, 90 fms. ; bottom, broken
shells.

The new species is represented by one specimen, which is
firmly attached by a large base to SteUetta horrens, Kirkp. The
dimensions are 8x9x9 cm.

For the most part the dermal layer has disappeared, the
eroded surface showing matted masses of spicules (oxeas).

The new species possesses microstrongyles, usually centro-
tylote, these being probably modified euasters.

In the genus Coppatias, as defined by Sollas, only one form
of aster, the euaster, occurs ; accordingly an enlargement of the
definition is necessary, if it is to include the present species.
The new definition of Coppatias would run : — Coppatiida, with
megascleres without order ; the microscleres being either
euasters or microstrongyles.

Genus Tethya (Lamarck).

Tethya magna, sp. n.

Plate v., Fig. 6. Plate VI., Fig. 6a-d.

Sponge oval or spherical, attached at the base by banyan-tree-
like rootlets, surface with well-marked conules in the young
state, expanding later into polygonal plates.

Cortex including intercortical cavities.

Pores in cribriform groups between the conules over certain
areas ; oscules not visible.

Colour, in spirit, purple-brown ; on section, cortex silvery,
pith bright yellow.

Spicules. Megascleres.— Strongyloxea 4805 x 75 ^i.

Microscleres. Cortical spherasters 60-110/* in diameter,
sharp conical actines about 35 /*.

Somal chiasters 12-17 /*, wath a relatively large centrum about
6 /* ; usually with six actines with spinous truncate ends.

Choansomal asters 35-45 a* in diameter, with centrum about
5 F ; usually with 6 or 7 actines, truncate, bent at the extremity,
and with rough surface.

Locality E. — Cone Point, Natal, 34 fms. ; bottom, broken
shells.

There are three specimens, the two smaller being oval with
their long diameter, 4 and 6 cm. ; the largest specimen, which
is spherical, is 7 cm. in diameter. The new species belongs to

241

the series, T. ingalli, seychellensis, maza, and japonica, the last
three of which Sollas is inclined to regard as varietal modifica-
tions of a single species.

The megascleres of the Natal species are much larger than
those of the other forms ; also the spherasters are larger. The
measurements are given below in microns : —

T. magna. T. ingalli. T. seychellensis. T. maza. T. japonica.

Strongyloxeas 4805x75 1700x32 1910x23 1680x32 1510x26

Spherasters 120 85 95 55 67

Genus Tracliya (Carter.)

Trachya nuda, sp. n.

Plate v., Fig. 7. Plate VI., Fig. 7a, b.

Sponge massive ; without a cortex ; surface partly smooth,
partly finely papillate ; pores not visible ; a few minute oscules
at the ends of small conical papillae.

Colour, in spirit, pale brown, lighter in the interior ; the
ground-substance tough-gelatinous, semi-transparent. Con-
sistence rather hard, but sponge easy to cut with a knife.

Skeleton formed of long ill-defined bundles of oxeas radiating
from the attached base to the surface.

Spicules. — Oxea, 1700 x 45 a*, curved at the centre, gradually
attenuating to sharp points.

Locality E. — Cone Point, Natal, 34 fms. ; bottom, broken
shells.

The single specimen forms a rounded mass rising from a
broad base ; it is 5 cm. in height, 6 cm. in thickness, and 6 cm.
in length.

The new species differs from Trachva pernucleata Cr. and
T. horrida Cr. in being devoid of a cortical palisade of diactinal
microscleres.

Both in outward appearance, in section, and skeletal arrange-
ment this sponge bears a remarkable resemblance to Trachva
diirissinia, Carter, from the Cape ; the latter, moreover, becomes
comparatively soft on immersion in water, while T. nuda
becomes very hard on drying. There is, however, a great
difference in the spiculation. Carter's species having styles —
but not tylostyles — and coming under the Suberitid family of
the Clavulida [Topsent, 18, p. iii].

Genus Hymeniacidon (Bowerbank).
Hymeniacidon caliculatxiin, sp. n.
Plate v., Fig. 8. Plate VI., Fig. 12.
Sponge stipitate, sub-caliculate. Surfaces slightly rough from

242

the projection of vertical tufts of spicules, and sho ving beneath
the reddish dermal membrane, a line lace-like reticulum. Pores
and oscules not distinguishable

Skeleton, a network with rectangular meshes, .1 x .05 mm.
in diameter ; the meshes arranged serially and longitudinally
in a central lamina ; but on each side of the central lamina
meshes with the long diameter more or less vertical to the
lamina and sponge surface ; strands of long sides of meshes 5
to 10 spicules thick, of short sides 2 to 3.

Spicules. — Style, 225 x 12 m, smooth, curved at junction of
upper and middle third.

Colour brick-red, with here and there small patches of blue
on the outer surface where the latter has been bruised by
pressure.

Locality A, — East London coast, 85 fathoms.

The one specimen is 21 cm. in height by 12 cm. broad, and
I cm. thick. The rounded stalk is 5.5 cm. in height by 2 cm.
in thickness. The stalk grows into a sub-caliculate flabellate
expansion, the shallow cup at the summit of the stalk being
1.5 cm. deep.

The skeleton shows well the transition between the Renierid
and Axinellid type.

Hymeniaoidon oaliculatum, var. osculalum.
Plate VI., Fig. 13.

The sponge is brick-red in colour and forms a flat flabellate
expansion 19 cm. in height by 17 cm. in breadth and 7 mm. in
thickness, rising from a broad, short stalk.

One surface is covered with small oscular depressions 2 mm.
in diameter. The spicules are styles 200 x 16 a* ; they are
shorter, thicker, and more curved than in the type.

Locality A. — East London coast, 85 fathoms.

Genus Phakellia (Bowerbank).

Phakellia microxephora, sp. n.

Plate v., F^ig. 9. Plate VI., Fig. ga-d.

Sponge stipitate, forming a thin, flat flabellate expansion,
which in the thinner peripheral parts is seen to be composed
of a very close-meshed network, covered on both surfaces by a
close pile of vertical tufts ; on one surface white-branched
bands apparent.

Smaller circular orifices about i mm. in diameter on both
surfaces.

Spicules. Megascleres. — Vermicular strongyles, abundant,
670 to 1250 X 12 to 16 /', smooth.

243

Oxea (rather rare) 620 x 18 /', curved near the centre.

Style (rare) 560 x 20 /<.

Microscleres. — Microxeas, abundant, 70 x 3 ^, slightly curved
at the centre.

Colour in spiri<t, pale yellow.

Locality A. — East London coast, 85 fathoms.

The one specimen, of which half has been sent, is 22 cm. in
height and the same in breadth, and the flattened stalk is 4 cm.
in height and 3 cm. in thickness.

The characteristic feature of the new species is the presence
of microscleres in the form of microxea.

The new species is a typical Phakdlia in all respects, excepting
in the occurrence of the microscleres ; if, however, the presence
of these spicules should render necessary the establishing of a
new genus, the latter would come between Higginsia and
Phakellia.

Genus Tragosia (Gray).

Tragosia infundibuliformis (Johnston), var. nataleusis, var. nov.

Plate v., Fig. lo. Plate VI., Fig. loa-c.

There are two small cup-shaped specimens of a new variety
of Johnston's species, each 3 cm. in height, 3 cm. in diameter
at the mouth, and with walls 1.5 mm. in thickness; their
colour is pale yellow.

In the new variety there is a dermal skeleton composed of
bundles of spicules arranged tangentially to the surface, but
the vertical tufts which project from the surface in Johnston's
type are almost absent.

The spicules are straight styles (very rare), 450-1200 x 12-13 /*;
narrowed at their base to 10 m ; and oxeas, 300 x 12 a*, slightly
curved at the centre.

In Johnston's type (m the British Museum) the oxeas, about
the the same size as the latter, have an abrupt bend at the
centre ; and the style, which are very abundant and uniform in
size, are only 285 x 13 /*, and curved. In spite of the variation
in the styles, which have almost disappeared from the Natal
variety, and of the much greater development of the dermal
skeleton of the latter, this form seems to be only a well-marked
variety of T. infitiuiibnlifoniiis, Johnston.

Localities. — C, off Tugela River mouth, 65-80 fathoms, hard
ground ; and D, off Cape Vidal, Natal, 80-100 fathoms, rock.

Genus Axinella (Schmidt).
Axinella, sp.

Sponge thick flabelliform, of the consistence of indiarubber,

244

i.e., flexible and rather tough ; marked with radiating ridges or
series of conuli ; colour, grey. A few small oscules, .75 mm.
in diameter, scattered about ; cortex absent ; ground substance
semi-transparent.

Skeleton formed of radiating bundles of large styles branched
in a fan-like manner.

Spicules. — Large style, 1230 x 22 f, curved at the junction of
the upper and middle third.

Oxea, 620 X 5 M, straight, sharp pointed.

Locality E. — Cone Point, Natal, 34 fathoms ; bottom, broken
shells.

The specimen, which is 6 cm. in height, 4 cm. in breadth,
and .5 cm. in thickness, expands upwards from a thickened
base which appears to have been cut off from its attachment.
No specific name has been attached to it.

Axinella, sp.

Sponge consisting of a simple, erect, unbranched stem-like
growth of pale brick-red colour, and with a fluffy surface.

Skeleton formed of a dense axial core of styles, giving off
tuft-like bundles which are directed obliquely upwards.

Spicules. — Style, 590 x 28 /', with a sharp curve near the
basal end.

Locality C. — Off Tugela River mouth, 65-80 fathoms ;
bottom, hard ground.

The specimen is 5.5 cm. in height, by .5 cm. in diameter at
the thickest central part. The stem above its attachment is at
first smooth, but soon becomes tufted.

The sponge is shaped like a cypress tree, the stem being at
first smooth, then tufted, and terminating in a point. The
species is near Axinella erecta, Carter, which occurs in the
South Atlantic and Southern Oceans, but chiefly differs from
the latter in the absence of the crooked strongyles.

The one specimen probably represents a new species, but is
too immature to be made the type of a species.

Genus Syringella (Schmidt).

Syringella grorgronioides, sp. n.

Plate v., FiK'. n. Plate VI., P'ig. na, b.

Sponge forming a thin flabelliform clathrate expansion,
flexible but inelastic, spreading from a thick hard stem ; surface
rough and granular, slightly hirsute from projecting glassy

245

spicules (which show clearly on the borders of the meshes).
Pores and oscules not discernible.

Colour, slaty-gray, bleaching to brown.

Skeleton formed of a dense axis of styles enveloped in
spongin, with conical tufts of styles projecting from the axis
at right angles and with the apices outwards.

Spicules. — Style, 340-530x12-25, usually curved near base
or centre, or sometimes nearly straight, of the same thickness
from base to junction of middle and lower third, then
attenuating gradually to a sharp point.

Locality A. — East London coast, 85 fms.

There are two line specimens of this species, the largest being
50 cm. in height and 19 cm. in width, the stem being 6 cm. in
length and 2 cm. in diameter.

The meshes are elongated, and average about 1.5X.5 cm.;
the strands diminish in diameter from stem to periphery, but
average about 2.5 mm. from side to side, and 3 mm. from
before backwards.

There are two other clathrate species of Syringclla, viz.
S. clathrata, Ridley, and S. falcifera, Topsent ; but the differ-
ences in general character and spiculation are so great that it
is needless to specify them.

Genus Axinyssa (Lendenfeld).

Axinyssa tethyoides, sp. n.

Plate v.. Fig. 12. Plate VI., Fig. 8a, b.

Sponge sub-spherical ; surface covered with conical papillae
about 4 mm. high, and easily detachable. Pores and oscules
not visible ; texture loose and friable.

Colour, in spirit, black outside, dark brown in the interior.

Skeleton consisting of dendritically branched fibres from
500-1000 i" thick, which can be easily detached from the loose
flesh of the sponge, leaving tubular cavities ; also loose oxeas
scattered in the soft tissues.

Spicules. — Oxeas, varying in size, up to 700 x 34 f, sharp-
pointed, slightly curved at the centre.

Locality E. — Cone Pomt, Natal, 34 fms. ; bottom, broken
shells.

The solitary specimen, which is sub-spherical, is about 6 cm.
in diameter. At the flattened base is a deep depression, where
apparentlv the sponge was attached. The new species calls to
mind Axinella tithidata, Bowerbank [3, p. 29, pi. viii.], which
is more or less spherical and has surface papillae ; but there
are no commensal worms in the new form, while the spicules
are oxea, and not, as in Bowerbank's species, styles.

246

Axinella(f) paiadoxa, Ridley and Dendy [15, p. 187], a
small massively lobate sponge with oxeas for its spicules, would
come under Axiiiyssa, which genus, with A. topsentii., Lenden-
feld [12, p. 116] includes three species.

Sigmaxinella (Dendy).

Sigmaxinella arborea, sp. n.

Plate v., Fig. 13. Plate VI., Fig. I4a-c.

Sponge erect, ramose, with long stem and long dichotomous
branches, the lower ones compressed, the upper cylindrical.
Surface formed by the apices of hispid tufts. Oscules
scattered, very small, about i mm.

Colour (in spirit) pale brown.

Skeleton formed of a dense axis of reticulating fibres of
spongin with megascleres, the tufts, simple or branched,
radiating out horizontally from the axis.

Spicules. Megascleres. — Styles, 800-1150 x 25-37 ^', curved
near the upper end, which is attenuated to 17 f.

Strongyles, 700-870 x 25-30 /*.

Rhaphide-like oxeas (very rare) 825 x 12.5 /^, straight, slender.

Microscleres — Rhaphicles solitary or as trichodragmas,
slightly fusiform, 70 a* long.

Sigma 15 M long and i h- thick.

Localities A, D, G. — East London, 85 fms. ; Cape Vidal,
Natal, 80-100 fms., bottom rocky ; and O'Neil Peak, Natal,
55 fms., bottom broken shells.

There are three specimens, the largest being 31 cm. in height
and 21 cm. in breadth, the stem being 12 cm. in length and
2x1 cm. in diameter.

The new species is very nenr Sigtiiaxinella aiistraliana, Dendy
[7, p. 240] which forms a bushy bunch of short slender
branches. The main difference lies in the spiculation ; the
styles, for instance, in the Australian species are only 300 x 6 /«,
and the raphides only 25 a*.

Sigmaxinella incrustans, sp. n.

Sponge forming a pale-brown woolly-looking crust about
6 mm. tiiick.

Skeleton formed of branched plumose columns rising verti-
cally from ixise to surface, the latter being covered with an
ectosomal layer of microscleres. Spongin present, but not to
a great extent.

Spicules. Megascleres. - Style, 1085 x 33 n, being 31 f at
the base, with a gradual cuive in the upper third.

247

Microscleres. — Sigma, 27.5 m in length by 2.7 in thickness.

Rhaphides, 60 m in length, solitary or in trichodragmata.

Locality A. — East London coast, 85 fms., encrusting Placo-
spongia labyrinthica.

The new species differs from S. arborea niihi, not merely in
its form but in comparatively slight development of spongin.
The styles are markedly different in shape, those of S. arborea
being much narrowed at the base. Further, the sigmas in the
latter are very considerably shorter and more slender.

Genus Higginsia (Higgins).
Higginsia bidentifera (Ridley and Dendy).

1886. Dcndropsis bidentifera, Ridley and Dendy [14, p. 483].

1887. Do. do. [15, p. 192, pis. xxxviii., xl., xlvi.]
1898. Higginsia bidentifera, Topsent [18, p. 93].

Four fine specimens of this species are in the present
collection, the largest being 250 cm. in height, and with a stem
4 cm. thick.

The " Challenger " specimens were obtained from Simons
Bay, 20 fms.

Locality A. — East London coast, 85 fms.

Genus Sollasella (Lendenfeld),
Sollasella hystrix (Topsent).

1892. Trachya Iiystrix, Topsent [16, p. 75, pi. i., tigs. 8-10 ; and pi. xi., figs. 12-14],
1898. Sollasella Iiystrix, Topsent [18, p. iii].

One small specimen of this species occurs in this collection.
The specimen is white in colour and pyriform, 2 cm. in height,
and 1.3 cm. in its greatest width. No oscules are perceptible.
On section, the cortical layer of microxeas shows us a well
defined white line. In one point the present specimen differs
from those described by Topsent ; the slender oxeas in the
choanosome are not only separate, but also united to form
trichodragmata. The size of the spicules is as follows : —

Tyles 5270 X 64 ^*, often with the base surmounted by a
small rounded knob; microxea 165x6, smooth, straight,
fusiform. Certain small tyles (170x5.5 /*) and asters present in
the slides are very probably adventitious.

The type specimens came from 173.3 fms. and 247.5 fms. off
the Azores.

Locality C. — Off Tugela River mouth, 65-85 fms. ; bottom,
hard ground.

248

Genus Bubaris (Gray)

Bubaris reptans, sp. n.

Plate v., Fig. 14. Plate Vl., P^ig. i5a-c.

Sponge encrusting, growing in the form of narrow sharp-
edged ligulate bands av^eraging about i mm. in diameter, but
wider at the origin of branches ; the bands branching and
occasionally anastomosing so as to form an incomplete reticulate
pattern (on the surface of HaUchoudvia pachasirelloides, Top-
sent).

Here and there minute oscular (?) papillae about .25 mm.
high, only visible in the specimen preserved in formalin.

Colour, in spirit, greenish ; in formalin, pale yellow with
purple streaks.

Skeleton composed of a basilar layer of styles partly tan-
gential, partly forming root-like fascicles proceeding obliquely
downwards and outwards into the HaUcJioiuhia, and of a dense
superficial layer of vertically arranged tyles.

Spicules. — Style, 530 f in length by 15 m in breadth at the
centre, and 9 i^ in breadth at the base, fusiform, straight or
slightly curved near the base.

Tyle, 16 X 6 /^, decidedly curved near the head ; head sub-
spherical, slightly knobbed at summit, 6.5 /« in diameter,
neck 5 M.

Microscleres, o.

Locality E. — Cone Point Natal, 34 fms. ; bottom, broken
shells.

The new species is placed, not without hesitation, in the
genus Bubaris, under which is grouped a somewhat hetero-
geneous collection of species.

There are no diactinal megascleres in the present species,
which agrees in this respect with B. coiisfelhihi, Topsent, in
which last, however, oxyasters replace the typical basilar diac-
tinal megascleres.

Tlie small papillae on the surface are probably oscular, since
it is possible to trace canals passing down in a radiate manner
into the body of the sponge, the canals being mapped out by
cells containing purple granules.

Genus Clatbria (Schmidt).

Clatbria typica (Carter).

1881. Echinoncma tvpiciiiii, Carter [4, p. 378].
1881. Ecliinoticnia aiicJioratiini, Carter [4, p. 379].
1896. Clatliria hfiai, Dendy [(!, p. 32].

One small stalked flabellate specimen of this sponge, attached
to a piece of rock, occurs in this collection. The height is

249

lo cm., the breadth 3.5 cm., the thickness of body 6 mm., and
length of stalk 2 cm.

The surface is covered with small conical papillae, which
show a radial tendency towards the periphery ; the colour is
brown.

The fibres of keratode are thick and rather hard. The
megascleres are : — Smooth styles, 530 x 10 m, slightly curved
near the base ; echinating spined style, 120 x 10 m, straight ;
dermal styles, 250 x 11 /', spined at the base.

The microscleres are : — Toxa, 154 x 4 /*, spined at the ends ;
slender palmate isochelae, 11 m in length ; thick contort sigmata,
65 X 3 F.

In the British Museum collection there are several thin
stipitate flabellate specimens of this species from Port Elizabeth,
labelled Echiiioiiema anchoratiim, Cr.

Locality E. — Cone Point, Natal, 34 fms. ; bottom, broken
shells.

Distiibution. — S. and S. W. Australia; Port Elizabeth and
Natal.

Clathria mollis, sp. n.
Plate v., Fijj. 15. Plate VI., Fig. i6a-d.

Sponge forming a thick-walled soft sub-caliculate growth,
with thick rounded rim.

Surface smooth. A few small circular oscules, 1-2 mm.,
scattered over both surfaces. Consistence like soft rubber.

Colour, grayish - brown, speckled with numerous whitish
specks due to foreign particles, the latter being plentiful on the
surface and in the interior.

Skeleton formed of a network of very thick, soft fibres of
spongin, sometimes cored with spined styles, sometimes with-
out core, but echinated by similar spined styles usually half
immersed in the keratode ; foreign bodies present in the fibres
and in the ground substance ; with a dermal layer of oxeas.

Spicules. Megascleres. — Spined style, 130 x 11 m, straight,
with short vertical prickles.

Dermal ampKitornote, 165 x 5.5 f, usually more gradually
attenuated at one end than at the other.

Microscleres. — Sigmas, abundant and varying greatly in size,
the largest being 38 x 2 /x, contort and with sharp points.

Isochele, 17.5 ^ in length, tridentate, the central tooth being
5 fj. in length ; with strongly curved keel.

Locality A. — East London coast, 85 fms.

In one important point the new species differs from the
typical Clatliria, viz., in the absence of smooth styles forming a

250

core to the spongin fibres. If a core is present at all it is
formed of spined styles or foreign bodies.

Toxas also are apparently absent.

The solitary specimen, which apparently has been cut in
half, expands upwards from a contracted base to a height of
27 cm, the width of the piece being 20 cm., and the thickness
of the wall 1.5 cm. Near the base the wall is perforated by
a large hole.

Genus Stylostichon (Topscnt).

Stylostichon involutum, sp. n.

Plate v., P^ig. 16. Plate VI., Fig. ija-e.

Sponge forming a thick, firm but flexible, plate, growing
from a narrow base and with its lateral edges coiled inwards.
Surface presenting a finely hispid woolly appearance, this being
due to plumose dermal tufts of oxeas and included foreign
particles. Pores and oscules not visible.

Colour (in spirit) brown.

Skeleton composed of branching plumose columns diverging
obliquely from the central plane, and composed of spined
styles echinated by smaller spined styles. Dermal skeleton
composed of fan-shaped tufts of oxeas at the summits of the
plumose columns.

Spicules. Megascleres. — Large style, 360x24/1, slightly
curved near the base, spined at the lower third, the thorn-like
spines pointing backwards.

Small echinating style, 120 x 6 //, with a marked bend at an
angle of 45^ at the basal end, spined at the lower half.

Oxea of dermal skeleton, loio x 8 /.t, straight, slender, fusi-
form.

Microscleres. — Large sigma, 120 x 4 yu.

Locality E. — Off Cone Point, Natal, 34 fms. ; bottom, broken
shells.

The specimen representing the new species is 8 cm. high,
and 8 cm. wide, the wall being 2 cm. thick.

The species is distinguished by its peculiarly arranged ecto-
somal skeleton.

Genus Histoderma (Carter).

Histoderma natal ense, sp. n.

Plate v., Fig. 17. Plate VI., Fig. i8a-e.

Sponge small, bulbous, free or attached, with cylindrical
tubular oscules, with a smooth and firm cortex inclosing a
soft pith. Colour, white.

251

Skeleton. Cortex formed of alternating transverse and
longitudinal layers of amphityles, these latter also being
scattered in the soft tissues.

Spicules. Megascleres. — Amphityle, 530 x 22 /x, smooth,
curved ; with long oval head 28 fi long, and 14 ji broad.

Acanthoxea (rare), 200 x 44 /7, slightly curved, fusiform,
sharp-pointed, smooth at the ends, but with pyramidal spines
on each side of the middle line directed towards the middle.

Microscleres. Sigma, 38 x 3.5 /«, contort smooth.

Isochele, tridentate, 20 ^ long.

Trichites, rarely joined into trichodragmas, 275 ^i long.

Spined coiled microsclere, 11 yu by 4 /^ in total breadth ; and
spined cruciate form (iig. i8e).

Locality C. — Off Tugela River mouth. Natal, 65-80 fms. ;
bottom, hard ground.

There are two specimens of the new species, one attached by
one of its tubular processes to a worm tube, the other free.

The free specimen is 11 /t in total length, it possesses 4
oscular distinct tubes and indications of 4 others ; the size of
the largest tube is 3 x i mm.

This species is near Histodcrma appendiciilatu})i, Cr., from
the X. Atlantic, but there are distinct specific differences. The
acanthoxeas and spined coils are absent in the Atlantic species,
and the large styles occurring in the latter are not present m the
Natal form ; further, the other spicules common to both species
vary greatly in size, as will be seen from the following table : —

Amphityles. Isocheles. Sigmas.

H. appeiidiciilniuui - 1085 x 20 i-l 35 ^ long 132 x 5 /x.
H. tiatalcnse - - 530 x 22 // 20 j^l long 38 x 35 //.

Dendv's supposition [6, p. 26] that Sidcrodenna, Ridley and
Dendy, is identical with Histodertna, is undoubtedly correct.

The microscleres, which I have termed spined coils, at first
seemed to me to be spined spirulae, but they are possibly
modified sigmas. They resemble in some measure the spined
isocheles of Lcptosia sclnnidti, Topsent [19, pp. 232, 250,
fig. 2b].

Genus Dendoryx (Gravo.
Dendoryx incrustans (Esper).
1805-1830. Alcyoitiiim incrustans, Esper [9, Alcyoniiini, tab. .\v.].
1842. Halichondria iucrusians, Johnston [10, p. 122, pi. xii., fig. 3 ; and pi. .\iii.,

fif ^^
"to- jj-

1866. Halichondria iucrtistans, Bowerbank [2, ii. p. 249, iii. p. 107, pi. xliv.,.

figs. 7-12].

1894. Dendoryx incrustans, Topsent [17, p. 13].

The sponge forms an irregular incrustation round the stem
of a large Hydroid. The ectosomal spicules are all amphi-

252

tornote, and not styles with a tornote point such as Bowerbank
figures.

The specimen is crowded in parts with small developing
seed-like embryos, solitary or in clusters, each coated with a
special layer of spined styles, more slender and less spined than
the spicules of the general network.

Locality B. — Cape St. Blaize, 45 fms. ; bottom, fine sand.

Distribution. — Great Britain, West Indies, South Africa,
Falkland Islands.

Genus Desmacidon (Bowerbank).
Desmacidon ramosum (Ridley and Dendy).

1886. Desmacidon (f) ratnosa, Ridley and Dendy [14, p. 346].

1887. Desmacidon (?) ramosa, Ridley and Dendy [15, p. 107, pi. xxiii. fig. 4-4C,

pi. xxiv. fig. 4, pi. xlvii. fig. 6].

One small cylindrical fragment.

Locality C. — Off Tugela River mouth, 65-80 fms. ; hard
ground.

Distribution. — South of Cape of Good Hope, 150 fms., and
Marion Island, 50-75 fms. ("Challenger").

The collection contains one small cylindrical fragment.
Although the skeleton approximates more to a radial than to
a reticulate type, yet a certain amount of reticulation is present ;
accordingly the specimen is here definitely placed in the genus
Desmacidon.

Desmacidon grrande (Ridley and Dendy).

1886. Homoeodictya ^randis, Ridley and Dendy [14, p. 347].

1887. Desmacidon grandis, Ridley and Dendy [15, p. in, pi. xxii., pi. xxix.,

figs. 7, 7a]'.

This collection includes a fine series of specimens of this
species, showing interesting variations in form.

All expand from a short thick rounded stem into a thin soft
flabellate growth. In some the flap is entire, in others the
margin is continued into flat digitate flaps longer than the
undivided basal portion.

The largest specimen is 40 cm. high and 32 cm. broad.

The type specimen obtained by the "Challenger" from
Simon's Bay has a much smoother surface and more clearly
defined oscules than any of the present series, the surfaces of
which are strongly tufted. A well-marked umbo is usually
(and not exceptionally) present at the centre of the concavity
of the keel of the isocheles in Dr. Gilchrist's specimens.

253

Localities A, B. — East London coast, 85 fms. ; Cape St.
Blaize, 45 fms. ; bottom, fine sand ; Simons Bay, 10-20 fms.
("Challenger").

Genus Hamacantlia (Gray)

Hamacantlia esperioid.es (Ridley and Dendy).

Votnerula esperioides, Ridley and Dendy [14, p. 337].

Vomerula esperioides, Ridley and Dendy [15, p. 60, pi. xii. fig. i, pi. xvii. figs.
2, 4, 12].

One large conical specimen resembling in size and shape
the type specimen, figured in the Challenger Report {loc. cit.)

Locality. — South-east of Cape Colony, 47 fms.

Distribution. — Agulhas Bank, 150 fms, and off Rio de la
Plata, 600 fms. ("Challenger").

Sub-Family Renierinae.

Genus PhlcEOdictyon (Carter).

Phlceodictyon eumatum,^ sp. n.

Plate v., Fig. 18. Plate VI., Fig. 19a, b.

Sponge club-shaped, with expanded, flattened upper end,
presenting several circular oscules, each subdivided by partitions
and v.ath raised rims.

Consistence firm. Surface smooth. Colour dark brown.

Skeleton consisting of a central loose network of slender
spiculo-fibre surrounded by a hard rind, and with a dermal
layer of tangential oxeas not united into bundles ; loose
scattered oxeas in the choanosome.

Spicules. — Oxea, 190 x 9 /*, slightly curved, terminating
abruptly in sharp points.

Locality E. — Off Cone Point, Natal, 34 fathoms ; bottom,
broken shells.

The one specimen representing this species is 6 cm. high, 2
cm. in diameter at the base, and 5 cm. in diameter at the flat
summit. The specimen, which apparently has been torn from
its attachment, reveals a loose network in the interior ; the torn
skeleton fibres form long loose shreds. There are three oscules
with rims, the largest being 6 mm. in height, 10 mm. in
diameter, and with nine circular sub-divisions ; some smaller
oscules are almost flush with the surface.

The new species is near P. cohccrens, Carter [5, p. 446], from
Port Phillip, but the latter is narrower at the summit than at

^ ivfUTOQ, with fine threads.

254

the base, the oscules are all level with the surface, and the oxeas
blunt-pointed and only 145 x 6 /x.

Lundbeck [13, p. 56] ab)olishes Carter's group Phoeodictyinae,
placing the genus Phkxodictxon (of which Rhizochalina in the
sense of later authors than Schmidt is a synonym) under
Renierinre near Pctrosia. In the preliminary examination of
the specimen 1 had labelled it Pctrosia.

Genus Fellina (Schmidt).
Pellina, sp.

A small damaged funnel-shaped specimen 5 cm, in length,
and 2.5 cm. in diameter at the summit, of brownish colour
uniformly speckled with light grey spots. There is a well
marked dermal membrane with oval meshes 370 x 310 yu, the
pore areas being in the meshes.

Tlie skeleton is formed of rectangular meshes about
300 X 150 ^, the long strands being about 10 spicules thick,
and the short transverse strands 2 or 3 spicules thick.

The spicules are oxeas, 165 x 6.5 ^, curved at the centre, and
tapering gradually to sharp points.

Locality C. — C5ff Tugela River mouth, 65-80 fathoms ; hard
ground.

Genus Halichondria (Fleming).

Haliohondria pachastrelloides (Topsent).

1892. Halicliondria pachastirUoidcs, Topsent [IB, p. 66, pi. ix. fig. 3].

I have little hesitation in identifying with the above species
two massive specimens, the larger of which is 10 cm. long,
5 cm. high, and 6 cm. broad. One specimen, in spirit, is of a
rich yellow colour in section, the other in formalin is greenish.

The oxeas vary from 150 x 4 /x to 700 x 28 ^, and have a
slight bend in the centre. Both specimens are encrusted by
Bubaris reptaiis niihi.

Locality E. - Cone Point, Natal, 34 fathoms ; bottom, broken
shells.

Distribution. — Azores, 401 fathoms ; Natal, 34 fathoms.

Genus Coscinoderina (Carter).

Coscinoderma concentricum, sp. n.

Plate VI., Fig. 19, 19a.

Sponge bowl-shaped, with a short thick stem.
The surface covered with a thin cortex, 60 /x thick, composed
chiefly of sand particles ; the cortex on the outer surface being

255

finely reticulated with the pores in the meshes, that on the
inner surface (in the few places where it had not become
eroded) being smooth and apparently imperforate.

On the outer surface slightly raised longitudinal ridges of
oscules, two-deep, radiating up from base to edge and branch-
ing dichotomously ; on the inner surface several concentric
ridges of oscules, the latter also being arranged two-deep.
Texture firm but compressible, and soft and elastic in water.
Colour in dry state greyish-white where the cortex persists ;
skeleton dark amber brown.

Skeleton (as in Euspoiigia). Main fibres filled with sand grains
and spicules, rather knotted and irregular, 60-100 yn thick,
radiating in fan-like manner from central plane to surface,
about I mm. distant from each other at the surface, and with
irregular meshes about 0.4 mm. in diameter between the main
fibres.

Secondary fibres, about 30 /x in diameter, without foreign
particles, and with only a thread-like axial core.

Locality J. — Lat. 33° 53' S., long. 25*^ 51' E. ; 30 fathoms;
bottom, mud, sand and specks.

There are two dried specimens, the larger being 16 cm. high,
16 X 28 cm. in diameter at the mouth, and in the cavity of the
cup 13 cm. deep ; the stalk is 2.5 cm. long, and the wall i cm.
thick.

The second specimen is much smaller and worn into holes.
The concentric oscular ridges on the inner surface do not
form complete circles ; the ridges are about 8 mm. high, and
10 mm. broad at the base, the oscules being each about i mm.
in diameter. The shape of the specimens and the presence of
the concentric ridges on the inner surface recall the Spongla
agaricina, var., figured by Esper [8, p. 206, pi. lix.], from
Surinam.

The existence of the fine sandy cortex seems to me sufficient
to exclude this form from Euspoiigia. Lendenfeld observes
[11, p. 227] that a dense cortex is never present in this genus.
Other characters which Lendenfeld attributes to Coscinodeima,
such as the existence of " large continuous sub-dermal cavities
without vestibular spaces," I have not been able to make out in
the dried specimens. The comparatively small size of the
meshes and of the axial core of the fibres excludes this species
from Thon'cta.

Genus Stelospongia (Schmidt).
Stelospongia, sp.

Sponge pyriform. Colour, where covered by dermal mem-
brane, pale grey ; colour of skeleton, brown. Conuli, from

256

3-4 nim. high, arranged in spiral Hnes, with grooves 3 mm,
wide between the lines. Oscules, numerous, about 2-2.5 I'nm.
in diameter, opening obliquely in the grooves. Pore areas,
.5 mm. in diameter in the meshes of a dermal reticulum. Main
fascicles of skeleton, 1-1.5 mm. in diameter ; diameter of
separate fibres 35 ft, a second more slender kind being
only 13 /i.

Localitv D. — Cape Vidal, Natal, 80-100 fathoms; bottom,
rock.

The species is probably new, its chief characters being the
spiral grooves containing the many small oscules.

The pvriform varieties of S. anstralis, Lendenfeld, differ from
the present form in having a single large osculum.

The specimen is 8 cm. high, and 5 cm. broad at the
broadest part.

In the hope that more specimens will be obtained, I have not
given a name to the species.

Genus Hireinia (Nardo).

Hicinia arenosa (Lendenfeld).

1889. Hircinm arciiosa, Lendenfeld [11, p. 583, pi. xxxvi. fig. 3].

There are two specimens of this species, one being small and
cup-shaped, the other forming a large saddle-shaped mass
20 cm. in height, 19 cm. in width, and varying from 4 to 7 cm.
in thickness. The pore areas are on the under or outer, and
the small circular oscules on the upper or inner surface.
Colour, brownish pink.

The skeleton is formed of a central layer giving off on each
side parallel main fibres running obliquely to the surface ; the
secondary fibres form a double row of narrow elongated meshes
between the main fibres. The main fibres are cored with large
sand grains, the secondary fibres being free of foreign particles,
excepting that one sand particle is situated at each central node
of the secondary meshes.

The filaments are 6 /x broad, the oval heads being 16.5 long
by II /u broad. The ciliated chambers are 27 ^ in diameter,
and nearly spherical.

Locality A. — East London coast, 85 fathoms.

Distribution. — W., S., and E. coasts of Australia; South
Africa.

Hireinia arbuscula (Lendenfeld) [11, p. 571].
Plate VI., P'i.i;. 20, 20a, h, and Plate VII., Fig. 20.

There are eight specimens of this species. The colour in
spirit is vellow, and the consistence firm but compressible ; in

257

the dry state the colour is dirty white, and the consistence hard
and leathery. The specimens vary considerably, four being
single, and four multiple ; the former are smooth and swollen
at the lower half, and terminate in a conical tube with conulated
surface, and with an oscule at the summit. The multiple
specimens have from two to five oscular tubes rising from the
fused basal portion. The largest specimen has a massive sub-
globular base 8 cm. in diameter, with two cones, each 7 cm. in
length. The whole surface is covered with a very fine sandy
layer, which clothes also the main ex-current canal passing
from base to summit. The conules (1-2 mm. high) cover the
whole surface in some specimens, but only the upper part in
others. The finely reticulate poral area (with meshes 100 /x in
diameter) is either sharply limited to the upper half or extends
over nearly the whole surface. The skeletal scaffolding, which
conforms more or less to the shape of the specimens, consists
of vertical main fascicles of fibres (350 fi) extending from base
to summit, and joined web-like • layers of horny network.
Sometimes the fascicles and single fibres are accompanied by
lines of foreign spicules, and occasionally the latter form a core
in the centre of the fascicles or the fibres themselves. Fibres
vary from 1 5-60 fj. in diameter, and are usually free of foreign
bodies.

The filaments, which form a fasciculated network ui the
body and a felt-like layer beneath the cortex, are wavy, 2.75 /j.
wide, with pyriform heads 11 x 5.5 ^ in diameters ; these bodies
are thicker (6 /x) and with more globular heads in the Australian
specimens, and the brown spots present in the latter do not
occur in the South African specimens.

Localities. — C. Tugela River mouth, 65-80 fathoms ; bottom,
hard ground. D. Cape Vidal, Natal, 80-100 fathoms ; bottom,
rock. G. O'Neil Peak, Natal, 55 fathoms ; bottom, broken
shells.

Distribution. — Port Phillip and Port Jackson, Australia;
Natal.

Genus Psammopemnia (Marshall).

Psammopemma inordinatum, sp. n.

Plate VI., Fig. 21, 21a.

Sponge massive, hemispherical, attached by a flat base.
Surface rendered irregular by numerous foreign bodies beneath
the dermal membrane. Dermal membrane smooth, but with
irregularly shaped finely reticulate poral areas. Small circular
oscules, few in number, 1-2 mm. in diameter, flush with the
surface.

258

Colour (in spirit) grey, with a faint pink tinge.

Skeleton consisting of confused masses of various kinds of
foreign bodies (pieces of shell, Polyzoa, lumps of sand, etc.),
without areniferous fibres. The ground substance crowded
with large spherical cells, 12 fx in diameter, loaded with
granules.

Localities C and D. — Off Tugela River mouth, 65-80 fathoms,
hard ground ; and off Cape Vidal, Natal, 80-100 fathoms, rock.

There are two specimens of this species. The larger, which
has been torn from its attachment, is 6 cm. in its basal
diameter, and 4 cm. in height. The smaller specimen is a
nodule growing on Hircinia arhiisaila, Lendenfeld.

On section little else is seen but a mass of shells, sand, etc.
The flagellated chambers are large and nearly spherical,
averaging about 33 n in diameter ; but they are often distorted
by pressure, one for instance bemg oval and measuring
55 X 17-5 A^-

259

LIST OF LOCALITIES.

A. No. 907. From East London coast, Lat. 33° 6' 30" S.,

Long. 28*^ 11' E., with dredge. Depth, 85 fathoms.

B. No. 1264. Cape St. Blaize bearing N.E. by E., 27^ miles,

with large trawl. Depth, 45 fathoms. Bottom, fine
sand.

C. No, 1 1340. Tugela River mouth bearing N.W. by N. ^ N.,

24 miles, with large dredge. Depth, 65-80 fathoms.
Bottom, hard ground.

D. No. 1 1958. Cape Vidal, Natal coast, bearing N.N.E. ^ N.,

9^ miles, with dredge. Depth, 80-100 fathoms. Bottom,
rock.

E. F. Nos. 1 2014. Cone Point, Natal coast, bearing N.W.

^ W., 4 miles, with dredge. Depth, 34 fathoms.
Bottom, broken shells.

G. No. 12095. O'Neil Peak, Natal coast, bearing N.N.W. ^
W., 8 miles, with dredge. Depth, 55 fathoms. Bottom,
broken shells.

H. No. 12553. Cape Natal bearing W. by N. | N., 11 miles,
with shrimp trawl. Depth, 185-200 fathoms. Bottom,
sand and mud.

}, No, 707. Lat. 33"^ 53' S., Long. 25° 51' E. 30 fathoms.
Bottom, mud, sand and specks. By dredge.

K. Nos. 12162. Durnford Point, Natal, bearing N.W. | W.,
12 miles. Depth, 90 fathoms. Bottom, broken shells.

L. No. 12713. East London bearing N.W. ^ N., 18 miles.
Depth, 250-300 fathoms. Bottom, broken shells.

26o

INDEX OF LITERATURE.

1. Bocage, Barboza du, Eponges silicieuse nouvelles de

Portugal et de I'lle Saint Jago. "Journ. Sci. Math.
Phys. e Nat.," Lisboa. 1871. Vol. II.

2. Bowerbank, J. S. Monograph "British Spongiadae."

1864-1874.

Report on a Collection of Sponges

found at Ceylon. ..." Proc. Zool. Soc," Lond.
1873-

4. Carter, H. J. Supplementary Report on specimens from
Gulf of Manaar and Bass's Straits. "Ann. and Mag.
N. H." 1881. (5) VII.

Sponges from S. Australia, "Ann. and

Mag. N. H." 1886. (5) XVIIl.

6. Dendy, A. Catalogue of Non-Calcareous Sponges. . . .

Port Phillip Heads. "Proc. Roy. Soc," Vict. 1896.
VIII., U.S., Part ii.

7. Id. 1897. IX., n.s.

8. Esper, E. J. C. " Fortsetzungen du Pflanz." Part i.
1797.

9. " Pflanzenthiere." Part iii. 1805-1830.

ID. Johnston, G. "A History of British Sponges and Litho-
phytes." 1842.

II. Lendenfeld, R. von. "Monograph of Horny Sponges."
1889.

12. " Spongien von Sansibar. Abhand.

Senckenberg Nat. Gesellsch." 1897. Bd. XXI.

13. Lundbeck, W. "The Danish Ingolf Expedition (Copen-
hagen)." 1902. Vol. VI. Porifera, Part i.

26 1

14. Ridley and Dendy. Preliminary Report, "Challenger,
Monaxonida. "Ann. and Mag. N. H." 1886. (5)
XVIII.

15. "Challenger" Report, Monaxonida.

1887.

i6. Topsent, E. "Contribution a I'Etude des Spongiaires de
I'Atlantique Nord. Monaco." 1892.

17. Une reforme dans la classification des Hali-

chondrina. "Mem. Soc. Zool. France." Vol. VII.
1894.

18. Classification des Hadromerina. " Archiv.

Zool. Exp." Serie 3, Tom. VI. 1898.

19. Eponges nouvelles des Azores, " Mem. Soc.

Zool. France." XI. 1898.

262

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Pt.ate V.

Fig. I. — Pldcospoiigia labxriiithicd, sp, n., showing oscular areas,
the large poral surface being on the opposite side, x | ;
16, poral surface, x i.

Fig. 2. — Lntriinculia iiatalciisis, sp. n., x 2.

Fig. 3. — Kalastrella vasifoniiis, sp. n., x i.

Fig. 4. — KdhistrcUd vasiforuiis, var. uilnoi; x \.

Fig. 5. — Coppatias baciilifer, sp.n,, on Stdlctta horrcns, Kirkp., x ^.

Fig. 6, — Tethva magna, sp. n., x i ; 6a, poral areas, x 2.

Fig. 7. — Tracliva uiida, sp. n., x \.

Fig. 8. — Hyincniacidoji caliculatiun, sp. n., x ^.

Fig. 9. — PhakcUia iiiicroxcpJiora, sp. n., x ^.

Fig. 10. — Tragosia i iifit ltd ibiil iforjiiis, viw . natalcnsis,var. nov., x^.

Fig. II. — Syiiiigclla gorgonioidcs, sp. n., Fragment, x i.

Fig. 12. — Axhiyssa tethyoides, sp. n., x ^.

Fig. 13. — Sigmaxinella arborca, sp, n., x ^,

Fig. 14. — Bubaris reptans, sp. n., on Haliclioiidria pachastrell-
oides, Topsent, x \ ; Fig. 14^, a small piece, from a
specimen preserved in formalin, showing oscular (and
poral ?) papillae, x 2.

Fig. 15. — Clatliria mollis, sp. n., x ^.

Fig. 16. — Stvlosliclioit iiivoliilitm, sp. n., x h

Fig. 17. — Histodcniia iiatalciisc, sp. n., x 2 ; 17^, portion of
another specimen attached to worm tube, x 2.

Fig. 18. — Phlccodidyon cnmilniii, sp. n., x ^.

Fig. 19. — Cosclnodcniia toncciitiicinn, x 3 ; 19^, sandy cortex
from outer surface showing poral areas, x 4.

263

Fig. 20. — Hircinia arbuscnla, x ^ ; 20a, section, x ^ ; 206,
cortex at junction of poral and imperforate surface, x 4.

Fig, 21. — Psamniopemma inordinatiim, x ^; 21a, ditto., poral
area, x 5.

Plate VI.

Fig. I. — Placospongia carhiata : a, subtylostyle, x 80 ; b, stron-
gyle, X 80 ; c, oxea, x 80 ; d, sterrasters, x 80, with
sketches showing development of ends of actines ; e,
somal chiaster, x 730 ; f, pycnaster, x 730.

Fig, 2, — LatrHHCulia iiataleusis : a, strongyle, x 80 ; b, tornote,
X 80 ; c, c', curved and straight styles, x 80 ; d, d',
discaster, side and end view, x 730 ; e, choanosomal
discaster, x 730.

Fig. 3. — Kalastrella vasifoiniis : a, strongyle, x 80 ; b, oxea,
X 80 ; c, style, x 80 ; d, thick straight style, very
rare, x 80 ; e, small tyle or subtylostyle, x 420 ; /,
euasters, x 730,

Fig. 4. — Kalastrella vasiformis, var. minor. : a, oxea, x 80 ; 6,
style, X 80 ; c, small tyle, x 420 ; other spicules as in
Fig. 3-

Fig. 5. — Coppatias baadifer : a, a', oxeas, x 80 ; 6, micro-
strongyles, x 730.

Fig. 6. — Tcthya magna : a, strongyloxea, x 80 ; 6, cortical
spheraster, x 730 ; c, somal chiaster, x 730 ; d, choano-
somal aster, x 730.

Fig. 7. — Tracliya nuda : a, vertical section, x 5 ; 6, oxea, x 80.

Fig. 8. — Axinyssa tethyoides : a, branching skeleton fibres, x 5 ;
b, oxea, x 80.

Fig. 9. — PJiakdlia microxepliora : a, vermicular strongyles, x 80;
b, style, X 80 ; c, oxea, x 80 ; d, microxea, x 80.

Fig. ID. — Tragosia infiindibidifoi uiis,\2ii: .natalensis : a, ectosomal
skeleton network, x 5 ; 6, style, x 80 ; c, oxea, x 80 ;
d, e, style and oxea from Johnston's type, x 80.

Fig. II. — Syrlngella gorgonioides : a, transverse section of a small

twig, X 2 ; 6, style, x 80.

Fig. 12. — Hynieniacidon caliculatum : styles, x 80.
Fig. 13. — H. caliculaium, var. osculatum : styles, x 80.

264

Fig. 14. — Signmxinclla aihorca : a, a', styles; h, strongyle ; c,
oxea ; <:/, rhaphides — all x 80; d' , d", rhaphides, x 730;
c, sigmas, x 730.

Fig. 15. — Biibaris reptans : a, vertical section, x 6 ; b, style,
X 80 ; c, tyles, x 80.

Fig. 16, — Clathria Jiiollis : a, spined style, x 80 ; a', the same,
X 420 ; b, dermal oxea, x 80 ; //, the same, x 420 ; c,
sigma, X 730 ; (/, d', tridentate isochele, side and front
view (the web extending from tooth to shaft, not from
tooth to tooth), X 730.

Fig. 17. — Stylostichon involutum : a, vertical section showing
plumose columns and superficial layer of tufts of oxeas ;
b, central styles, x 80 ; c, echinating styles, x 80 ; d,
dermal oxea, x 80 ; c, sigma, x 730,

Fig. 18. — Histodcrnia natalense : a, amphitylotes, x 80; b,
acanthoxea, x 80; b' , the same, x 200; c, sigma,
X 730 ; d, tridentate isochele, side view, x 730 ; e,
spined, coiled and cruciate spicules, x 730.

Fig. 19. — Phloeodictyon eumiUim : a, network of skeletal fibres,
X 5 ; 6, oxeas, x 80.

Fig. 20. — Hircinia arbusctda : main fascicle and web-like net-
work, X 50.

Published 2ist July, 1903. '

Marine Investigations
South Africa.

Sponges.

Marine Investigations.
South Africa.

H,ihkyM,\M

INDEX

CRUSTACEA.

(For nniiics of gci!ci7i and species sec autlior's index, p^. gi, 92.)

Algoa Bay, 59, 66, 68, 69

Amatikulu River, 20

Azores, 31

Bird Island, 59, 66, 6S, 69

Buffalo River, 31. 40, ^2. 70

Cape Agulhas, 55

Cape of Good Hope. 55, 56

Cape Natal, 5, 33, 35. 37

Cape Point, 46

Cape St. Blai/e, 12, 16, 44, 55, 62, 82

Durban, 48

Falkland Islands, 69

False Ba3', 14, 23, 29
Hout Bay, 63
Hermanns, 39
Lion's Head, 8, 4()
Mossel Bav, 18
Port Alfred, 10
Simon's Bay, 18, 29
Somerset West, 51, 53
St. F"rancis Bay, 43
Table Bay, 51, '74 '
Umbwalumi River, 26
Vasco dc Gama Point, 54, 73

MOLLUSCA.

The names in italics are either synonyms, or ii'enera and species referred to for

comparison.

Adiuck, 330
Algoa Bay, 93, 95, 97
Ancilla Augustata, 229
Ancilla bullioides. 22S
Ancilla contusa, 228
Ancilla obtusa, 97
Antalis, 224
Amatikulu River. 100
Area lactea v. gibba, 100
Astiic, 223

Astralium Anderson i, 230
Astralium Gilchristi, 221
Boliua, 230
Biicciiniii! biill>iix, 96
Buffalo River, 214
Buff els Bay, 231
Bullia Annulata, 95
Call/oshiim nhi'iiia, 222
Calliostoma granoliratum. 222
Calliostoma iridescens, 223
CaUiostoina iiionilifcniiu, 222
Calliosfoiiin oniatinii, 222
Calliostoma perfragile, 222
Cancellaria imbricata, 230
Cancellaria producta. 220
Cape Infanta, 219, 224, 229

Cape Xatal, 97, 99, 21;

Cape Point, 222, 225, 229

223, 226, 231

Cape St. Blaize. 215, 217, 221, 226

227, 228, 230, 231
Cape Vidal (Natal), 214
Chiton sykesi, 225
Clavatula muricata, 229
Conns cliaractcn'sticiis, 217
Conus encoronatus, 217
Coiius fiilvoci uctiis, 218
Conus Gilchristi, 217
Conus patens, 218
Cyinbiola niicillci, 226
Cyprrea Barclay i, 230
Cypr.-ea Fultoni, 218
Cyf>ra-a Iciicostoiiia, 2ig
Cypuea similis var., 230
Dentalium africanum, 224, 232
Dentalium Belcheri, 231
Dciitidliim ciihilis, 224
Dentalium exasperatum, 225
Dentalium intiexum, 224
Dciitaliiini loiiflitivrsitiii, 224
Dentalium novemcostatum, 231
Dentalium plurifissuratum, 231
Dentalium politum, 231
Durnford Point (Natal), 100, 214
Ebiinia Caiinhiciilnta, 93
Eburna papillaris, 93, 94
Eburiia Zcyliiiiicii, 93

266

Mollusca — CO II 1 1 lined.

Epidroiniis crcbriliralus, 220

Fasciolaria rutila, 227

Fissidciitnliiiiii, 224, 225

Fiisiis clniisicniKhitiis, 97

Fiisiis f>yrrliostoii!iis, 226

Fiisiis ivslnilns, 97

Fusus lubiolineatus, 228

Fusus subcontractus, 97

Gkndoweii Beacon, Port Alfred, 215,

220, 230
Haiilcyii, 225
Latitixis itlolcii, 228
Latiaxis tortilib, 228
Latirus abnonnis, 227
Latinis iiiibrlcatiis, 76, 227
Lions Head, 216, 227, 228, 231, 232
IJschkcia, 222
Lotorium nassaril'oiniis, 95
Lotorinm ranelloides, 95
Mans^ilia africana, 216
M,iiif>ilia fiiiiiciiliitii, 217
Warginella diadochus, 226
IMarj^inella fusiformis, 227
Mcicipiinu clatinn, 96
Melapium lineatum, 96
Minolia convener, 223
Minolia hevissinia, 231
Miiioliti IdvissI nui, 224
Mitia cylindracea, 227
Mitia d;udala, 227
Mossel Bay, 96
Murex axicornis var r 227
Murex fallax, 223
\ach;er(iplax hevissinia, 231
Nanquas Peak, Bird Island, 227, 228,

230
Nassa analogiea, 219, 228
Nassa coniiciiliiiii, 228
Nassa desmouleoidcs, 219
Nassa eusulcata, 94
Xtissii lii'cscciis, 94
Xiissn sciiiistriiild, 228
Nassa trifasciata, 219, 228
Nassaria acuminata, 95
Xassaria s,'racilis, 94
Xatica satj;iaiana var, 229
Xfptiiiicopsis Gilclirisli, 213, 226
Neptuneopsis pvrrlmstonia, 226
O'Xeil Peak (N'alal), 221
Oniscia Macandrewi, 229
Pedicularia sicula. 230
Pleurotonia behelorniis, 216

PLiiivloiiui coii)^ciicr, 214
PIciiivtoiiia Eiiitluv, 216
Pieurotoma fossata, 214
Plciiivloiiia j^ci/niiafa, 100
Pieurotoma Gilchristi, 99
Pieurotoma t^ravis, 229
Phiiroloiiui liarpiilarld, 215
Plciiivlonia Picmri, 100
Pieurotoma li.i^naria, 215
Pieurotoma lobata, 213
Pieurotoma marmorata, 100
Pieurotoma scitecostata, 214
Pieurotoma turriplana, 215
Port Shepstone, 227, 229
Pseudoliva ancilla, 228
Puncturella noachina, 231
Pynild liiicalii, 96
Kame Head (Xatal), 229
Rapiviij hiilbosd, 96
Saidanha Bay, 229
Scala tenebrosa, 220
Scalciria aciilcatci, 221
Scaphander punctostrialus, 232
Sell isodcii fall nil! , 23 1
Scotsburgh (Xatal),' 95, 221, 227
Sili(]iui jdpoiiicd, 100
biliqua polita, 100
SipliJ crctdccns, 226
Siplio pyrrliostoiiid, 213
Solariella persculpta, 2i3
Tritonidea natalensis, 229
Triloiiiilcd siihi'iihi_iliiiosd, 229

Tivclnis Idvissiiiiiis, 231

'Irochiis modes til s, 230
Tiophon carduus, 227
Tugela River, 94, 95, 96, 100, 224

Turbo liaiiciis, 222

Turbo tiii^csiis, 230

Turritella declivls, 230

Turritella puncticulaia, 100

I'mhlan^alailu River Mouth, 217

I'mhloti River Mouth, 217, 219, 220,
227

Umvoti River Mouth, 225

rntwalumi River, 224, 228

Vanikoro cancellata, 229

Vasco de (kuna Peak, 216, 218, 222
225, 228

Voluta Quekelti, 226

Volutilithes abyssicola, 97

Volutilithes Gilchristi, 99

Volutilithes Philippiana, 98

FISHES.

Acliirus capensis, 191, 192
acuteeaudatum (Melanonosomal, 106
Aj^riopus verrucosus, 189
Algoa Bay, 109, 11 1, 112
algoensis, (Paralichthodes), 108

aiHiectans (Xutacanthus), 167
Ajihoristia \arieiiata, 21 1
Apoi^on queketli, 206
aquiia (Sciaeiia), 191
argyroz-oma (Uenlex), 188

267

Fishes — continued.

Astronesthes Boulengcri, T03

australis (Paraliparis), 107

Balvko\cn rock, 1 12

Bashee Kiver, 209

bassaiium (Branchiostoma), 113

bathybius (Palaliparus), loS

Bear Island, io!S

bclchcri (Brancliinstnina), 1 13

Berycickf, 203

Boulengeri (Astronesthes), 103

Branchiostoma bassaniim, 113

Branchiostoma belcheri, 113

Brancliiostoma capensc, ill, 113

Branchiostoma caiib;eiim, 113

Branchiostoma cinjialense, 113

Branchiostoma cultelknn, 113

Branchiostoma clont^atum, 113

Branchiostoma lucayanum, 113

Branchiostoma, myotomes of, 113

Brancliiostoma nakagawie, 113

Branchiostoma pekiiiicum, i r3

Cape Morgan, 204

Cape Natal, 103, 207

Cape Point, 105, 107, 205, 207

Cape St. Blai/e, m, 112.

capensis (Achn-us), 192

capense (Branchiostoma), iir, 113

capensis (Clinus), 183

capensis (Pegusa), no

capensis (Solea), no

carib:eum (Branchiostoma), in, 113

Cat;etyx, 209

Choridactylodes, loi

Chrysoplirys gibbiceps, 187

Chrysophrys globiceps, 182, 183

cingalense (Branchiostoma), 113

Clinus capensis, 183

Clinus superciliosus, 183

Clupea ocellata, 182

compressicauda (Liemonemodes), 208

copei (Paraliparus), 108

cultellum (Branchiostoma), 113

Dentex argyrozoma, 188

Discoboli, 108

elongatum (Branchiostoma), 113

P'alse Bay, in, 112, 191, 193

Fish eggs and Iarv:e, table of, 201

Fish Hoek, in

tish larv:e, 182

Gadidae, 208

gibbiceps, (Chrysophrys), 187

gilchristi (Tripterophycis), 168

globiceps (Chrysophrys), 182, 183

guentheri (Selachophidium), 209

Horse hsh, 189

Kabeljaauw, 191

Klip Fish, 183

Laemonema, 208

L?emonemodes, 208

Laemonemodes compressicauda, 208

lanceolatum (Branchiostoma), in, 113

laparinus (Paraliparus), 108

lucayanum (Branchiostomal, 113

macrophthalmus, 205

Melanocetus rotundatus, 206

Melanonus, 106

Melanosoma. 106

Melanosoma acutecaudatum, 106

membranaceus iParaliparus), 108

mormyrus (Pagellus), 188, 189

moseleyi (Xotacanthus), 168

Mossel Bay, 112

Muizenberg, 1 1 1

Myripristis, 204

nakaga\v:c (Branchiostoma), 113

natalensis (Choridactylodes), 102

Xotacanthus annectans, 167

Notacanthus moseleyi, 168

Notacanthus sexspinis, 168

OphidicUe, 209

Pagellus mormyrus, 188, 189

Palaliparus australis, 107

Palaliparus bathybius, 108

Palaliparus copei, 108

Palaliparus laparinus, 108

Palaliparus membranaceus, 108

Paralichthodes, 108

Paralichthodes algoensis, 108

Paulsberg, 112

pectoralis (Synaptura), 193

Pediculati, 206

pelagicum (Bianchiostoma), 113

Percidie, 206

Plectromus macrophthalmus, 205

Pleuronectid;e, 191, 2n

Pristipomatid:e, 188

queketti (Apogon), 20C)

red Gurnard, 1S3

red Stumpnose, 187

Rockland Point, 112

Roman Rock, 112

rotundatus (Melanocetus), 206

Sciaenidae, 191

Sciaena aquila, 191

Selachophidium, 209

Selachophidium guentheri, 209

sexspinis (Notacanthus), 1O8

Silver fish, 188

Simon's Bay, 112

sole, 191

Solea (Pegusa) capensis, no

Sparid;e, 188

spawn of fish, 181

spinosus (Trachichthodes), 204

St. James', 208

superciliosus (Clinus). 183

Synaptura pectoralis, 193

Trachichthodes, 203, 204

268

Fishes — coiilimicd.

Tradiichthodcs spinosus, 204
Tri.ulickL-, US9
Trivia .mirnardiis, 190
Tri.ula Kuma, 190
TiiplLiophycis, 168
Triptcrophycis Gilchiisti, 168
Tiis^cla KivcT, 206
Uinlilaiiiya K'ivcr, 10^

Valdivia, 207

\aricgata (Aplmristia), 211

Wiiite Stumpnosc, 182, 183, 188, 189

White Stiimpiio:-e, ova of, 184

Zwartkops River, 181

Zee-Basje, 188, 189

Zcverrim, 188, 189

CORALS.

Blastotiochiis, 120
Cape Natal, 123, 126
Cape Vidal, 123, 126
Corals, 117-154
Corals, skeleton of, no, 120
Corals, species in, 1 18
Corals, theca and epitheea, 119
P'lahelliun, the genus, 121-23
Flabellum, di.yestion in, 150, 151
Flahellum, species of, 148, 149, 150
Klahellinn, stoniodoeum in develop-
ment, 151
Flabellum paxoninum, anatumy ul

P"lyPs, I37-M3
Flahellum pavoninum, characterb,

Flabellum (lavoninum, distribution,

Flabellum i)a\iininum, synonyms, 123
Flabellum rubrum, anatomy of polyp,

jieneral, 131-137
FlabelUun rubrum, anattmiy of polyp,

minute, 137-143
Flabellum rubi um, characters, 128
Flabellum rubrum, distribution, 131
Flabellum rubrum, post-larval

development, 143-148
Flabellum rubrum, synonyms, 125
Flabellum variabile, a variety, 131
More wood Cove, 126
O'Xeil Peak, 123, 126
Port Shepstone, 126
Khi/otrochiis, 121

SPONGES.

Aciculida, 234

Aciculiles, 174

Anchoratum (Echinunema), 248

Anoplia, 171

appendiculatum (Hisloclerma), 251

arborea (Sifimaxinella), 246

arbuscula (Hircinia) 256

arenosa (Hircinia), 256

australiana (Si.gniaxinella), 246

australis (Stelospongia), 256

Axinella, 243

Axincllid:e, 234

Axinyssa, 245

Azoricidie, 175

baculifer (CoppatiasI, 239

bideiitifera (Higginsia), 247

Bubarin;e, 235

Hubaris, 248

Caliculatum (Hymeiiiacidom, 241

Cape St. Blai/e, 252

Cape Vidal, 173, 178, 256, 258

Carinata |l'lacospon.i:;ia), 237

casula (Tetilla), 178

cladosus ('I'riplolemus), 178

clatlirata (Svrin.i^ella), 245

Clathria, 248

Clavulida, 234

concentricum (Coscinoderma), 254
Cone Point, 177, 237, 239, 240, 24I,

244, 245, 248
constellata (linbans), 248
Coppatias, 239
Goppatiidae, 239
C(.)sciiuKlerma, 254
Choristida, 172
Crambe, 176
cramlie (Crambe), 176
decorticans (Placospongia), 237
Dendoricinae, 235
Dendoryx, 251
Dendropsis, 247
Desmacidon, 252
Desmanthidae, 176
Uesmantlius, 176
discifurca (Discodcrmia), 173
Discodermia, 172
tlurissima (Trachyal, 241
Durnlord Point, 174, 240
East London, 177, 236, 242, 243, 245,

246, 247, 249, 253, 2^U
Echinonema, 248
Ectyoninae, 235
erecta (Axinella), 244
Espcrellinae. 235

269

Sponges — coiiliiiiieii.

espcrioick-s (Hainacaiitha), 253

cspcriiiidcs (Vomcrula), 253

cumitiim (Phloeodictyum), 235, 253

Euspongiiiae, 235

falcilcra (Syringclla), 245

llabclHlorme (Sck-iitodeniia), 174

forte (Lithobactriiin), 175

j^or^oiiioides (Syrinj^ella), 244

giande (Desmacidon), 252

i^randis (Homoeodictya), 252

Hadiomerina, 234

Halichondria, 254

Hamacantha, 253

Hapk)sclei"idae, 235

Hi^giiisia, 243, 247

Hiicinia, 256

liirsutum (Microsckroderma), 173

Histodc-rma, 250

Hoplophora, 171

horrida, (Trachya), 241

Hymemiacidon, 241

hystrix (Sollasella), 247

hystrix (Trachya), 247

incertus (Triptokmus), 178

iiKTustans (Ak'yonium), 251

iiicrustans (Dendoryx), 251

iiicrustans (Halichondria), 251

incrustans (Sigmaxinella), 246

intundibulilonnis (Tragosia), 243

ingalli (Tethya), 241

inordinatuin (Psammopemma), 257

intermedia (Placospongia), 257

intextus (Triptokmus). 178

invokitum (Stylostichon), 250

japonica (Tethya), 241

Kalastrella, 238

Keratosa, 235

Ki Islands, 178

jabyrinthica (Placospongia), 177, 236

Latrunculia, 137

Leptosia, 251

Lithistida, I7i

Lithobactrum, 175

lovenii. 238

magna (Tethya), 240

maza (Tethya), 241

melobesioides (Placospongia), 237

Microscleroderma, 173

microxephora (Phakellia), 242

minor (Kalastrella vasilormis, var,)

239
mixta (Placospongia), 237

mollis (Clathria), 249
Monanthus, 176
natalense (Histoderma), 250
natalensis (Discodermia), 172
nataknsis (Latrunculia), 237

natalensis (Tragosia inlundibiili-

formis, var), 243
nuda (Trachva), 241
O'Xeil Peak^ 172, 175, 176
osculatum (Hymeniacidon calicula-

tum, var), 242
Pachastrella, 177

pachastrelloides (Halichondria), 254
packardi (Scleritoderma), 174
paradoxa (Axinella), 246
parasiticus (Triptokmus), 178
Pellina, 254

pernucleata (Trachya), 241
Phakellia, 242
Phloeodictyon, 253
Placospongia, 177. 236
Placospongidae, 236
pkimosus (Monanthus), 176
Podospongia, 238
Poecilosckridae, 235
Port Jackson, 173, 257
Psammopemma, 257
ramosum (Desmacidon), 252
Renierinae, 235
i-eptans (Bubaris), 248
schmidti (Leptosia), 251
Scleritoderma, 174
Scleritodermidae, 173
seychelknsis (Tethya), 241
Sigmaxinella, 246
Sollasella, 247
Spirastrella, 238
Spirastrellidae, 238
Spongelidae, 235
Spongidae, 235
Stelospongia, 255
Stelosponginae, 235
St. Vincent, 178
Stylostichon, 250
Syringella, 244
Tethya, 240
Tethyidae, 234
tethyoides (Axinyssa), 245
Tetracladidae, 171
Theneidae, 172
topsentii (Axinyssa), 246
Trachya, 241
Tragosia, 243
Triptokmus, 178
tubulata (Axinella), 245
tubulatus (Monanthus plumosus, var)

177
Tugela River Mouth, 238, 243, 244,

247,251, 252,254.258
typica (Clathria), 248
typiciun (Echinonema), 248
vasiformis (Kalastrella), 238
Vomerula, 255

CORRIGENDA TO VOL. II.

age 3, line 8,

for Epitome,

read Epistome.

7,

32,

„ Dolflein,

„ Doflein.

9,

24,

„ Hei-bat,

„ Kerbst.

„ 10,

, 10,

., T oncliester,

,, Lanchester.

„ 12,

39,

., Xavia,

„ Xciivn.

„ 13,

37,

,, bypiinctiilatiis,

„ bipiiiictiilatns.

„ 15,

2>2,

„ 1873,

., 1893.

.. 15,

30.

„ hixponosa,

„ hispinosa (twice).

, i6,

, [0, 12,

„ bisponona

„ hispinosa.

i8,

, 21,

„ DeCap,

„ Decap.

„ i8.

30,

,, Diomiacc-e,

„ Dromiaceie.

„ 19,

, I,

,, Homoldromiicl;e,

,, HomolodromiicUe

„ 19,

, 22,

Insert date 1888.

„ 24,

, 4, 8,

,, Latreillia,

,. Latreillea.

„ 38,

4,

,. I-iniparus

„ Linuparus.

„ 38,

5,

„ Scirx

„ Seiicx.

„ 41,

, 21,

,, aiiiboincncis,

,, ainboiiiciisis.

„ 46,

29,

,, Diivaiicellii,

,, DtivaiicJii.

„ 46,

30,

„ Eiichthus,

„ Erich tiis.

„ 49,

, 20,

,, iiiagara,

,, uiayaiia.

„ 49,

26,

., Calopistl'its,

„ Colopistliiis.

„ 57, ,

I,

„ Krauss,

,, (Krauss).

„ 61, ,

37,

,, Gamanaridea,

,, Gammaridie.

„ 76,

, 12.

,, Cyproiiiisciix

„ Cvproiiisciis.

„ 78, ,

28,

„ \V., in

„ \y. that on.

„ 78, ,

29,

„ 84-

V 8-4-

„ 79, ,

15,

„ Crosophorus

„ Crossophorus.

„ 92, ,

9,

,, Gonoplan,

,, Gonoplax.

„ 92, ,

22,

„ Sph:i;somidie,

„ Sph:eromid:e.

„ .189,

,, verrucosa?,

„ spinifer.

„ 201,

„ torvus,

I, ,,

MBL/WHOI I IHRARY

UH lAFb